The Bible Study Union Lessons 

FORMERLY CALLED 

The Blakeslee Graded Lessons 



for J>uttDap;^^c()ools anli Bifile €W^t^ 




}M fMniksM #^A/Mu\\^W4„iavvli mnuuM »/uiinl\^ »/,„l»^« ^j. //ilu« M/.UV^' 












Intermediate Grade 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 

BV\t^7-H 

Chap. Copyright No., 

Shell^^J 



UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



TIME OF CHRIST 

BASED ON THE MOST 
RECENT SURVEYS. 



HAZOR* iMSSOM)\ 



ZEBULON CHORAZIN^ .BEJHSAIDA JUUIAS 
• CAPERNAUM-«BETHSAIDA 

G A L I L E E ; ^<^ ^ ^ 



MAGDALA^T-^ ^ 
TIBERIAS* «2, SERGESA? 

CANA ^ r. ^»* ^ 



SxA MARIA 




^ 



Scale of English Miles. 



J 10 


20 30 4( 


S IT 


-^IR I A 




DAMASCUS 

Tharpar 



•C/tSAREA PHIUPPJ^:^ 



I T U R C A 



^ 

I T 



1 s 



.A U R.A N I T I S . 

pv canatha' 



o 

.gadara 



B A T A N E A % 
• ARBEISA 

O ~ BETHABARA 1 

SCYTHoToLlS --_-_.-' 

• PELLA J 



SAMARIA. '^^^'^ 

SYCHAR 
SHECHEM** •SALIM 



► SHILOH 
EPHRAIM 



GERASA^ 



tli 



^ 



jahiok R. " 




^.*HEZRON^ 



• MODIN 

W.QUARANT/lN,^ 
,, ADASA JERICHO. 

U 6 • E A 

JERUSALEIVI> BETHANY^ 

BETHLEHEM* , ^^.i>^ .^ 

lUM 

A. 

o 

(O 



^ MASADA • 



BETHEl"^^^^'"'^ PHILADELPHIA 

u 

• BETHABARA ? 



fl 



.*^ >^^ 




CoJ)yright, i8q^, hy The Bible SUcdy Picblishing Co. 



THE BIBLE STUDY UNION GRADED LESSON SYSTEM 

FORMERLY CALLED THE BLAKESLEE GRADED LESSON SYSTEM 



OUTLINE HISTORICAL COURSE 



The History of The Apostolic Church 



IN FIVE PARTS 



Intermediate Grade, with Written-Answer Questions, 



FOR THE YOUNGER CLASSES 



Rev. ERASTUS BLAKESLEE and Prof. PHILIP A. NORDELL, d.d. 







THE BIBLE STUDY PUBLISHING CO., 

21 Bromfield Street, 
BOSTON, MASS. 



\ 



yj IS^ * 



-^^ 



Copyright, 1894 and 1895, by Thk Bible Study Publishing Co, 



INTRODUCTION 



PREFACE 

This course of lessons on The History of the Apostolic Church is a 
revision of the former course on The Apostolic Church, issued in 1892. An 
attempt was made in that course to combine the history of the early Church and 
the teachings of the apostles into one series of lessons; but it was found on trial 
that that series included too much material^ and that it would be better to divide 
it into two courses, of which one should give special attention to the history and 
the other to the teachings. This is in accordance with the plan adopted by the 
Lesson Committee of The Bible Study Union, which provides first for a series 
of historical courses on the Bible, and then for a series of doctrinal courses. 

The present course, therefore, is mainly historical. The amount of jnatter 
included in each lesson is in most cases very much less than in the previous course 
on the apostolic period ; but yet the course as a whole, because of its better arrange- 
ment, presents a much more complete and satisfactory outline of the history of 
that period (see the Part and Lesson Titles in the Abstract of Lessons in the 
Course). The material for this course is taken mainly from the Acts; the doctrinal 
material from the epistles will hereafter be gathered into another course on The 
Teachings of the Apostles. 

The lessons of this course embody the results of the accumulated experience 
of the past five years in the preparation and use of this system of lessons, and 
include all the latest improvements. It is believed that they will be found more 
perfect in their method, more cofnplete in their arrangement, and more satisfactory 
in their use than any that have preceded thein. They are so different from the 
former course on The Apostolic Church that they will be practically a new series 
of lessons to those who have used that course. 

This new course is therefore confidently recommended to the favorable con- 
sideration of Sunday-schools and Bible Classes everywhere; and especially to those 
who have used the previous courses of The Bible Study Union. 

The Children's Course entitled A Year with the Apostles, prepared by 
Miss Lucy Wheelock, will be reissued, with many improvements, for use in the 
Primary Department in connection with the historical course above described. 

/// 



tv 



Introduction. 




Table of Contents. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



INTRODUCTION. pages 

Preface iii 

Abstract of Lessons in the Course viii-xii 

Directions for Study xiii-xvi 



MAPS. 

Map No. i. Colored Map of Palestine Frontispiece 

Map No. 2. Political Divisions in the Roman Empire . Introduction, iv 
Map No. 3. To Illustrate St. Paul's First Missionary Journey 58 & 126 
Map No. 4. To Illustrate St. Paul's Second and Third Mis- 
sionary Journeys 72, 94, 107 & 120 

Map No. 5. To Illustrate the Travels of St. Paul . . Opposite 51 

Map No. 6. For Tracing St. Paul's Second Missionary Journey 127 

Map No. 7. For Tracing St. Paul's Third Missionary Journey 128 

Map No. 9. To Illustrate the Shipwreck of St. Paul . . . 148 

Map No. 10. St. Paul's First Missionary Journey . . Opposite 128 

Map No. 11. St. Paul's Second Missionary Journey . Opposite 128 

Map No. 12. St. Paul's Third Missionary Journey . . Opposite 129 

Map No. 13. St. Paul's Voyage to Rome .... Opposite 129 

Map No. 14. Southwestern Asia Minor .... Opposite 175 

Map No. 15. For Tracing St. Paul's Voyage to Rome . . . 173 

Map JerusalexM and Mt. Olivet 2 

Map Illustrating St. Paul's First Missionary Journey . 66 

Map Showing St. Paul's Route in Asia Minor on his 

Second Missionary Journey 73 

Map To Illustrate St. Paul's Route from Jerusalem 

to C^sarea 136 



SPECIALLY IMPORTANT NOTES IN THE LESSONS. 

Note i. Characteristics of Part I i 

Note 28. Characteristics of Part II 24 

Note 54. Summary of Principal Events in Parts I and II . . 46 

Note 55. Characteristics of Part III 51 

Note 79. Territorial Names within the Roman Empire . . 72 
Note 81. Paul's Route from Antioch of Pisidia to Troas, with 

Map 73 

Note 124. Concerning Things Sacrificed to Idols . ... 99 

Note 148. Summary of Principal Events in Part III . . . 123 

Note 150. Characteristics of Part IV 129 

Note 167. The Shipwreck at Melita .♦••.♦ 148 



vt 



Introduction, 



Note 183. Summary of Principal Events in Part IV 
Note 185. Characteristics of Part V . . . 
Note 220*. Summary of Principal Events in Part V . 



PAGES 

169 

175 

200 



THE LESSONS. 

Part I. From the Ascension of Christ until the Death of Stephen. 

Lesson i. Introductory i 

Lesson 2. The Outpouring of the Holy Spirit .... 5 

Lesson 3. The Healing of the Lame Man, and its Results . 9 

Lesson 4. Life within the Church 13 

Lesson 5. The Apostles Arrested and Beaten . . . . 16 

Lesson 6. The Stoning of Stephen 20 

Part II. From the Death of Stephen until the Establishment of 
a Gentile Church in Antioch. 

Lesson 7. A Great Persecution in Jerusalem, and its Immediate 

Results 24 

Lesson 8. The Conversion of Saul 28 

Lesson 9. Saul's Preparation for his Future Work . . , 31 

Lesson 10. The Conversion of Cornelius 35 

Lesson ii. The Establishing of a Gentile Church in Antioch 39 

Lesson 12. Faith and Morals in the Jewish Churches . . 42 

Lesson 13. Review of Parts I, II: Lessons 1-12 .... 46 



Tart III. 



Lesson 14. 
Lesson 15. 
Lesson 16. 

Lesson 17. 
Lesson 18. 
Lesson 19. 
Lesson 20. 

Lesson 21. 
Lesson 22. 

Lesson 23. 
Lesson 24. 
Lesson 25. 
LESso^f 26. 
Lesson 27. 
Lesson 28. 

Lesson 29. 
Lesson 30. 



From the Establishment of a Gentile Church in An- 
tioch until the Close of Paul's Third Missionary 
Journey. 

The Persecution by Herod . . . . . . 51 

Carrying the Gospel into Cyprus and Asia Minor . 56 
The Work in Iconium, Lystra and Derbe, and the 

Return to Syria ........ 61 

The Council in Jerusalem . . . . . . 64 

Carrying the Gospel into Macedonia ... 70 

Preaching in Thessalonica, Bercea, and Athens . 76 
The Founding of the Church in Corinth, and the 

Return to Syria 80 

Errors of the Thessalonians Corrected ... 84 
The Conflict Concerning the Gentiles and the 

Jewish Law in Galatia ?iZ 

Paul's Ministry in Ephesus 92 

Troubles in the Church at Corinth .... 97 

Spiritual Gifts in the Early Church . . . loi 

Paul's Second Visit to Greece 105 

Paul's Defense of his Apostolic Authority . . no 
Paul Anticipating the Conflict Concerning the 

Jewish Law in Rome 114 

Paul's Return to Jerusalem 118 

Review of Part III : Lessons 14-29 .... 123 



Table of Contents, vii 

PAGES 

Part IV. From the Close of Paul's Third Missionary Journey 
until his Death : His Imprisonment, and the 
Beginning of the Conflict with False Philosophy. 

Lesson 31. Paul Mobbed and Arrested in Jerusale;m . . . 130 

Lesson 32. Paul's Trial before the Sanhedrin . . . . 134 

Lesson -^^i- Paul's Trial before Felix 137 

Lesson 34. Paul's Trial before Festus and his Defense before 

Agrippa 141 

Lesson 35. Paul's Voyage and Shipwreck 145 

Lesson 36. Paul a Prisoner in Rome 150 

Lesson 37. Errors in the Colossian Church . . . . 154 

Lesson 38. Jews and Gentiles Made One in Christ . . . 157 

Lesson 39. The Gospel in Rome 161 

Lesson 40. Paul's Fourth Missionary Journey . . . . 165 

Lesson 41. Review of Part IV: Lessons 31-40 .... 169 

Part V. From the Death of Paul until the Death of John: The 
Closing Years of the Apostolic Period. 

Lesson 42. Christians Suffering for Righteousness' Sake . . 176 

Lesson 43. The Churches Invaded by New Errors . . . 179 
Lesson 44. The Seven Churches in Asia Minor after the Death 

OF Paul 183 

Lesson 45. The Passing Away of the Temple and the Sacrifices 187 

Lesson 46. The Last Words of John 191 

Lesson 47. The Condition of the Churches as Reflected in the 

Gospels 195 

Lesson 48. Review of Part V: Lessons 42-47; and a General 

Review of the Course 200 



APPENDIX. 

Table of Abbreviations i 

Table of Books Recommended . i 

Explanatory Remarks on the Lessons ii, iii 

Bible Dictionary of the Lessons . iv-xvi 



REMARKS IN THE APPENDIX. 



Remarks 2- 
Remark 6. 



5. The Book of the Acts ..... 
" Paul's Route from Antioch of Pisidia to Troas 



11 
iii 



[H. A. C. Int.] 



viii Introduction, 

THE BIBLE STUDY UNION GRADED LESSON SYSTEM 

Formerly called THE BLAKESLEE GRADED LESSON SYSTEM 
OUT^IvIlSrE^ IIsTDUCTIVB COURSE: 

THE HISTORY OF THE APOSTOLIC GHURGH 



AS CONTAINED IN 



The Acts, the Epistles, and the Revelation 

IN FIVE PARTS 



ABSTRACT OF LESSONS IN THE COURSE 



INTRODUCTORY NOTES 

Note I. Design. This course of lessons is designed to set forth clearly and 
briefly the history of the establishment, extension^ and training of the Christian 
church during the apostolic period, as found in the books of the New Testament. 
It is preparatory to another course on the teachings of the apostles. While the 
material of this course is taken mostly from the Acts, use is also made of the very 
considerable amount of historical matter contained in the epistles, and of such 
similar material as may be found in the book of Revelation and in the gospels. ^ 

Note 2, Method of Study. In view of the large amount of Scripture fre- 
quently included in a single lesson, it should be remembered that it is intended 
that these passages shall be studied comprehensively and in outline only, and not 
minutely or in detail. The special object of this course is to get merely 2, general 
view of the history; the particulars can be studied later. This method of study 
applies particularly to the lessons from the epistles and the book of Revelation. A 
single lesson may suffice for an exceedingly interesting and profitable study of a 
book or epistle as related to the general historical movement in which it originated, 
whereas months may be required for detailed study of its doctrinal and ethical 
contents. 

A'ote 3. The Part and Lesson Titles. These have been prepared with 
great care, and are designed to show clearly and accurately the successive steps in 



Abstract of Lessons in the Course. ix 

the progress of the history. This has been possible only approximately in Part V 
and in some portions of Part IV, where the exact date of the material is oftea 
obscure and disputed. In these eases the matter has been arranged according to 
what appears to the editors to be the results of the best Bibhcal scholarship. 
The titles and sub-titles are to \yQ firmly fixed in memory^ and when this is done 
the pupil will possess the framework of the entire history. It is expected, more- 
over, that the pupil will associate with each of the lesson titles the principal 
persons and events connected with it, so that they will fall naturally into their 
proper places, and their relations one to another and to the general historical 
progress will be clearly discerned. 

Note 4. The Chronology of the Apostolic Period. In the Acts and in 
the epistles, notations of time are either absent altogether, or are only incidental 
and indefinite. For this reason the chronology cannot be accurately determined. 
The apostolic period begins with the year of our Lord's crucifixion, which in all 
probability occurred in a.d. 30, and closes with the death of the apostle John, 
about A.D. 100. In the Biblical narrative, the only fixed dates during this time 
are that of the death of Herod Agrippa I, a.d. 44, and that of the transfer of 
the procuratorship of Judea from Felix to Festus, a.d. 60. To these points other 
dates must be adjusted as closely as the facts in the narrative or external 
historical considerations will permit. Nearly all the dates accompanying these 
lessons must therefore be regarded as only approximate — the best that can be 
given in the present condition of Bibhcal knowledge. 



PART AND LESSON TITLES. 

PART I. 

FROM THE ASCENSION OF CHRIST UNTII. THE DEATH OF STEPHEN \ 

The Primitive Cliurcli in Jerusalem. A.D. 30-34 (see Note 4). 

Lesson i. Introductory. The Disciples Tarrying in Jerusalem for the Prom- 
ised Power of the Holy Spirit. (Acts, ch. i. A.D. 30.) 

Lesson 2. The Outpouring of the Holy Spirit. The Power from on High 
Received, and Multitudes Converted. (Acts, ch. 2. A.D. 30.) 

Lesson 3. The Healing of the Lame Man, and its Results. The Begin- 
ning of Persecution. (Acts 3 : i — 4 : 31. A.D. 31.) 

i^ESSON 4. Life within the Church. The Community of Goods During the 
Early Years, and the Sin of Ananias and Sapphira. (Acts 4 : 32 — 5 : 11=) 

Lesson 5. The Apostles Arrested and Beaten. The Renewal of Persecu- 
tion. (Acts 5 : 12-42. About A.D. 33.) 

Lesson 6. The Stoning of Stephen. The Choice of the Seven, and the First 
Christian Martyr. (Acts, chs. 6, 7. About A.D. 34.) 



X 



Introduction. 



PART II. 

FROM THE DEATH OF STEPHEN UNTII. THE ESTABLISHMENT OF 
A GENTILE CHURCH IN ANTIOCH : The Church Spread Abroad 

through Persecution. A.D. 34-44 (see Note 4). 

Lesson 7. A Great Persecution in Jerusalem, and its Immediate Re- 
sults. The Gospel Carried to Samaria, and the Ethiopian Eunuch 
Converted. (Acts, ch. 8. About A.D. 34.) 

Lesson 8. The Conversion of Saul. An Apostle to the Gentiles Called. 
(Acts 9 : i-iga ; comp, 22 : 4-16 ; 26 : 9-18 ; i Cor. 15 : 8-10 ; Gal. i : 
15, 16(3;. About A.D. 35.) 

Lesson 9. Saul's Preparation for his Future Work. His Experiences in 
Damascus, Arabia, Judea, Syria, and Cilicia. (Acts 9 : i9<^-3o ; 22 : 
17-21 ; 2 Cor. II : 32, 33 ; Gal i : 16^-24. A.D. 35-42.) 

Lesson 10. The Conversion of Cornelius. The Vision of Peter, and the First 
Gentile Converts. (Acts 9 : 31 — 11 : 18. About A.D. 40.) 

Lesson ii. The Establishing of a Gentile Church in Antioch. Further 
Results of the Great Persecution in Jerusalem. (Acts 11:19-30; 
12 : 25. About A.D. 40-44.) 

Lesson 12. Faith and Morals in the Jewish Churches. The Epistle of 
James, the Lord's Brother. (Selections from James. Date uncertain.) 

Lesson 13. Review of Parts I, II : Lessons 1-12. 



PART III. 



FROM THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A GENTILE CHURCH IN ANTIOCH 
UNTIL THE CLOSE OF PAUL'S THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY: 

Paul's Missionary Journeys, and the Conflict Concerning the Relation 
of the Gentiles to the Jewish Law. A.D. 44-58 (see Note 4). 

Lesson 14. The Persecution by Herod. The Killing of James, the Brother 
of John, and the Miraculous Dehverance of Peter. (Acts 12 : 1-24. 
A.D. 44.) 

Lesson 15. Carrying the Gospel into Cyprus and Asia Minor. The Be- 
ginning of Paul's First Missionary Journey. (Acts, ch. 13. A.D. 45, 46.) 

Lesson 16. The Work in Iconium, Lystra and Derbe, and the Return 
TO Syria. The Continuation and Close of the First Missionary 
Journey. (Acts, ch. 14. A.D. 46-48.) 

Lesson 17. The Council in Jerusalem. The Beginning of the Conflict Con- 
cerning the Gentiles and the Jewish Law. (Acts 15 : 1-35 ; Gal., ch. 2. 
A.D. 50 or 51.) 

Lesson 18. Carrying the Gospel into Macedonia. The Beginning of Paul's 
Second Missionary Journey. (Acts 15 : 36 — 16 : 40. About A.D. 51.) 

Lesson 19. Preaching in Thessalonica, Bercea and Athens. Paul's Work 
Continued in Macedonia, and Begun in Achaia. (Acts, ch. 17; 
I Thes. 2 : 1-12. About A.D. 52.) 

Lesson 20. The Founding of the Church in Corinth, and the Return to 
Syria. The Continuation and Close of the Second Missionary 
Journey. (Acts 18:1-22; i Thes., ch. 3; i Cor., ch. 2; 2 Cor. 11: 
1-15. A.D. 52-54.) 



Abstract of Lessons in the Course. 



XI 



Lesson 21. Errors of the Thessalonians Corrected. The Expectation of 
the Church Concerning the Coming Again of Christ. (Selections from 
I and 2 Thessalonians. Written from Corinth, A.D. 52 or 53.) 

Lesson 22. The Conflict Concerning the Gentiles and the Jewish 
Law in Galatia. Paul's Defense of Christian Liberty. (Selections 
from Galatians. Written between A.D. 52 and 54 ; place uncertain.) 

Lesson 23. Paul's Ministry in Ephesus. The First Part of the Third Mis- 
sionary Journey. (Acts 18 : 23 — 19 : 41. A.D. 54-57.) 

Lesson 24. Troubles in the Church at Corinth. Paul's Warnings and 
» Advice. (Selections from i Cor., chs. i-ii. Written from Ephesus 

A.D. 57 or 58.) 

Lesson 25. Spiritual Gifts in the Early Church. Eagerness for Miracu- 
lous Gifts Rebuked, and the Value of Love Exalted, (i Cor., chs. 
12-14.) 

Lesson 26. Paul's Second Tour in Greece. The Collection for the Saints in 
Jerusalem. (Acts 20: 1-6; selections from 2 Corinthians, written on 
the journey from Ephesus to Corinth, A.D. 57.) 

Lesson 27. Paul's Defense of his Apostolic Authority. Reply to his Jewish 
Opponents in Corinth. (2 Cor., chs. 10-12. A.D. 57.) 

Lesson 28. Paul Anticipating the Conflict Concerning the Jewish 
Law in Rome. The Sufficiency of the Gospel Shown. (Selections 
from Romans. Written from Corinth, A.D. 58.) 

Lesson 29. Paul's Return to Jerusalem. The Close of the Third Missionary 
Journey. (Acts 20 : 7—21 : 16. A.D. 58.) 

Lesson 30. 



Review of Part III : Lessons 14-29. 



PART IV. 



FROM THE CLOSE OF PAUL'S THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY UNTIL 
HIS DEATH : Paul's Imprisonineiit, and the Beginning of the Conflict 
with False Philosophy. A.D. 58-68 (see Note 4). 

Lesson 31. Paul Mobbed and Arrested in Jerusalem. The Failure of his 
Attempt to ConciUate the Jews. (Acts 21 : 17 — 22 : 29. Pentecost, May 
or June, A.D. 58.) 

Lesson 32. Paul's Trial before the Sanhedrin. His Rescue from the Jews 
and Transfer to Csesarea. (Acts 22 : 30 — 23 : 35. A.D. 58.) 

Lesson 33. Paul's Trial before Felix. The Two Years of Imprisonment 
in Csesarea. (Acts, ch. 24. A.D. 58-60.) 

Lesson 34. Paul's. Trial before Festus, and his Defense before Agrippa. 
The Appeal to Caesar. (Acts, chs. 25, 26. A.D. 60.) 

Lesson 35. Paul's Voyage and Shipwreck. His Experiences on the Way to 
Rome. (Acts 27 : i — 28 : 15. From the Autumn of A.D. 60 to the 
Summer of A.D. 61.) 

Lesson 36. Paul a Prisoner in Rome. The Word of God not Bound. (Acts 
28 : 16-31 ; Philemon. A.D. 61-63.) 



xtt 



Introduction. 



Lesson 37. Errors in the Colossian Church. The Supremacy of Christ 
Endangered by False Philosophy. (Selections from Colossians. Writ- 
ten during Paul's Imprisonment, either at Caesarea or at Rome, 
between A.D. 58 and 63.) 

Lesson 38. Jews and Gentiles Made One in Christ. Paul's Defense of the 
Unity of the Church. (Selections from Ephesians. Written during 
Paul's Imprisonment, either at Caesarea or at Rome, between A.D. 
58 and 63.) 

Lesson 39. The Gospel in Rome. Its Progress Furthered by Paul's Imprison- 
ment. (Selections from Philippians. Written during the Imprison- 
ment at Rome, between A.D. 61 and 63.) 

Lesson 40. Paul's Fourth Missionary Journey. His Last Words and Im- 
pending Martyrdom. (Selections from i and 2 Timothy, and Titus. 
Written between A.D. 64 and 66.) 

Lesson 41. Review of Part IV: Lessons 31-40. 



PAKT V. 

FKOM THE DEATH OF PAUL UNTIL THE DEATH OF JOHN: The 

Closing Years of the Apostolic Period. A.D. 66-100 (see Note 4). 

Lesson 42. Christians Suffering for Righteousness' Sake. Peter's Exhor- 
tations to Patience and Well-doing. (Selections from i Peter. Date 
uncertain.) 

Lesson 43. The Churches Invaded by New Errors. Warnings against Self- 
conceit and Lawlessness. (Selections from Jude and 2 Peter. Date 
uncertain.) 

Lesson 44. The Seven Churches in Asia Minor after the Death of 
Paul. Commendations and Rebukes. (Revelation, chs. 1-3. Prob- 
ably written about A.D. 68.) 

Lesson 45. The Passing Away of the Temple and the Sacrifices. Jew- 
ish Christians Instructed in View of the Destruction of Jerusalem. 
(Selections from Hebrews. Written about A.D. 70.) 

Lesson 46. The Last Words of John. Walking in the Light, and Abiding in 
Love. (Selections from i, 2 and 3 John. Written between A.D. 80 
and 100.) 

Lesson 47. The Condition of the Churches as Reflected in the Gos- 
pels. The Relation of the Gospels to the Apostolic Age. (Selections 
from Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John. Written between A.D. 
60 and 100.) 

Lesson 48. Review of Part V: Lessons 42-47; and General Review of 
THE Course. 



Note §. — Special Christmas, Easter, Missionary, and Temperance Lessons, and 
Quarterly Written-Examination Questions, are issued in connection with these lessons. 
As many numbers as may be needed to provide lessons for all the Sundays of the year 
are sent FREE^ on request, to schools using these Quarterlies, 



Directions for Study. xiii 

DIEEOTIONS POR STUDY. 

I. General Directions. 

§ 1. Titles. The Part and Lesson titles in these lessons are designed to show 
clearly and accurately the successive steps in the progress of the history. They 
are to be cominitted to 7nemory and often reviewed. In connection with the lesson 
titles, the sub-topics into which each lesson is divided should also be memorized 
and associated with the lesson so as always to be suggested by it. (See § 7.) 

§ 2. Golden Texts. These express the principal fact or teaching of each 
lesson. They should be memorized and frequently reviewed. 

§ 3. Daily Scripture Readings. These are designed for devotional read- 
ing at family prayers or in private. They include the lesson of each week, and 
other passages in line with its leading thought. If read at night, use the selection 
for Monday on Sunday night, and so on. 

§ 4. The Lesson Talks. These are designed to give the principal contents 
of each lesson and to form, when complete, a brief History of the Apostolic 
Church. It is well to have them read aloud in class, sentence by sentence in turn, 
by the different members. 

§ 5. Review and Preliminary Questions. This part of the work is as- 
signed for Sunday afternoon, and is very important in keeping up a connected 
view of the whole subject. It should include all preliminary work relating to the 
study of the lesson. (See §§ 11, 18.) 

§ 6. The Lesson Outline, with Written-Answer Questions. This is 
the principal part of the lesson work in this grade ^ and is arranged for the first 
three or four days of the week. It is designed to give a connected outline view 
of the History of the Apostolic Church and should be studied very carefully. 
Brief answers should be WTitten to all questions having space left under them for 
that purpose. (See §§ 14 (i), 19.) 

§ 7. The Lesson Sub-topics. These are printed in black-faced type in con- 
nection with the work assigned for different days of the week in The Lesson 
Outline. They present an analysis of the lesson material and should be carefully 
memorized so as to be readily suggested whenever the lesson is mentioned. 

§ 8. Notes. A few of these contain general historical or other statements 
introductory to the Part or Lesson wdth which they occur. But many of them 
relate to the meaning of difficult passages of Scripture, and are designed to bring 
out more clearly the exact Scripture statements on the subjects to which they 
refer, leaving for the most part the interpretation of such statements to those 
using the lessons. Teachers will find in these notes much 7naterial for sup- 
plementary questio7is. They should always be read carefully with the Scripture 
on which the lesson is based. (See §§ il (2), 18.) 



xiy Introduction. 

§ 9. Lesson Teachings. These are designed to bring out some of the prin- 
cipal truths of the lessons, and to furnish topics for conversation. The references 
should all be carefully examined and an answer to each question thought out at 
home. Teachers can select from among the questions such as will be most useful 
for their classes. (See §§ 13, 14 (2), 19 /.<:.) 

§ 10. Special Work for those who can do it. This kind of work has 
proved of very great interest. It is of two kinds : — 

(i) Writing out a Summary of the Contents of Each Lesson, with References. 
These summaries may be full or brief as you choose, but in either case, when finished^ ivill 
form a History of the Apostolic Church written by yourself ^ and will be of almost inesti- 
mable service in fixing that history in mind. Do this work first on loose paper, and then copy 
it into a blank book, with Part and Lesson titles, dates, places, outline maps, etc., so as to make 
the work as complete as possible. 

(2) Making an Outline of the Apostolic Church History from the Bible Itself. 
Buy two or three cheap Bibles (Revised Version best), and having cut out the passages referred 
to with the sub-topics of each lesson, paste them into a scrap-book, in order; so as to make a con- 
tinuous narrative of the history as presented in these lessons, with such general and subor- 
dinate headings, and such marginal notes and comments as you think fit. This work will be of 
much value in the Acts, where the combining of the Part, Lesson, and Topic titles with the nar- 
rative will be found to throw much light upon it; but it will be especially useful in those 
parts of the history where much of the material is taken from the other books of the New 
Testament. 

Such books can be illustrated with unmounted photographs , and with other cuts or maps, 
and made very attractive. Sometimes classes have joined in the expense and labor of making 
such a book, and found it an exceedingly interesting and profitable exercise. 

II. Special Directions for Teachers. (See §§ 1-10.) 

Remark. — Every teacher should have the eight page pamphlet entitled, Suggestions to 
Teachers. It contains much valuable information regarding the way to study and teach these 
lessons; and is sent /r^^, on request, by The Bible Study Publishing Co., 21 Bromfield St., 
Boston, Mass. 

§ 11. Preliminary, (i) Before beginning the study of the course, examine 
carefully the Introduction and Appendix to the Quarterly, as well as the lessons 
themselves, so as to understand the purpose and scope of the course as a whole. 
When first giving out the lessons to the class explain fully their nature and 
design, and how they are to be studied. Go over a part of Lessons i and 2 with the 
class, Bibles and pencils in hand, and have them write down the answers under 
your direction; do this with other lessons until you are sure that the class clearly 
understand the method of study. 

(2) Begin the study of each lesson with a preliminary survey of the Scripture 
on which it is based, and of its Title (§ i), Lesson Talk (§4), Sub-topics (§ 7), 
and Notes (§ 8), so as to get a general idea of the lesson as a whole; and then 
take it up item by item in course, referring to The Bible Study Manual for 
additional information on the various subjects presented. 

§ 12. Preparation. The teachers of this grade will find it a great help to 
study the lesson in the Progressive grade also, in order to get a more comprehensive 
knowledge of the subject than can be obtained from this grade only. If there is 
a teachers' meeting in the school for the study of the lesson, they are recom- 
mended to attend it. One of the most important helps to good teaching is to 



Directions for Study. xv 

know much more about the lesson than will be used in class. See The Bible 
Study Manual for much valuable information concerning each lesson, with 
suggestions about teaching it. 

§ 13. Looking Ahead. Let each teacher look ahead each week, and accord- 
ing to the age and capacity of his pupils indicate questions or topics to be omitted 
or to which special attention will be given, as the case may be. Assignment 
should also be made each week of the parts of the lesson to be studied in case 
any portion of it is omitted. (See § 9, 14 (2).) 

§ 14. How TO USE THE LESSONS, (i) The best way to use the lessons is to 
give ten or fifteen minutes a day, or an hour a week, to the study of the lesson, 
writing out answers to all the questions that have space left under them for that 
purpose, and then to pass over the written- answer questions very rapidly in class, 
so as to get the outline of the whole subject clearly in mind, after which use the 
rest of the time for the discussion of questions growing out of the lesson. Those 
who do this have no difficulty in teaching the whole substance of each lesson and 
so getting a well-rounded outline view of the subject. 

(2) Another way is to take up in class only such questions or topics as have 
been selected by the teacher and announced beforehand. This way will be found 
especially adapted to the younger classes using this grade. The parts of the 
lesson assigned for study should be selected with great care, so as to present the 
completest possible outline of the facts and teachings of the lesson. (See § 13.) 

(3) The least satisfactory way, and yet the most available one where there has 
been no home study of the lesson, is to take up the questions one by one. Bibles 
and pencils in hand, and work out the answers in class. Those who do this will 
seldom or never finish the lesson in class, and will probably be dissatisfied with the 
results of their study. 

§ 15. Dangers to be Avoided. The greatest danger to this outline study 
of the Bible is in attempting to treat each part of it too minutely. The temptation 
to dwell on minor points, or to raise questions irrelevant to the main purpose of 
the lesson is very great. But in order to success, the lesson as a whole must first be 
passed over rapidly and in outline only, and then such points taken up for dis» 
cussion as may seem to be most useful. 

Another danger is in attempting to take up the lesson in some other way than 
that indicated in the lessons the^nselves. The class is expected to study the lesson 
as laid down in the Quarterly, and it is obviously unfair to ask them to do this 
and then not to ask them in class for the results of their study. Therefore, the 
written-answers should always be called for, and, with whatever supplementary 
questions are needed to bring out their meaning clearly, they should be compared 
one with another, and with the Bible if necessary, so as to ensure their correct- 
ness. (See §§6, 14 (i), 19.) 

§ 16. Objects to be Sought. The immediate object of these lessons is to 
give a comprehensive outline view of the history of the church in the times of the 



xvi Introduction. 

apostles, but it should never be forg-otten that those facts and 
truths are to be studied not for themselves alone, but for 
the sake of their influence in producing* and developing- 
Christian character. Therefore, the teacher should seize every opportunity 
to ask questions of practical application. The pressing home of the truth is 
indeed one of the chief offices of the Sunday-school teacher; but it can be done 
much more effectively if based on the ho7ne study of the scholar than if done in 
such a way as to ignore^ and so to discourage^ such study, 

§ 17. Being Interested. Finally : Remember that the only sure way to 
interest a class in the study of the lesson is to be interested in it yourself. If the 
teacher will lead, the class will follow. 

III. Special Directions for Scholars. (See §§ 1-10.) 
§ 18. Preliminary. In beginning the study of the lesson make first a general 
examination of it, reading the Scripture on which it is based and comparing it 
with the Lesson Talk and Notes, so as to get some idea of the subject as a whole, 
and then take it up question by question in course. (See §§ 4, 5, 8, 11.) 

§ 19. The Lesson Questions. Write answers to those having space left 
under them for that purpose ; study the others carefully so as to be able to 
answer them orally. Make your written-answers short, pointed, and accurate ; 
let them be your own ; copy from no one. It is often best to jot them down on 
loose paper and correct them first, and then to copy them in the Lesson Quarterly. 
In class the teacher will compare the various answers brought in and refer to the 
Bible to settle differences of opinion concerning them. After hearing and com- 
paring written-answers the teacher will ask such oral questions as may be neces- 
sary to a full understanding of the matter in hand. Do a portion of the work 
each day. By no means fail to study carefully the Lesson Teachings. (See § 9.) 
Look out all the references and settle on the answer to each question at home. 
(See Class Pledge.) 

§ 20. In General. Read and study thoughtfully. Note down on paper all 
questions upon which you would like information, and bring them up in class. 
Study to learn. Always bring your Bible to class. 

CL-A55 PLEDGE. 

As a member of class, I promise to 

do the lesson work assigned for each day to the best of my ability, and 
to do all I can to make the lesson recitations and discussions interest- 
ing and helpful to the class. 

Signed 

189 . 



LKSSONS 

ON 

The History of The Apostolic Church 

IN FIVE PARTS 



INTERMEDIATE GRADE 



PART I. 

FROM THE ASCENSION OF CHRIST UNTIL THE DEATH OF 
STEPHEN : The Primitive Church in Jerusalem. A.D. 30-34 (see Note 4, p. vii, 
Introduction). 

Note 1.— Characteristics of Part I. This may be called the period of 
preparation and beginnings. It witnessed the beginning of the new life of the church 
under the power of the Holy Spirit, the beginning of church organization, and the 
beginning of persecution. While it is quite probable that some of those who were 
converted on the day of Pentecost may have carried the gospel to places outside of 
Jerusalem, yet, so far as we have any record, the word was not preached during this 
period except in that city. Afterwards, as narrated in the Acts, it was preached 
throughout Asia Minor, in Greece, and in Rome. This was therefore the time during 
which the church, although confining itself to the city of Jerusalem, was really gather- 
ing strength for its future work (see Remark 5, in Appendix). 



Lesson 1. INTRODUCTORY. The Disciples Tarrying 

in Jerusalem for tlie Promised Power 

of tlie Holy Spirit. 

Acts, ch. I. A.D. 30. 

(Before beginning the lesson, read carefully the Directions for Study In the Introduction to 
this Quarterly, pages xi-xiv.) 

Note 2. — This lesson includes some general questions on the course as a whole, 
and on the book of the Acts. It then notices briefly the Introduction to the Acts, the 
ascension, and the events of the ten days between the ascension and the day of 
Pentecost. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " But ye shall receive power, when the Holy Ghost 
is come upon you .- and ye shall be my witnesses both in Jerusalem, and 
in all Judaea and Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.'' 
(Acts 1:8.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts i : 1-14. 

I 



Outline Bible Studies : 



Intermediate 
Grade, 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

(See Directions for Study, § 3, in Introduction.) 



r Acts 1 : 1-5. 
Monday . . -I Acts i : 6-i I. 

( Acts 1 : 12-14, 

Tuesday Acts i : 15-26. 

Wednesday. I Sam. 10: 1-13. 
Thursday . .Is. 63 : 7—64 : 2. 

Friday Is. 44 : 1-5, 21-28. 

Saturday . . . Ezek. 39 : 1 7-29. 
Sunday Mt., ch. 3. 



The Author's Preface. 

The Ascension of Christ, 

The Disciples Waiting for the Promised Power. 

The Choice of a New Apostle. 

Foreshadowings of the Spirit's Power. 

The Spirit of God in Ancient Israel. 

The Spirit Poured Out upon Jacob and his Seed. 

The Spirit Poured Out upon the Restored Israel. 

The Baptism of the Spirit Foretold. 




LESSON TALK: OUR LORD'S LAST PROMISE. 

(See Directions for Study, § 4, in Introduction.) 

Our Lord continued on earth for forty days after his resurrection. 
During that time he appeared to his disciples at many different times 
and places ; sometimes to one of them alone, sometimes to several 
together, and once to above five hundred. 

At one of these appearances, on a mountain in Galilee, he com- 
manded the eleven to "make disciples of all the nations,'* and 
promised to be with them ^^alvvay, even unto the end of the world." 

When the time came for him to return from 
earth to heaven, he showed himself to his 
disciples in Jerusalem, and led them out 
over the Mount of Olives toward Bethany. 
As they walked along the familiar road, he 

Jerusalem and Mt. Olivet. ^^^^^ }^^^^ ^^^ |^g witneSSeS for him 

There were two roads from Jeru- 
salem to Bethany, one along the '' uiito the uttcrmost part of the earth," but 

southern slope of Mount Olivet, i i 1 . . - 

and another over its summit. At also Commanded them to remain in Jeru- 

this time our Lord probably took 1 1 n • e 

the latter. The traditional place salcm uutil they should receive power from 

of the ascension is at " A," where i • 1 .1 11 1 • r .i tt i 

there is now a church. on high through the baptism of the Holy 

Spirit, who, he said, would come to them " not many days hence." 
This promise of the Holy Spirit was really a repetition of the 
promise which our Lord had made in the upper chamber, on the 
night before he was crucified. He then said that if he should go 
away, he would send the Comforter to them ; but it was also his final 
promise before he left the earth, for as he was talking with them he 
was taken up into heaven, and a cloud received him out of their 
sight. They then returned to Jerusalem, and with much prayer 
waited for the fulfillment of this promise. 



^'''one. The History of The Apostolic Church. 3 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS ON THE COURSE. 

(For the answers to most of these questions see Abstract of Lessons in the Course, In the 
Introduction to this Quarterly, pp. vi-x. See also Directions for Study, §§5, 11, 18, in Intro- 
duction.) 

I. What is the design of this course of lessons (see Note i, p. viii, 
Introduction) ? 2. From what book of the Bible is this history mostly 
taken? 3. How is this history to be studied (Note 2, Introduction)? 
4. What is the design of the Part and Lesson Titles (Note 3) ? 5. How 
should they be studied? 6. About how many years does the apostolic 
period include (Note 4) ? 7. Into how many Parts is this course divided? 
8. Give the title of Part I. 9. About how many years does it cover? 10. 
What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

MONDAY. 
PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS ON THE BOOK OF THE ACTS. 

(For the answers to these questions, see Remarks on this lesson, in the Appendix.) 

I. Who wrote the book of the Acts (see Remark 3, in Appendix) ? 2. 
Why was it written (Remark 4, App.) ? 3. To whose work is the larger 
part of the book given? 4. About what time was it probably written? 5. 
Into how many sections may the book be divided (Remark 5) ? 6. What 
in general is the subject of the first section? of the second section? of the 
third section ? of the fourth section ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§6, 14, 19, in Introduction.) 

Note 3. — The Lesson Outline is designed to make the class familiar with the 
principal facts included in the lesson. It should be carefully studied and all the 
answers written out at home. In class, after the answers have been compared, and if 
necessary corrected, the remainder of the time should be given to the practical applica- 
tion of the Lesson Teachings (see Directions for Study, J 6, in Introduction). 

TUESDAY, 
1. The Author's Preface. Acts l : 1-5. 

(Written-answers; see Directions for Study, §§7, 19, in Introduction.) 

I. To whom is the book of the Acts addressed, and who was he? 
(Acts I : i^, cf. Lu. I : 3, and B. D.) 



2. Of what had the author previously written? (Acts i : \by 2.) 



3. How long was Jesus on earth after his resurrection ? (vs. 3.) 



4 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZaT^' 

4. Where, and for what, did he tell the apostles to wait? (vss. 4, 5.) 



WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Ascension of Christ. Acts i:6-ii. 
5. In our Lord^s last talk with his disciples, what question did they ask, 
and what did he reply? (Acts i : 6, 7.) 



Question. 



Answer. 



Note 4. — Notwithstanding all the clear teachings of Christ to the contrary, the 
disciples still expected that he would set up a temporal kingdom on the earth. 

6. What great promise did Christ then make to them? (vs. 8, Golden 
Text ; memorize.^ 



7. Tell briefly what happened after he had said these things, (vss. 
9-1 1.) Oral answer. 



THURSDAY. 

3. The Disciples Waiting for the Promised Power. Acts i : 12-14. 

4. The Choice of a New Apostle. Acts i : 15-26. 

8. After Christ^s ascension, to what place did the disciples return? 
(Acts I : 12.) 



9. What did they do while they were waiting for the fulfillment of his 
last promise? (vss. 13, 14.) 



10. Of what did Peter remind the disciples during those days? (vss. 
15-20.) 



II, From among whom did he say that one must be chosen as an 
apostle to take Judas's place? (vss. 21, 22.) 



12. Who was at last chosen, and how? (vss. 23-26.) 



^"two. The History of The Apostolic Church. 5 

FRIDAY AND SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

(See Directions for Study, §§9, 13, 14 (2), 16, in Introduction.) 
Note 5. — These questions are very important. The references should all be looked 
up and answers to all the questions should be thought out at home. In the younger 
classes using this grade, the teacher can, if thought best, indicate beforehand any ques- 
tions which maybe omitted (see Directions for Study, §j 13, 14 (2), in Introduction). 

13. What was our Lord's last command to his disciples (Acts i : 8, camp, 
Mt. 28 : 19, -zoo) ? How were they to receive power to do this work (Acts 
I : 4, 5, camp. Lu. 24 : 49) ? How do this command and promise apply to us ? 

14. What is said in Acts i : 11 about our Lord's coming again? 

15. Why was it well for the disciples to pray so much and so earnestly 
(Acts I : 14) while they were waiting for the promised power from on high? 
How may we turn our days of anxious waiting into days of blessing? 

16. Of what were the apostles to be witnesses (Acts i: 22)? Why 
were they to testify to this, rather than to anything else? 

17. May we use the lot in these days to decide difficult questions that 
come before us? How are we to decide such questions? 

(For Special Work, see Directions for Study, § 10, in Introduction.) 



Lesson 2. THE OUTPOURING OF THE HOLY 

SPIRIT. The Power from on High Received, 

and IVIultitudes Converteda 

Acts, ch. 2. 
GOLDEN TEXT: "And they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, 
and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utter- 
ance." (Acts 2 : 4.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 2 : 1-13. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 2 : 1-13. The Descent of the Holy Spirit. 

Tuesday Acts 2 : 14-36. The Address of Peter. 

Wfdnfsdav / ^^^^ ^ ' 37~4^* ^^^ Conversion of the Three Thousand. 

* \ Acts 2 : 43-47. Fellowship and Growth in the Church. 
Thursday . . . . Joel 2 : 18-32. The Outpouring of the Holy Spirit Prophesied. 

Friday Jo. 14: 14-31. The Comforter, an Abiding Presence in the 

Church. 

Saturday Jo. 16 : 1-15. The Comforter Promised in Place of Christ. 

Sunday Zech., ch. 4. The Power of the Spirit Indicated. 

LESSON TALK: OUR LORD'S LAST PROMISE FULFILLED. 

The disciples had to wait but ten days for the fulfillment of our 
Lord's last promise to them. It came on the feast of Harvest, or 
day of Pentecost. On that day, as they were all assembled in one 



6 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZaT"' 

place, the Holy Spirit suddenly came from heaven upon them, with 
a sound as of the rushing of a mighty wind, and an appearance as 
of tongues of fire that sat on each of them. They were all filled 
with the Spirit, and began to speak in languages which they had 
never learned. Multitudes of the people in Jerusalem, among whom 
were many from distant countries, quickly came together, and every 
one of them heard the disciples speaking in his own native tongue. 
All were amazed at these mighty works of God. 

Peter addressed the multitudes with great boldness, showing (i) 
that these wonderful events were the fulfillment of prophecy ; (2) that 
the Holy Spirit came from Jesus of Nazareth, whom they had cruci- 
fied, but whom God had raised up and exalted by his right hand in 
heaven ; and (3) that they were in danger of judgments for having 
slain Jesus, because God had made him Lord of all and the prophe- 
sied Christ, or Messiah. 

At this Peter's hearers were seized with fear; but he quickly 

assured them that if they would repent of their sins and be baptized, 

that is, if they would accept this Jesus as their Messiah, their sins 

would be forgiven. The multitudes were so greatly moved by this 

address, that about three thousand that day received the word and 

were baptized. Thus the church was filled with the mighty power 

of the Spirit, and entered upon its work of bringing the world to 

Christ. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 5, 11, 18, in Introduction.) 

I. What is the design of this course of lessons? 2. What is the title 
of Part I? 3. Who wrote the book of the Acts? 4. Into what four sec- 
tions may it be divided? 5. What great promise did Jesus give to his 
disciples just before leaving them ? 6. How did the disciples spend the 
ten days after the ascension? 7. Who was chosen as an apostle to take 
the place of Judas ? 8. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? 
its Golden Text ? 

THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, AVITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

(See Note 3, and Directions for Study, §§ 6, 14, 19, in Introduction.) 

MONDAY. 
1. The Descent of the Holy Spirit. Acts 2 : 1-13. 
I. What feast of the Jews occurred about this time? (Acts 2:1.) 



^'''two. The History of The Apostolic Church. f 

Note 6. — The word "Pentecost" vae^ins Jl/iieth ; it was the name given to the 
second of the three great annual feasts of the Jews, because it came on the fiftieth 
day after the feast of the Passover ; it was intended to show gratitude to God for the 
harvest, something hke our Thanksgiving Day. 

2. State briefly three wonderful events that happened on that day. 

vs. 2. 



VS. 3. 



VS. 4. 

Note 7. — The appearance " like as of fire" on the heads of the disciples was the 
sign of the presence and power of the Holy Spirit, whom Jesus had sent to teach them 
how to speak and hve. Speaking " with other tongues " means speaking in such a 
way that they were understood by people of many different languages ; it was a new 
power given to the disciples, and was another sign that the Holy Spirit had come to 
them. 

3. How were the people affected when they heard the disciples speaking 
in different languages? (vss. 5-8, 12.) 



4. From how many different countries had these people come? (vss. 
9-1 1, see B. D.) 



5. What charge did some of the hearers make against the disciples? 
(vs. 13.) 



TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Address of Peter. Acts 2 : 14-36. 
6. What did Peter say in reply to this charge? (Acts 2 : 14, 15.) 



Note 8. — "The third hour": About nine o'clock in the forenoon. No Jew 
would have taken wine as early as this on a feast day. 

7. How did Peter explain what had happened? (vss. 16-18; memo- 
rize.) 



8. With what dreadful sin did he then charge his hearers? (vss. 22, 
23.) 



8 Outline Bible Studies : ^""'crade?^' 

9. What did he say that God had done for this Jesus, who had poured 
forth that which they now saw and heard? (vss. 32, 33.) 



10. To what prophecy of judgment on the enemies of Christ did Peter 
then refer? (vss. 34-36.) 



THURSDAY. 
3. The Conversion of the Three Thousand. Acts 2: 37-42. 
II. How were the people affected by Peter's words? (Acts 2 : 37.) 



12. What did he tell them to do? (vs. 38.) 

13. What were the immediate results of this sermon? (vss. 41, 42.) 



FRIDAY. 
4. Fellowship and Growth in the Church. Acts 2 : 43-47. 
14. How did the beUevers show their love one for another? (vss. 44, 

45-) 



15. What did they do from day to day? (vss. 46, 47.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

(See Note 5, and Directions for Study, §§9, 13, 14 (2), 16, in Introduction.) 

16. How did the prophet Ezekiel describe the work of the Holy Spirit 
in men^s hearts (Ezek. 36 : 26, 27) ? What did our Lord say about the 
same thin^ (Jo. 3:5, 6) ? 

17. What had Jesus promised his disciples about the Holy Spirit (Jo, 
14: 16, 17)? What did he say that the Spirit would do for them (Jo. 
14:26)? 

18. How may we receive the Holy Spirit (Lu. 11:13; memorise)} 
What are those called who are led by the Spirit (Rom. 8 : 14) ? 

19. What is the way of life, as set forth by Peter on the day of Pentecost 
(Acts 2 : 38) ? How may we know that we are walking in it ? 

(For Special Work, see Directions for Study, § 10, in Introduction.) 



^''' Three. The History of The Apostolic Church. g 

Lesson 3. THE HEALING OF THE LAME MAN, AND 
ITS RESULTS. The Beginning of Persecution. 

Acts 3: 1—4:31- A.D. 31. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And in none other is there salvation : for neither 
is there any other name under heaven, that is given among men, wherein 
we must be saved." (Acts 4 ; 12.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 4 : 1-12. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

(See Directions for Study, § 3, in Introduction.) 
Monday ....Acts 3: i-io. The Healing of the Lame Man at the Beautiful 

Gate. 
Tuesday Acts 3 : 1 1-26. Peter's Address in the Temple. 

^r.T.T"l? ^\';','; 1 Peter and John before the Council. 
Thursday . . .Acts 4 : 13-22. j *' 

Friday Acts 4 : 23-31. The Thanksgiving Prayer of the Church. 

Saturday. . . .Is. 28 : 14-22. Isaiah's Warning to the Rulers in Jerusalem. 

Sunday Psalms, 2. The Vanity of Counsels against the Lord. 

LESSON TALK: A GREAT MIRACLE IN THE TEMPLE. 

(See Directions for Study, §4, in Introduction.) 

For some time after the day of Pentecost the church continued to 
grow, and no one opposed it. The Sanhedrin probably hoped that 
it would die out of itself, but instead of growing weaker it was quietly 
gathering strength for its future work. 

The first opposition to it was occasioned by a great miracle wrought 
by Peter. As he was going with John one afternoon into the temple 
to pray, they found a poor cripple by the Beautiful Gate asking alms. 
Peter, in the name of Jesus, bade him walk ; and taking him by the 
hand raised him up. He was immediately healed; and in joy at 
his new found strength went walking and leaping into the temple, 
praising God. A great crov/d gathered about him. Peter told them 
that the man had been healed in the name of Jesus, the Messiah, 
whom they had slain. He then urged them to repent. Many 
believed ; so that the number of disciples was increased to about 
five thousand. 

Peter and John were arrested as they were speaking, and thrown 
into prison. The next morning they were brought before the coun- 
cil, or Sanhedrin, who wished to punish them. But the council could 
not deny that a great miracle had been wrought, and besides they 
feared the people ; they therefore commanded the apostles to speak 



16 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Cradt^' 

no more in the name of Jesus, and let them go. The church 
rejoiced greatly at their release ; and without regard to what the 
council had done continued speaking the word with the utmost 
boldness. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 5, 11, 18, in Introduction.) 

I. Into how many Parts is the history of the apostolic church divided 
in this course? 2. What is the first Part? 3. What was Christ's last 
promise to his disciples? 4. When vv^as it fulfilled? 5. What wonderful 
events happened on that day? 6. How did Peter explain those events? 
7. Of what did he say that his hearers were guilty? 8. What effect did 
his words have upon them? 9. What resulted from Peter's sermon? 10. 
What is the title of to-day's lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE liESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

(See Note 3, and Directions for Study, §§6, 14, 19, in Introduction.) 
MONDAY. 
1. The Healing of the Lame Man at the Beautiful Gate. Acts 3 : i-io. 
I. Where were Peter and John going one afternoon? (Acts 3:1.) 



Note 9. — According to the usual Jewish way of reckoning time the " ninth hour" 
came at three P.M. It was the hour of the evening sacrifice. 

2. What request was made of them at the Beautiful Gate? (vss. 2, 3.) 



Note 10. — This gate of the temple is said to have been made of Corinthian brass, 
and covered with gold and silver ; it was over seventy-five feet high and very beautiful 
(see Plan of Temple, in B. D., " Temple "). 

3. What was Peter's response? (vss 6, 7.) 



4. How did the man who was healed show his joy and gratitude? 
(vs. 8.) 



5. How were the people affected by this miracle? (vss. 9, 10.) 



^''' Three The History of The Apostolic Church. it 

TUESDAY. 
2. Peter's Address in the Temple. Acts 3: 11-26. 
6. By whom did the people think that the man had been healed? (Acts 
3:11, 12.) 



Note 11. — The porch " called Solomon's " was a very beautiful covered colonnade 
on the east side of the temple enclosure next to the outer wall. It was a place for 
public gatherings (see B. D., " Temple "). 

7. What did Peter remind them that they had done? (vss. 13-15.) 



Note 12. — The title " Prince of life," which Peter gave to Jesus, means that Jesus 
is the one who gives life {comp. Heb. 12 : 2, where the same word is translated 
"author"). 

8. Through whom did Peter say the miracle had been wrought? 
(vs. 16.) 



Note 13. — The name of a person stands for the person himself ; it includes all 
that he is ; so here the " name " of Jesus means Jesus himself {cotnp. Acts 4 : 12). 

9. What did he then urge them to do? (vs. 19.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
3. Peter and John before the Council. Acts 4 : 1-22. 

10. How did the priests and the Sadducees (see B. D., " Sadducees") 
feel about these teachings, and what did they do to Peter and John? 

Acts 4: I, 2. 

Acts 4 : 3. 

Note 14. — The teaching of the resurrection of Jesus was especially offensive to 
the Sadducees, because they did not believe in the resurrection of any one. 

11. How many followers of Jesus were there at this time? (vs. 4.) 



Note 15. — The term " men " in vs. 4 is probably a general one, including both men 
and women. 

12. Before whom were Peter and John brought on the next day, and 
what question was put to them? 

vss. 5, 6. 
vs. 7. 



12 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade^ ^ 

Note 16. — The council before whom the apostles were brought was the highest 
court of the Jews (see B. D., " Sanhedrin "j. 

13. What was Peter's reply? (vs. 8-10.) 



14. What did he then say of Christ? (vs. 12, Golden Text ; memorize?) 

15. What astonished the rulers when they saw and heard Peter and 
John? (vs. 13.) 



Note 17. — The disciples were called " unlearned and ignorant" because they were 
Galilean fishermen and had not received the training of the Jewish schools. 

16. What did the council at last command the two apostles? (vss. 15- 
18, 21.) 



17. How did the apostles answer them? (vs. 19, 20.) 



FRIDAY. 
4. The Thanksgiving Prayer of the Church. Acts 4: 23-31. 
18. How did the church feel when Peter and John were released? 
(Acts 4: 23-26.) 



19. For what did they pray? (vss. 29, 30.) 

20. How was their prayer answered? (vs. 31.) 



SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

(See Directions for Study, §§9, 14 (2), 16, in Introduction.) 

21. What did Peter tell the people that they must do in order to have 
their sins blotted out (Acts 3 : 19) ? What is it truly to repent? 

22. Through whom alone can we have salvation (Acts 4: 12, Golden 
Text; repeat it)} What are we taught concerning this in Jo. 3: 18? 
what in Gal. 1:8,9? what in Heb. 2:2-4, especially vs. 3? What is 
salvation? 

23. Why did God send his Son to the Jews (Acts 3:26)? How is 
God's love to all men shown (Rom. 5:8; memorize) ? 

(For Special Work, see Directions for Study, § lo, in Introduction.) 



^''^F^ur. The History of The Apostolic Church. 13 

Lesson 4. LIFE WITHIN THE CHURCH. The Com- 
munity of Goods During the Early Years, and the 
Sin of Ananias and Sapphira. 

Acts 4: 32 — 5: II. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And the multitude of them that believed were of 
one heart and soul : and not one of them said that aught of the things 
which he possessed was his own ; but they had all things common.'* 
(Acts 4 : 32.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 5 : i-ii. 
DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

(See Directions for Study, § 3, in Introduction.) 

Mn^nAv / ^^^^ 4 : 32-37- Having All Things Common. 

moNDAY. . . I ^^^g 5:1-11. The Sin of Ananias and Sapphira. 

Tuesday Lu. 10 : 25-37. True Brotherliness. 

Wednesday. .Josh. 7 : 1-15. The Sin of Achan. 

Thursday . . .Josh. 7 : 16-26. The Punishment of Achan's Sin. 

Friday Ml. 6 : 19-34. Treasures in Heaven and on Earth. 

Saturday. . . . Mt. 19 : 16-30. The Hindering Power of Riches. 

Sunday Lu. 12 : 1-21. Warnings against Covetousness. 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST TROUBLE IN THE CHURCH. 

In our last lesson we saw how persecution of the church began. 
This was the first trouble that came to it from its enemies. In this 
lesson we learn of the very sad affair which was the first trouble that 
occurred within the church itself. The members of the church at 
that time were different from other Jews in but two things : one was 
that they beheved in Jesus of Nazareth as the Messiah and served 
and worshiped him ; the other was that they were so filled with love 
one for another that they had all things common. 

Many of those that had property sold it and gave the money to 
the apostles, who distributed it to all as each had need. No one 
was obliged to do this ; but the spirit of love had so overcome the 
spirit of selfishness that they did it gladly. Those who thus gave up 
their money were greatly loved and honored among the believers ; 
and so it happened that some who had property were tempted to give 
a part of it to the apostles and to pretend that they had given all. 
These were Ananias, and Sapphira, his wife. When Ananias brought 
a part of the money which he had received for his land, and laid it 
at the apostles' feet as if it were the whole, he acted a lie. His wife, 



14 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Zradt^' 

when Peter asked her about it, actually told a He ; but the one was no 
worse than the other. Both were punished with instant death. 
Thus the church was taught how important it was that they should 
be honest in all things, and how wicked it was to pretend to be true 
followers of Christ when they were not ; and the Jews were taught 
to have great respect for the church and the apostles. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PREI.IMINARY QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§5, 11, 18, in Introduction.) 

I . What is the title of Lesson i in this course ? of Lesson 2 ? of Lesson 
3? of Lesson 4? 2. Tell the story of the healing of the lame man at the 
Beautiful Gate. 3. What trouble came to Peter and John because of this 
miracle and the sermon which followed it? 4. Before whom were they 
brought the next day? 5. What command was given to them? 6. What 
did they reply? 7. How did the church receive the news of their release? 
8. How was the prayer of the church answered? 9. What is the title of 
this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 6, 14, 19, in Introduction.) 
MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Having All Things Common. Acts 4: 32-37, comp. 2: 42, 44-46. 
I. What spirit did these early believers have? (Acts 4: yia, b, comp, 
2 : 42, 46.) 



2. How was this spirit shown? (vs. 32^, comp, 2 : 44.) 



3. To what great fact did the apostles especially bear witness ? (vs. 2>Z') 



4. How were the living expenses of the believers provided for? (vss. 
34, 350 



5. What is told of Joseph, surnamed Barnabas? (vss. 36, yj.^ 



Lesson 



^Four. ^^^ History of The Apostolic Church. 75 

6. With whom did he afterwards go on a missionary journey? (Acts 
13:2, 30 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
2. The Sin of Ananias and Sapphira. Acts 5 : i-ii. 
7. What did a certain man named Ananias do? (Acts 5 : 1,2.) 



8. What sin did Peter tell him he had committed? (vss. 3, 4.) 



Note 18. — It was not wicked for Ananias to keep part of the money which he 
received for his land ; he might have kept it all if he had thought best. His sin was in 
keeping part of the money and then pretending that he had given it all. 

9. Who prompted him to commit this sin? (vs. 3.) 



10. Against whom was this sin committed? (vss. 3, 4, comp, vs. 9^.) 



II. How was Ananias punished? (vs. 5, 6.) 



12. What did Ananias's wife do, and w^hat punishment came upon her? 
vss. 7, 8. 

vss. 9, 10. 

13. How did these things aifect the church and others? (vs. 11.) 



FRIDAY AND SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, TVITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ g, 13, 14(2), 16, in Introduction.) 

14. What did the apostles continue to do notwithstanding the command 
of the council (Acts 4 ; 33) ? What spirit did they show in doing this ? 



t6 Outline Bible Studies : ' ^''^cZie?^' 

15. What was our Lord's great desire for his disciples (Jo. 17 : 21-23) ? 
How did the early church fulfill that desire (Acts 4 : 32^) ? 

16. What special command of Christ did they obey (Jo. 13 : 34 ; mem- 
orize^ ? What would be the result if this command were strictly obeyed 
now? 

17. In what did the sin of Ananias and Sapphira consist? Why was 
their punishment so severe? 

18. What is a lie? Why is a He so very wicked? What great lessons 
may we learn from this story (Prov. 12: 22 ;Lu. 12:15)? 

(For Special Work, see Directions for Study, § 10, in Introduction.) 



Lesson 5. THE APOSTLES ARRESTED AND 
BEATEN. The Renewal of Persecution. 

Acts 5 : 12-42. About a.d. i,t^, 

GOLDEN TEXT: "But Peter and the apostles answered and said, 
We must obey God rather than men." (Acts 5 : 29.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 5 : 17-32. 
DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

(See Directions for Study, § 3, in Introduction.) 

MoNnAv / ^^^^ 5 • ^2~^^- Many Apostolic Miracles. 

MONDAY ^ ^^^g ^ . 17-32. The Apostles before the Council. 

Tuesday I ^^^^ 5 • 33-39- The Advice of Gamahel. 

\ Acts 5 : 40-42. The Apostles Beaten and Set Free. 

Wednesday Mt. 10 : 5-23. The Apostles Forewarned of Persecution. 

Thursday Lu. 21 : 5-19. Christ's Warnings of Persecution Repeated. 

Friday Jo. 12 : 37-50. The UnbeUef of the Rulers. 

Saturday Dan. 3 : 1-18. Obeying God rather than Men. 

Sunday Dan. 3 : 19-30. The Deliverance of the Persecuted. 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST STRIPES. 

After the death of Ananias and Sapphira many signs and wonders 
were wrought by the apostles. So great was the miraculous power 
shown through Peter, that if only his shadow fell on the sick they 
were cured. Multitudes from Jerusalem and from the neighboring 
cities came thronging to the apostles, bringing the sick and those 
possessed by demons ; and they were all healed. With such divine 



^^""X^. The History of The Apostolic Church. 17 

proof of the truth of what the apostles said, multitudes believed and 
were added to the church. 

For a time the Sanhedrin, fearing the people, let the apostles alone. 
But when they saw all Jerusalem filled with the new teaching, they 
could endure it no longer. They feared that if the work of the 
apostles continued, their own power would soon come to an end. 
They therefore made another attempt to silence the apostles. At 
the former attempt only Peter and John were arrested ; now others 
also, probably all the Twelve, were seized and thrown into prison 
On the next day, when they were brought before the council and 
charged with disobeying its commands, they boldly said, We must 
obey God rather than men ; and then they charged the council with 
having slain the Messiah. The council were so enraged at this, 
that they would have slain the apostles but for the advice of one of 
their number, named Gamaliel. He appears to have seen that the 
apostles could not do these wonderful things of themselves, and he 
bade the council take heed lest they be found fighting against God. 
They therefore beat the apostles and let them go. But the apostles 
rejoiced that they were counted worthy to suffer for Christ's sake, 
and ceased not to preach his name. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PREI.IMINARY QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 5, 11, 18, in Introduction.) 

I. State briefly the principal events in the history of the church from 
the ascension of Christ until the arrest of Peter and John. 2. What com- 
mand was given to the apostles by the council? 3. What, nevertheless, 
did they continue to do ? 4. What spirit prevailed among the disciples at 
that time? 5. How was this spirit shown ? 6. What was the temptation 
that came to Ananias and Sapphira? 7. What resulted from their sin? 
8. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTI.INE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 6, 14, 19, in Introduction.) 

MONDAY. 
1. Many Apostolic Miracles. Acts 5 : 12-16. 
I . What special works were wrought by the apostles after the death of 
Ananias and Sapphira? (Acts 5:12.) 



l8 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grude^ ^ 

2. What was the effect of these things on the people? 
vs. 13, comp, vs. II. 



vs. 14. 

Note 19. — After the death of Ananias and Sapphira those who did not become 

true believers were afraid of the apostles, and yet " magnified " them ; that is, they 
thought they were very great men. 

3. State some particulars about the miracles that were wrought at this 
time. 

vs. 15. 

vs. 16. 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Apostles before the Council. Acts 5: 17-32. 

4. Who caused the arrest of the apostles? (Acts 5 : 17, 18.) 



5. What happened at night when they were in prison? (vs. 19.) 



6. What direction did they receive and follow? (vss. 20, 21^.) 



7. Tell the story of how they were found and brought before the San- 
hedrin. (vss. 2ib-27a.) 



Note 20. — The word "senate" in verse 21 means the " council of old men," and 
is another name for the Sanhedrin. 

8. What complaint did the high priest make against them? (vss. 27^, 
28.) 



Note 21. — "To bring this man's blood," upon the Jews means to charge them 
with putting Jesus to death unjustly ; this was what Peter did in his preaching. 

9. What braye answer did they give? (vs. 29, Golden Te^t.) 



Lesson 



'j^ve, The History of The Apostolic Church. ig 

lo. With what did Peter then a second time charge the Sanhedrin? 
(vss. 30-32, camp. 4 : 8-10.) 



THURSDAY. 

3. The Advice of Gamaliel. Acts 5 : 33-39. 

4. The Apostles Beaten and Set Free. Acts 5 : 40-42. 

II. What was the effect of Peter's words upon the Sanhedrin? (Acts 

5 • 33-) 



12. Who prevented them from putting the apostles to death? (vss. 
34, 350 



13. What did he advise the rulers to do to the apostles? (vss. 2)^^ 39.) 



14. What did the rulers do? (vs. 40.) 



15. How were the apostles affected by these things? (vss. 41, 42.) 



Note 22. — Among these first Christians "the Name" meant the name of Jesus, 
and stood for Jesus himself {comp. 3 Jo., vs. 7). 

FRIDAY AND SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, T^ITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 9, 13, 14 (2), 16, in Introduction.) 

16. Why did not Peter and the other apostles obey the command of the 
rulers (Acts 4 : 19 ; 5 : 27-29) ? What spirit dicl they show in this? 

17. How did this spirit compare with the spirit that they had shown not 
long before (Mk. 14 : 50 ; Jo. 20 : 19) ? When and how did they begin to 
have this new courage ? 

t8. How were the apostles taught what to say when they were brought 
before rulers (Mt. 10:19, 20)? How did Christ encourage them not to 
be afraid (Mt. 10:29-31; -memorize)! What promise did he give them 
(Mt. 10 : 32 ; 7nemorize) ? 

19. How is the courage of Christians tested in these days? What great 
lesson may we learn from the example of the apostles ? 

(For Special Work, see Directions for Study, § 10, in Introduction.) 



20 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^c^dT^' 

Lessons. THE STONING OF STEPHEN. The Choice 
of the Seven, and the First Christian Martyr. 

Acts, chs. 6, 7. About A.D. 34. 

Note 23. — In the times of the apostles there were two great classes among the 
Jews, both of which are mentioned in this lesson (Acts 6:1). One class was composed 
of those who were born in Palestine or who spoke the language of that country ; these 
were called Hebrews. The other class consisted of those who were born in other 
countries or who were living away from Palestine, and who spoke the Greek language ; 
these were called Grecian Jews, or Grecians. The Hebrews thought that they were 
better than the Grecian Jews. Both these classes of Jews had synagogues in Jerusa- 
lem, and both were represented in the church (see B. D., " Grecian Jews "). 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And they stoned Stephen, calling upon the Lord, 
and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit." (Acts 7 : 59.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 6 : 8-15; 7:54-60. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Mmvrr»Av / "^^^^ ^ * ^~7' '^^^ Appointment of the Seven. 

MONDAY . . . ^ ^^^g ^ . g_j^^ Stephen's Ministry and Arrest. 

Tuesday Acts 7:1-165 ^ 

WEDNESDAY..ActS7: 17-34; 1 

Thursday . . .Acts 7 : 35-46; j Stephen's Address before the Sanhedrin. 

Friday ...I ^''^^ 7 •47-53. J 

( Acts 7 : 54-60. Stephen's Vision and Martyrdom. 

Saturday . . .Rom. 8 : 12-25. Present Suffering and Future Glory. 

Sunday Rom. 8 : 26-39. Conquerors through Christ. 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST CHRISTIAN MARTYR. 

We have already seen that the early disciples in Jerusalem had 
all things common. This plan worked well as long as their hearts 
were filled with love. But after a time the old feeling of selfishness 
began to reappear, and the Hebrews (see Note 23) secured more 
than their share of the money or other things given out from day to 
day, so that the widows of the Grecian Jews were neglected. This 
was the first trouble among the members of the church. » It led to 
the choice of seven upright and honest men, whose special duty it 
was to attend to these things and do justice to all. This put an 
end to trouble from that source. 

The first of the Seven was Stephen, a man full of faith and the 
Holy Spirit, and an eloquent preacher. He was probably a Grecian 
Jew, for he spoke with great power in the synagogues of this class 



^^""^Six, The History of The Apostolic Church. 21 

of Jews in Jerusalem (see Note 23). When his enemies could not 
answer his arguments they had him arrested and brought before the 
Sanhedrin. As he defended himself there he was so filled with the 
Spirit of God that his face was like the face of an angel. He re- 
minded the rulers how their fathers had refused to obey God, and had 
turned away from him to worship idols. Then he told them that 
they were like their fathers ; since, as their fathers had murdered the 
prophets, so they had murdered the Righteous One, the Son of God. 
This made them very angry, and rushing upon him they cast him out 
of the city and stoned him to death. His last words were a prayer 
for his murderers. He was the first of the noble army of the Chris- 
tian martyrs. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
KEVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 5, 11, 18, in Introduction.) 

I. What is Part I of the history of the apostolic church as given in 
these lessons? 2. About how many years does it include? 3. Why can 
we not be very positive about most of the dates in this history (see Note 
4, Abstract of Lessons, in Introduction) ? 4. What practice in the early 
church led to the sin of Ananias and Sapphira? 5. Tell briefly the story 
of the second attempt to silence the apostles, and its result. 6. In the-' 
times of the apostles, into what two great classes were the Jewish people 
divided as to the language they spoke (see Note 23, and B. D., ** Grecian 
Jews ") ? 7. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 6, 14 (i), 19, in Introduction.) 
MONDAY. 
1. The Appointment of the Seven. Acts 6 : 1-7. 
I. Of what did the Grecian Jews, or Grecians, in the church complain? 
(Acts 6: I.) 



2. Why did not the apostles themselves attend to the matter? (vss. 
2,4.) 



Note 24. — To " serve tables " means to give out daily the food and other necessary 
things to the members of the church. The apostles were so busy preaching that they 
had no time for this work. 

3. What plan was adopted to meet this difficulty? (vss. 3, 5, 6.) 



22 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^GTadt*' 

4. What are these men called elsewhere in the New Testament ? (Acts 
21:8.) 



Note 25. — Although the Seven are not called deacons in the Bible, their appoint- 
ment was undoubtedly the beginning of the office of deacon in the church. 

5. What is said concerning the growth of the church about that time? 
(Acts d',!*^ 



TUESDAY. 
2. Stephen's Ministry and Arrest. Acts 6: 8-15. 
6. What did Stephen do among the people? (Acts 6: 8.) 



7. Why did certain men cause him to be arrested? (vss. 9-12.) 



8. What charges did they bring against him before the Sanhedrin? 
vs. 13. 

^vs. 14. 

9. What was Stephen's appearance as he stood before the council? 
(vs. 15.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
3. Stephen's Address before the Sanhedrin. Acts 7 : 1-53. 
10. What question did the high priest ask Stephen about the charges 
against him? (Acts 7 ; i.) 



Note 26. — In his reply (vss. 2-50), Stephen gave a brief history of the Israelites, 
showing how much God had done for them ; but how the people, filled with jealousy 
and spiritual blindness, had rebelled against God and his messengers, and had dis- 
obeyed his commands. 

II. In closing his address, how did Stephen describe his judges? 
(vs. 51.) 



12. Of what did he accuse their fathers? (vs. 52^.) 



Lesson^^ 2^^ j^l^^^^y ^y 73^^ Apostolic Church, 23 

13. Of what did he accuse his judges themselves? (vss.52^, 53.) 



FRIDAY. 
4. Stephen's Vision and Martyrdom. Acts 7 : 54-60. 
14. How did the rulers feel when they heard these words ? (Acts 7 : 54.) 



Note 27. — "Cut to the heart" is, hterally, " sawn asunder." It means that they 
were convulsed with anger. 

15. What wonderful vision did Stephen see? (vss. 55, 56.) 



16. What did the priests and rulers do when Stephen told them of this 
vision? (vss. ^"j, 58.) 



17. Describe Stephen's death, (vss. 59, 60.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

(See Directions for Study, §§ 9, 13, 14 (2), 16, in Introduction.) 

18. From what is said of Stephen in Acts 6: 15, what do you infer as 
to his character? What other similar appearance is mentioned in the 
Bible (Ex. 34 : 29, 30) ? What effect has character on faces now? 

19. Describe some other visions of heaven that are recorded in Scripture 
(Is. 6:1-5; 2 Cor. 12 : 1-4; Rev. 4: 1-4 if.). What may we infer from 
these things concerning the heavenly world ? 

20. What spirit did Stephen show toward his enemies (Acts 7 : 6od) ? 
What example did he follow in this respect (Lu. 23 : 34^) ? What is our 
duty toward our enemies (Lu. 6 : 27, 28 ; memoriz^ ? 

For Special Work, see Directions for Study, § 10, in Introduction.) 



24 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^rJdt^' 

PART II. 

FROM THE DEATH OF STEPHEN UNTIL THE ESTABT.ISHMENT OF 
A GENTILE CHURCH IN ANTIOCH : The Church Spread Abroad through 

Persecution. A.D. 34-44 (see Note 4, p. vii, Introduction). 

Note 28. — Characteristics of Part II. As contrasted with the other periods 
of church Hfe mentioned in the Acts, this may be called the period of involuntary- 
church extension. During its earlier years the mother church in Jerusalem had, 
apparently, either been so fully occupied with its own new-found peace and joy, or else 
had so unduly emphasized Christ's command to begin at Jerusalem (Luke 24:47), 
that it had made no attempt to carry the gospel to other places. The persecution, 
which suddenly burst upon it after the martyrdom of Stephen, scattered its members 
far and wide. But the believers, though fleeing from Jerusalem for their lives, did not 
lose their faith. Wherever they went they preached the gospel, and thus was taken the 
first great step toward fulfilling the Lord's command to witness for him " in all Judaea 
and Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth " (Acts 1:8). 

During this period of involuntary church extension God revealed his purpose to 
include Gentiles as well as Jews among the believers. Saul, one of the bitterest 
enemies of the church, was called to be an apostle to the Gentiles ; Peter was divinely 
taught that God is no respecter of persons; and some unknown members of the 
church, in their loving zeal for the salvation of men, were led to make converts in 
Antioch among Gentiles as well as Jews. Thus it began to be manifest that the reli- 
gion of Christ does not, like Judaism, belong to one nation only, but that it includes 
all men. (See Remark 5, in Appendix.) 



Lesson 7. A GREAT PERSECUTION IN JERUSALEM, 

AND ITS IMMEDIATE RESULTS. The Gospel 

Carried to Samaria, and the Ethiopian 

Eunuch Converted. 

Acts, ch. 8. About A.D. 34. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " They therefore that were scattered abroad went 
about preaching the word." (Acts 8 :4.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 8:1-13. 



Monday. 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

r Acts 8 : 1-4. The Church Scattered by Persecution. 



' * * \ Acts 8 : 5-13. The Gospel Carried to Samaria by Philip. 

Tuesday . . . . Acts 8 : 14-25. The Visit of Peter and John to Samaria. 

Wednesday . Acts 8 : 26-40. The Conversion of the Ethiopian Eunuch. 

Thursday . . . Jo. 4 : 27-42. The Whitening Harvest in Samaria. 

Friday Is. 42 : 1-12. The Mission of the Messiah Foretold. 

Saturday . . .Is. 52 : 13 — 53 : 12. The Suffering Messiah Described, 

Sunday Ps., 68 : 19-35. ^ Prophecy Concerning Ethiopia, 



^'^'Teven. The History of The Apostolic Church. 25 

LESSON TALK : THE GOSPEL CARRIED OUTSIDE 
OF JERUSALEM. 

Up to the death of Stephen the Jewish authorities had not 
molested the church as a whole. They had, indeed (see Lessons 3, 
5 ) , attacked and beaten the apostles. But partly through fear of the 
people, who favored the church because of the miracles which the 
apostles wrought, and partly because they hoped that the church 
would die out of itself, they had not troubled the other believers. 
But the fury which resulted in the death of Stephen was not satisfied 
'until it had vented itself on all who shared in his opinions. The 
mob, therefore, after they had stoned Stephen, burst into the city 
and attacked the members of the church, men and women alike, 
wherever they could find them. The church, except the apostles, 
immediately fled from Jerusalem ; but though suffering for their faith, 
they carried the gospel with them, even to distant places. 

Philip, one of the Seven, went to Samaria, where he preached with 
great power. So numerous were the converts that Peter and John 
were sent thither from Jerusalem to oversee the work. Afterwards, 
in obedience to Christ's parting command (Acts 1:8), they preached 
in many of the Samaritan villages. 

At the close of Philip's work in Samaria, he was sent by an angel 
of the Lord to meet an Ethiopian eunuch on the desert road toward 
Gaza. This resulted in the conversion and baptism of the Ethiopian, 
who probably carried the gospel into Africa. Thus through persecu- 
tion the church began to fulfill the Lord's command to preach the 
gospel everywhere. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PREI.TMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Into what two great classes were the Jews divided in the times of the 
apostles? 2. What was the first trouble that arose within the church? 
3. How was the matter remedied? 4. Who was Stephen? 5. Why was 
he arrested and brought before the Sanhedrin? 6. What was his appear- 
ance as he stood before them? 7. Of what did he accuse his judges? 
8. Describe his death. 9. What is. the characteristic of Part II of this 
history as contrasted with the other periods of the church life mentioned 
in the Acts (see Note 28)? 10. What is the title of this lesson? its 
topics? its Golden Text? 



26 Outline Bible Studies : ^ %Tade^ ^ 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. The Church Scattered by Persecution. Acts 8 : 1-4. 
I. What occurred to the church in Jerusalem immediately after the 
death of Stephen? (Acts 8:1.) 



2. What share did Saul have in this cruel work? (vs. 3.) 



3. What was done by the Christians who fled from Jerusalem? (vs. 4, 
comp, II : 19.) 



TUESDAY. 
2. The Gospel Carried to Samaria by Philip. Acts 8: 5-13. 
4. By whom was the gospel carried to Samaria? (Acts 8 : 5, comp, 

6: so 



5. What success did he have? (vss. 6-8, 12.) 

6. What is said of one of the converts, named Simon? (vss. 9, 10, 13.) 



Note 29. — A sorcerer was one who pretended to have power to compel evil spirits 
to do whatever he commanded them, and was therefore greatly feared by the people. 
By tricks of magic Simon made the people believe that he was really divine. 

WEDNESDAY. 
3. The Visit of Peter and John to Samaria. Acts 8 : 14-25. 
7. What did Peter and John do for these new converts in Samaria? 
(Acts 8: 14-17.) 



8. What did Simon ask of Peter and John? (vss. 18, 19.) 

9. How did Peter answer him? (vss. 20-23.) 

10. How was he affected by what Peter said? (vs. 24.) 



^''Teven. The History of The Apostolic Church, 2^ 

Note 30. — This answer shows that Simon was not truly sorry for his sins, but only 
afraid that he would be punished because of them. 

1 1 . What was done by Peter and John after leaving Samaria? (vs. 25.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
4. The Conversion of the Ethiopian Eunuch. Acts 8 : 26-40. 
12. What message came to Philip after the departure of the apostles? 
(Acts 8 : 26.) 



13. Tell briefly what occurred to him by the way. (vss. 27-31.) 



14. What was the passage that troubled the Ethiopian? (vss. 32-34, 
comp. Is. 53 : 7, 8 ; memorize vs. 32.) 



15. What was the result of Philip's preaching to him? (vss. 35-38.) 



16. What became of these two men after the baptism? (vss. 39, 40.) 
The Ethiopian. 



PhiHp. 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

17. What good came to the cause of Christ from the great persecution 
after the martyrdom of Stephen (see Note 28)? What command of 
Christ began thus to be obeyed (Acts 1:8)? 

18. By what means were many of the Samaritans led to accept Jesus as 
their Saviour (Acts 8 : 5-8, 12) ? How had they been previously prepared 
for this (Jo. 4 : 39-42) ? 

19. How does Simon^s answer to Peter show that his heart was not right 
before God (see Note 30) ? What is necessary for us in order to be true 
disciples of Christ? 

20. How is the importance of Bible study illustrated in this lesson? 
Why is Bible study important (2 Tim. 3:15)? 



2S Outline Bible Studies : '""^Gradt^' 

Lesson 8. THE CONVERSION OF SAUL. An 
Apostle to the Gentiles Called. 

Acts 9 : 1-19^ {comp. 22 : 4-16; 26 : 9-18; I Cor. 15 : 8-10; Gal. i : 15, \(ya). 

About A.D. 35. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And he fell upon the earth, and heard a voice 
saying unto him, Saul,. Saul, why persecutest thou me .? And he said, 
Who art thou, Lord "> And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest." 
(Acts 9: 4, 5.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 9 : 1-19. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 9 : 1-9. The Conversion of Saul. 

Tuesday Acts 9 : 10-19^. The Ministry of Ananias to Saul. 

Wednesday. .Acts 22: 1-16. Paul's Own Account of his Conversion. 

Thursday .. .Phil. 3: 1-14. Paul's Birth and Self-righteousness not Valued 

by him. 

Friday Rom. 7 : 7-25. Paul's Conflict under the Law. 

Saturday i Tim. i : 1-17. Why Paul Obtained Mercy. 

Sunday i Cor. 15 : i-i i. Paul's Conversion a Proof of Christ's Resurrection. 

LESSON TALK: A PERSECUTOR CHANGED TO AN APOSTLE. 

In connection with the persecution that followed the death of 
Stephen occurred one of the most important events in the history of 
the church. This was the conversion of Saul of Tarsus, who became 
Paul the apostle. Saul is introduced to us at the martyrdom of 
Stephen as one who assisted in this bloody work, by caring for the 
outside garments of those who did the stoning. He quickly became 
one of the leaders in the persecution which followed, seizing both 
men and women and dragging them to prison. Not content with 
persecuting the believers in Jerusalem, he followed them to other 
cities also. 

While on an errand of this kind to Damascus, about midday, 
under the brilliant light of the Syrian sun, suddenly a light brighter 
than that of the sun flashed from heaven upon him. The risen and 
glorified Jesus appeared to him. Saul was smitten to the ground. 
He heard the voice of Jesus speaking to him; he hstened and 
obeyed. From that time he was a changed man. Blinded by the 
glory of the light that shone upon him, he was led into the city, 
where for three days he remained in darkness, praying, but neither 
eating nor drinking. Then the Lord sent a message of comfort to 



^"^Tight. The History of The Apostolic Church. 2g 

him by a disciple, named Ananias. After Ananias had spoken to 
Saul, something like scales fell from his eyes ; his sight was restored ; 
he received the Holy Spirit ; and was baptized into the name and 
service of the very Jesus whom just before he had so fiercely perse- 
cuted. Because he had seen Jesus he was able to testify that he had 
risen from the dead ; and so he became an apostle, that is, a witness 
to the resurrection of Jesus. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What is the title of Part I of this course of Lessons? 2. What took 
place after the stoning of Stephen? 3. What great good resulted from 
this? 4. By whom was the gospel carried to Samaria? 5. Tell the story 
of Simon, the sorcerer. 6. Whom did Philip meet on the way to Gaza? 
7. Of what did they talk? 8. What was the result of this conversation? 

9. In connection with what event is Saul first mentioned (Lesson Talk) ? 

10. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, W^ITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY, TUESDAY, AND WEDNESDAY. 

1. Saul's Life Before his Conversion. 

Note 31. — What we know concerning the life of Saul before his conversion is con- 
tained in scattered references to it in the Acts, and in the epistles of Paul. A careful 
study of the references given in Questions 1-7, below, will throw much light on his 
early life and training. 

I. To what Jewish tribe did Saul belong, and where was he born? 
Phil. 3:5. 



Acts 22 : 3^. 

2. What trade did he learn by which he afterwards supported himself 
while he was preaching the gospel? (Acts 18:3; 20 : 33-35.) 



3. Under what great Jewish teacher was he educated? (Acts 22 : 3.) 



4. To which of the great religious parties of the Jews did he belong? 
(Acts 23 : 6.) 



JO Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade^ ^ 

5. What is said of his earnestness and success in keeping the Jewish 
law ? 

Gal. I : 14. 

Phil. 3:6/^. 

6. Why did he persecute the church? (Acts 26 : 9.) 



7. How did he show his intense hatred toward the disciples of Christ? 
Acts 8:1,3, comp. 22 : 4; 26: 10. 

Acts 9 ; 1,2, comp. 22 : 5 ; 26 : 1 1 . 

THURSDAY. 
2. The Conversion of Saul. Acts 9 : 1-9. 

8. What occurred while Saul was on the road to Damascus to persecute 
the believers there? (Acts 9 : 3-7, comp. 22 : 6-10 ; 26 : 12-18.) 



Note 32. — " The Way " is a name frequently used for the religion of Jesus (Acts 
19:9; 22:4, etc.); it was probably suggested by Christ's words, "I am the way" 
00.14:6). 

9. What very important addition to the other accounts of this event is 
made in Acts 26 ; 16-18? 



10. How was Saul affected by what he saw and heard? (Acts 9: 8, 9, 
comp. 22 : II.) 



FRIDAY. 
3. The Ministry of Ananias to Saul. Acts 9 : IO-I9^^. 
II. What did the Lord tell Ananias to do? (Acts 9 : 10-12.) 



13. Why was Ananias vinwilling to obey? (vss. 13, 14.) 



^"'mne. The History of The Apostolic Church. 31 

13. How was his unwillingness removed? (vss. 15, 16.) 

14. What did Ananias then do for Saul? (vss. 17-19^.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI^K ABOUT. 

15. How did Saul as a strict Pharisee try to win God's favor (Phil. 3 : 
6)? What did Christ say of this kind of righteousness (Mt. 5:20)? 
What does God require of us (Mt. 22 : 37-40 ; Rom. 13 : 10) ? 

16. Did Jesus really appear to Saul (Acts 9:5, 6, comp, i Cor. 15:8)? 
In what respect was Saul then changed ? What is conversion ? 

17. What does Paul give as one reason why he obtained mercy (i Tim. 
I : 13, 14) ? What does he say of Christ Jesus (i Tim. 1:15; 7nemorize') ? 

18. What is promised to those who accept Christ as their Saviour 
(Jo. 1:12; I Jo. 3 : I, 2) ? Who may accept him (Mt. 11 : 28-30 ; Rev. 
22:17)? 



Lesson 9. SAUL'S PREPARATION FOR HIS FUTURE 

WORK. His Experiences in Damascus, Arabia, 

Judea, Syria, and Cilicia. 

Acts 9: 19^^30; 22: 17-21; 2 Cor. II : 32, 33; Gal. i : 16^24. 
A.D. 35-42. 

GOLDEN TEXT: ** And he said unto me, Depart: for I will send 
thee forth far hence unto the Gentiles." (Acts 22: 21.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 9 : i9<^-3o. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS, 
■jyr / Acts 9 : i9<5-25. Saul's Experiences in Damascus. 

' * * \ 2 Cor. II : 16-33. His Sufferings for the Gospel. 

^^TT^oT^.,. f ^^!^ ^ * 26-30; \ g^^p j^etij-ej^ent into Arabia, his Visit to Teru- 

TUESDAY... < Acts 22; T'7-c>T- I . _-.___.. .^' . . -}. 



26-30; ] 
17-21; \ 
6^24. J 



1 r 1 T • * fiZ- ' i salem, and his Work in Syria and Cilicia. 

Wednesday .. Ex. 2: 11-25. Moses's Retirement into Midian. 

Thursday... i Ki., ch. 17. Elijah's Retirement at the Beginning of his 

Ministry. 

Friday Lu. 4 : 1-13. Christ's Retirement into the Wilderness. 

Saturday .... Psalms, 63. A Psalm of David when he was in the Wilder- 

ness of Judah. 

Sunday . . . . . . Jer., ch. i. An Old Testament Mission of Conflict. 



32 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZdT^' 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST SEVEN YEARS OF SAUL'S 
LIFE AS A BELIEVER. 

Saul began his work as an apostle by preaching in Damascus the 
very gospel which he had gone thither to destroy. This work, how- 
ever, he probably continued but a short time. The great revelation 
which had so suddenly come to him from the glorified Christ could 
not be fully understood at once. He therefore went away into the 
deserts of Arabia, where he seems to have spent the greater part of 
the next three years. Here he had time for the quiet study of these 
new truths ; and here also he probably received such further divine 
revelations as were needed to prepare him for preaching to the Gen- 
tiles, the work to which he had been especially called. 

After this he returned to Damascus and boldly preached the 
gospel. This so angered the Jews that they determined to kill him ; 
but he escaped by night and went to Jerusalem. The disciples there, 
remembering how terribly he had persecuted the church a few years 
before, were at first afraid of him ; but when Barnabas had told them 
the story of his conversion, they received him. Saul remained at the 
house of the apostle Peter in Jerusalem fifteen days, preaching in and 
around the city. At the end of that time the Jews there also plotted 
to kill him. He therefore fled from Jerusalem and went to Tarsus, 
the place of his birth. He seems to have spent about four years in 
that vicinity, preaching and planting churches in Syria and Cilicia. 
Thus during these seven years, first by study, and then by practice, 
he was made ready for his future work. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What occasioned the great persecution of the church in Jerusalem? 
2. How did this persecution affect the church? 3. How is Saul introduced 
to us in the Scripture narrative? 4. Tell all you can about his early life. 
5. How did he treat the disciples in Jerusalem? 6. Why did he go from 
Jerusalem to Damascus? 7. What occurred to him by the way? 8. What 
did Ananias do for him? 9. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? 
its Golden Text? 



^'''mne. The History of The Apostolic Church. 33 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, 1¥ITH TVRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Saul's Experiences in Damascus, and his Retirement into Arabia. 

Acts 9 : 19^-25; Gal. I : 16(^-18; 2001.11:32,33. 
I. What did Saul do in Damascus immediately after his conversion? 
(Acts 9: 20, 22.) 



2. How did the people feel when they heard this persecutor preaching 
Christ? (vs. 21.) 



Note 33. — In the epistle to the Galatians (1:17-24) Saul, who was afterwards 
known as Paul, in speaking of his life just after his conversion, mentions some facts not 
given in the Acts. 

3. After Saul had preached in Damascus '* certain days," where did he 
go? (Gal. 1:17^.) 



Note 34. — It is commonly supposed that Saul remained away from Damascus the 
greater part of the " three years " mentioned in Gal. i : 18 (see Lesson Talk). 

4. After being away the greater part of three years, to what place did 
he return? (Gal. i : 17^.) 



5. Why was he obliged to flee? (Acts 9 : 23, 24.) 



6. When the gates of the city were guarded by his enemies, how did he 
get away? (Acts 9 : 25 ; 2 Cor. 1 1 : 32, 33.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
2. Saul's First Visit to Jerusalem after his Conversion, and his Work 
in Syria and Cilicia Acts 9: 26-30; 22: 17-21; Gal. i : 18-24. 
7. When Saul came back to Jerusalem, why were the disciples there 
afraid of him? (Acts 9: 26.) 



8. How did Barnabas quiet their fears? (Acts 9: 27.) 



J4 ^ Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZfe!"^' 

9. iiy whom was Saul eiitertained during the visit, and how long did he 
5tay? '(Gal. i : 18.) 



Tw, What did he do that made the Jews angry? (Acts 9 : 28, 29^.) 



II. yvny was he obliged to flee from Jerusalem? (Acts 9 : 29^.) 



12. What wivine command did he receive at this time? (Acts 22: 
1 7-2 1 



13. After his flight from Jerusalem, to what place did he go? (Acts 



14. Where did he probably work during the next four years? (Gal. i ; 
21 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



FRIDAY AND SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

15. How was Saul changed at his conversion? How did he show this 
change both in Damascus and in Jerusalem (Acts 9 : 20, 29) ? Why was 
this change in him especially remarkable? 

16. What was the first truth concerning Jesus that Saul preached at 
Damascus (Acts 9 : 20) ? How is this fact spoken of elsewhere in Scripture 
(Mt. 3:17; Heb. 1:2)? Why is this a most important truth? 

17. What other great truth did Saul preach at Damascus (Acts 9 : 22) ? 
What did he mean by this? Why was this truth especially disagreeable 
to his Jewish hearers? 

18. Why, probably, did Saul stay so long in Arabia (see Lesson Talk) ? 
Why is it best for every one to take plenty of time in preparing for the 
work of lifQ? What great mistake about this do young people often make? 



^'''ren. The History of The Apostolic Church. 33 

Lesson 10. THE CONVERSION OF CORNELIUS- 

The Vision of Peter, and the First 

Gentile Converts. 

Acts 9:31 — II: 18. About a.d. 40. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter 
of persons : but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh 
righteousness, is acceptable to him.'* (Acts 10:34^,35.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 11:1-18. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

MoTcnAv / ^^^^ 9 • 3^- The Church Having Rest from Persecution, 

t Acts 9 : 32-43. Peter's Miracles at Lydda and Joppa. 

Tuesday Actsio:i-i6; '\ 

Wednesday . . .Acts 10: 17-33; \ The Conversion and Baptism of Cornelius. 

Thursday Acts 10 : 34-48. J 

Friday Acts 11 : 1-18. Jewish Prejudices Silenced. 

Saturday Rom. 2 : 1-16. God No Respecter of Persons. 

Sunday Eph., ch. 2. Jews and Gentiles Made One in Christ. 



LESSON TALK: THE DOOR OF THE GOSPEL OPENED TO 

THE GENTILES. 

The first great persecution of the church ceased shortly after the 
conversion of Saul. The church then had peace for several years 
and grew rapidly. During this time Peter wrought two wonderful 
miracles; one was the healing of a palsied man at Lydda, and the 
other the raising of Dorcas from the dead at Joppa. 

We have already seen how the church was established in Jerusa- 
lem ; and then how the disciples who were scattered by persecution 
preached the gospel wherever they went. At first, however, they did 
not preach to Gentiles, because they thought that Gentiles must 
become Jews before they could be saved. 

But in God's sight Jews were no better than Gentiles ; and both 
alike needed the gospel. This great truth was revealed to Peter at 
Joppa, partly in a vision, and partly by a divine command to go at 
once to Cassarea to preach to a centurion, named Cornelius. Now 
Cornelius was a Gentile. Nevertheless, while Peter was speaking to 
him and his household the Holy Spirit fell on them, even as on the 
apostles themselves at Pentecost. Then Peter was convinced that 
God was ready to receive Gentiles as well as Jews, and commanded 
that they should be baptized. 



36 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZdT^' 

When Peter returned to Jerusalem, some of the Jewish converts 
there blamed him for going to the house of CorneHus, and for eating 
with him. But when Peter had told them of his vision at Joppa, 
and of how God had blessed the Gentiles with the gift of the Holy- 
Spirit, they rejoiced that God had granted repentance unto life to 
Gentiles also. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 
SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PKEI.IMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. To what city out of Jerusalem was the gospel first carried, and by 
whom? 2. In what wonderful way was Saul called to be an apostle? 3. 
How did he begin his work as a believer? 4. Where did he spend the 
greater part of the next three years? 5. What occurred when he returned 
to Damascus? 6. After his escape to Jerusalem, how did the disciples 
there receive him? 7. Whom did he visit in Jerusalem, and how long 
did he stay? 8. What was he probably doing during the next four years? 
9. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, TVITH TTRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 

1. The Church Having Rest from Persecution. Acts 9 131. 

2. Peter's Miracles at Lydda and Joppa. Acts 9 : 32-43. 

I. What was the condition of the church for a few years after the con- 
version of Saul? (Acts 9 : 31.) 



Note 35. — This was during the reign of the emperor Gaius Caligula (a.d. 37-41), 
when the Jews themselves suffered so much from the Romans that they ceased perse- 
cuting the church, which consequently " had peace, being edified," that is, built up, 

2. What miracle did Peter work at Lydda? (vss. 32-35.) 



3. What occurred shortly afterwards at Joppa? (vss. 36, 2>1'^ 



4. Describe the miracle wrought there by Peter, (vss. 38-41.) 



5. With whom did Peter stay in Joppa? (vs. 43.) 



^^^Ten, The History of the Apostolic Church, J7 

Note 36. — The occupation of tanning was looked on by the Jews as unclean; it 
was confined to the very poor. That Peter stayed in the house of a tanner, suggests 
not only the poverty of the disciples at Joppa, but that Peter had overcome some of 
his Jewish prejudices. 

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, AND THURSDAY. 
3. The Conversion and Baptism of Cornelius. Acts, ch. lo. 
6. Who was Cornelius, and what was his character? (Acts lo: i, 2.) 



Note 37. — A centurion was a Roman military ofiicer who commanded one hun- 
dred men. "The Italian band" was probably a company of volunteer soldiers from 
Italy, who were not connected with any legion. Cornelius was a Gentile. 

7. What message did God send to Cornelius by an angel? (vss. 3-6.) 



Note 38. — The " ninth hour," was about 3 o'clock in the afternoon (see Note 9). 
8. Whom did Cornelius immediately send to Joppa? (vss. 7, 8.) 



9. Where was Peter about noon the next day, and what was he doing? 
(vs. 9.) 



Note 39. — Houses in the East are usually built with flat roofs, which are often 
used as places of prayer. The " sixth hour " was at noon. 

ID. Describe Peter^s vision on the housetop as the messengers from 
Cornelius were approaching Joppa. (vss. 10-16.) 



Note 40. — When one is in a trance he does not know what is going on about 

him ; but seems to be living in another body, and in some other place. 

II. What took place while Peter was thinking about the vision? 



vss. 17, 18. 



vss. 19, 20, 



12. When Peter reached Caesarea the next day, whom did he find wait- 
ing for him? (vs. 24.) 



38 Outline Bible Studies : '""^Zrade^^" 

13. After Peter had talked with CorneHus (vss. 25-33), what important 
truth did he confess that he had now learned? (vss. 34^^, 35, Golden 
Text.) 



Note 41. — Peter, in common with the other Jews, had formerly believed that the 
Gentiles must become Jews before they could be saved. He had now learned that this 
was not necessary. 

14. While Peter was speaking to Cornelius and his household, how did 
the Lord show that the Gentiles could be saved without first becoming 
Jews? (vss. 44-46.) 



15. What did Peter then command should be done? (vss. 47, 48.) 



FRIDAY. 
4. Jewish Prejudices Silenced. Actsii:i-i8. 
16. Why did some of the disciples at Jerusalem find fault with Peter? 
(Acts II : 1-3.) 



17. After telling his experiences at Joppa and at Caesarea (vss. 4-16), 
how did he show that God approved of what he had done? (vs. 17.) 



18. What did the church in Jerusalem then think of the matter? 
(vs. 18.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

19. By whom was the door of the gospel opened to the Gentiles (Acts 
11:17)? Why was Cornelius well suited to become the first Gentile con- 
vert (Acts 10: 2) ? 

20. What is said in the Psalms concerning the extension of the Mes- 
siah's kingdom among the Gentiles (Ps., 2:8; 72:7-11)? What in 
Isaiah (Is. 2 : 2-4 ; 1 1 : 9, 10, etc.) ? 

21. What did Christ say about giving his salvation to others than Jews 
(Jo. 10 : 16; 12 : 32) ? What was his great command to the church (Mt. 
28 : 19) ? How may we assist in carrying out this command? 



^'''Eleven. The History of The Apostolic Church. 39 

Lesson 11. THE ESTABLISHING OF A GENTILE 

CHURCH IN ANTIOCH. Further Results of 

the Great Persecution in Jerusalem. 

Acts II : 19-30; 12: 25. About a.d. 40-44. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And the hand of the Lord was with them : and 
a great number that believed turned unto the Lord." (Acts 11 : 21.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 11: 19-30. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

r Acts 1 1 : 19-26. The Establishing of a Gentile Church in Antioch. 
Monday.... -j Acts ii : 27-30; "l The Famine. Relief Sent from Antioch to 

lActsi2:25. J Judea. 

Tuesday Mt., ch. 28. The Great Commission 

Wednesday . . .Mk. 13 : 1-13. The Gospel to be Preached Everywhere. 

Thursday Mk. 13 : 14-27. The Elect Gathered from All Nations. 

Friday Mai. i : i-ii. The Lord's Name among the Gentiles. 

Saturday Rev., ch. 5. A Vision of the Redeemed out of All Nations. 

Sunday. Rev. 14: 1-12. The Proclamation of the Gospel to the Earth. 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST GENTILE CHURCH. 

At about the time of the conversion of Cornelius some of the 
disciples who had fled from Jerusalem because of the great persecu- 
tion reached Antioch. This was the capital of Western Asia, and its 
largest and most important city. There they began to preach the 
gospel to Gentiles as well as to Jews. So many were converted that 
the news reached Jerusalem, and the church there sent Barnabas to 
look into the matter. On his arrival he assisted the work greatly. 
He soon perceived, however, the need of a helper especially fitted to 
preach among the Gentiles, and accordingly went to Tarsus after 
Saul. The two worked together in Antioch with great success for a 
whole year. Thus a strong church was established in this great 
heathen city. The generosity of these Gentile Christians was shown 
almost at once in the liberal aid they sent to the brethren in Judea, 
who were suffering from a famine. 

The estabhshment of this church in Antioch should be remem- 
bered for two reasons : (i) Here the now familiar name of "Chris- 
tians "was first apphed to those who believed in Christ; and (2) 
here began a new movement for carrying Christianity throughout the 
world. As Jerusalem had been the center from which the gospel 



40 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Grat'^^' 

had spread among the Jews, so Antioch became the center from 
which it spread among the Gentiles. For this reason, and also 
because of the great importance of this church in after years, 
Antioch has been called *^ the second capital of Christianity/* 
Jerusalem having been the first. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PREI.IMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. How in general does Part II in this history differ from Part I? 2. 
What is recorded of the Church after the great Jewish persecution against 
it had ceased? 3. What two miracles did Peter work about that time? 
4. What vision came to Cornelius at Cassarea? 5. What vision came the 
next day to Peter at Joppa? 6. While Peter was preaching to Cornelius 
and his friends the following day, how did the Lord show that he was 
ready to receive Gentiles as well as Jews? 7. What was Peter taught by 
these events? 8. When Peter returned to Jerusalem, how did he silence 
those who complained of his conduct? 9. Why was the establishment of 
a Gentile church in Antioch a very important event in the history of the 
church (see Lesson Talk)? 10. What is the title of this lesson? its 
topics? its Golden Text? 

THE liESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY, TUESDAY, AND WEDNESDAY. 
1. The Establishing of a Gentile Church in Antioch. Acts 11:19-26. 
I . What distant places were visited by some of those who were scat- 
tered abroad by the great persecution at Jerusalem? (Acts 11: 19^.) 



2. To whom only did they preach at first? (vs. 19^.) 



3. To whom did some of them preach when they reached Antioch? 
(vs. 20.) 



Note 42.— The "men of Cyprus and Gyrene" were Grecian Jews (see Note 23, 
and B. D.) and were therefore less prejudiced against Gentiles than" were the Hebrews, 
or Palestinian Jews. 

4. What success did they have? (vs. 21, Golden Text.) 



Lesson 



Eleven. The Historj of The Apostolic Church, 41 

5. Who was sent from Jerusalem to look into this work at Antioch? 
(vs. 22.) 



6. What did he do when he reached Antioch? (vs. 23.) 



7. What results followed his work there? (vs. 24^.) 



8. Whom did he bring to Antioch to help him? (vss. 25, 26a.) 



9. How long did they work together there, and with what success? 
(vs. 26^). 



10. For what special reason should all Christians remember Antioch? 
(vs. 2bc.) 



Note 43. — This name was probably first used by unconverted Gentiles, and per- 
haps in ridicule. The Jews contemptuously called the believers " Nazarenes," while 
the believers called one another "brethren," *' saints," or "disciples." 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
2. The Famine. Relief Sent from Antioch to Judea. 
Acts II : 27-30; 12: 25. 
II. Who visited the church in Antioch about this time? (Acts 11 : 27.) 



12. What was predicted by one of them? (vs. 28.) 



Note 44. — This famine began in A.D. 44, and was severely felt in Palestine. 
13. How did the Christians in Antioch show their sympathy for their 
suffering brethren in Judea? (vs. 29.) 



14. By whom were their contributions sent? (vs. 30.) 



42 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^'crait^' 

15. After these messengers had fulfilled their mission, whom did they 
bring back with them to Antioch? (Acts 12 : 25.) 



SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

16. How did the disciples who fled from Jerusalem for their lives show 
their faith in Christ? Why did they have such success in Antioch (Acts 
II : 21) ? What promise of our Lord was thus fulfilled (Mt. 28 : 20) ? 

17. Why was Barnabas especially fitted for the work intrusted to him 
by the Church in Jerusalem (Acts 11 : 24, comp. 4 : 36, 37) ? How may 
we secure a similar gift (Lu. 11 : 13) ? How must we ask? 

18. What had Barnabas known about Saul before this (Acts 9: 26, 27) ? 
Why was Saul now in Tarsus ? How had he become especially fitted to 
work among Gentiles (see Lesson Talk, Lesson 9) ? 

19. What is it to be a *^ Christian "? 



Lesson 12. FAITH AND MORALS IN THE JEWISH 

CHURCHES. The Epistle of James, the Lord's 

Brother. 

Selections from James. Date uncertain. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " But be ye doers of the word, and not hearers 
only, deluding your own selves." (Jas. i : 22.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Jas. 1:12-27. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Jas. i : 1-18. Exhortations to Endurance of Trial. 

Tuesday Jas. i : 19-27. Piety Vain unless Seen in Life. 

Wednesday Jas. 2 : 1-13. Faith without Respect of Persons. 

Thursday Jas. 2 : 14-26. Showing Faith by Works. 

p ( Jas. 3 : 1-12. Restraining the Tongue. 

\ Jas. 3 : 13-18. Living in Meekness of Wisdom. 

Saturday Jas. 4 : i — 5 : 6. Warnings to the Rich. 

^TmriAv J J^^- 5 • 7~^^' Waiting Patiently the Lord's Coming. 

^^^^^^ \ Jas. 5 : 1 2-20. Closing Exhortations. 

LESSON TALK: A LETTER TO THE JEWISH CHRISTIANS. 

James, who is called in Gal. 1:19 "the Lord's brother" (see 
B. D.), was the head of the church in Jerusalem. On account of his 



^^^Tweive. The History of The Apostolic Church, 4.3 

great piety he was surnamed '' The Just/' and was held in very high 
esteem by both Jews and Christians everywhere. 

A letter from such a man to his Jewish fellow-believers would 
naturally have great weight. Such a letter was written by him, and 
is preserved to us in the New Testament epistle which bears his 
name. While he does not directly describe the circumstances of 
those to whom he writes, yet we can learn a good deal about them 
from what he says. When he speaks words of comfort, it is not in 
respect to imaginary trials, but in respect to those very trials which 
his readers were suffering. When he rebukes errors and sins, it is 
their errors and their sins that he has in mind. The letter therefore, 
like a mirror, reflects the condition of its readers. 

This epistle may have been written as early as a.d. 44, but not 
later than a.d. (y^, which was the date of the author's martyrdom. 
We study it at this point in order to get some idea of what the con- 
dition of the Jewish Christians really was at about the close of Part 
II of this history. As we shall see they had much trouble, and, like 
many nowadays, did not always show a true Christian spirit toward 
those about them. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. To what distant places did some of the disciples go when they fled 
from the persecution at Jerusalem? 2. What great work was begun in 
Antioch by some of them? 3. Who was sent from Jerusalem to oversee 
this work? 4. Why was he especially fitted for this mission? 5. Whom 
did he seek as a helper? 6. How long did they labor together in Antioch? 
7. For what should the church in Antioch be especially remembered? 8. 
Why did this church send help to the churches in Judea? 9. What is the 
title of this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH TVRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. External Conditions of the Jewish Christians. 

James. Scattered References. 
Note 45. — Except in a few instances the references given below do not answer the 
questions directly, but only suggest what the answers should be. For example, in 2 : 5 
the writer does not say that his readers are poor, but we know that he would not have 
written to them as he did if they had been rich. And so in the other cases, we can 
infer something about these Jewish Christians from the way in which they are addressed. 



44 



Outline Bible Studies . 



Intermediate 
Grade. 



I. Who was the writer of this epistle? (Jas. i : i, comp. Gal. i : 19; 
see B. D., "James (3)''.) 



2. To whom was the epistle addressed? (Jas. i : i.) 



Note 46. — " The twelve tribes which are of the Dispersion" (A. V., " which are 
scattered abroad") means the Hebrews who were scattered about among the Gentile 
nations. Such Jews were found in almost every country and city, very much as they 
are at the present time. James writes especially to those who had been converted from 
Judaism to Christianity. 

3. What is suggested in the epistle as to their wealth or poverty? 

(2:50 



4. How did the rich unconverted Jews treat them? (2 : 6.) 



5. How were they situated in respect to trials or persecutions? (i : 2-4, 
12; 5 : 10, II.) 



Note 47. — "Temptations" in vss. 2, 12, are not temptations to sin, but sufferings 
by which character is tried and made better. 

WEDNESDAY. 
2. Their Worldliness and Contentiousness Rebuked. 
6. How did the worldly spirit of some of these Jews still show itself? 
(Jas. 4:1-3.) 



Note 48. — " Wars and fightings " refer to fierce struggles for riches and worldly 
honors. To get wealth to spend on their pleasures, some were ready to treat others 
very cruelly. James here speaks of faults common to the Jews, and which some of the 
Christian Jews had not overcome. 

7. How did they show their worldliness in their places of worship? 

(2:1-30 



Note 49. — To have " respect of persons " is to have more regard for one than for 
another because he has more money, or wears better clothes. This is very wrong. 

8. What behavior one toward another naturally followed this selfiish 
and worldly spirit? (3 : 14 ; 4 : 11 .) 



Lesson 



Twelve, The History of The Apostolic Church, ^j 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. Their Religious Beliefs and Practices. 
Which did they seem to value most, faith or works? (2 : 14-16.) 



Note 50. — By "works " James means the words and conduct through which true 
faith shows itself. 

10. What belief about God did they hold very strongly? (2:19^, 
camp. Deut. 6:4.) 



Note 51. — In this they were like all the Jews, who attached an extravagant value 
to the daily repetition of the sentence, " Hear, O Israel, the LORD our God is one 
Lord " (Deut. 6:4). That there is but one God was the great lesson which had been 
taught the Jews by the whole course of Old Testament history. 

II. Hov^^ does the v^riter warn them against trusting in the Mosaic law 
for salvation? (2 : 10.) 



12. What higher law did they seem to be in danger of forgetting? 
(2:8, 12.) 



Note 52. — This is called the " royal law," because it is the chief, or king, of all laws, 
13. Because of their many trials, in what belief did they seem to be 
losing confidence ? (5 : 7-9.) 



Note 53. — The early church believed that Christ would speedily return, but as this 
return was delayed, many began to think that it would never occur. 

SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

14. State briefly the external condition of these Jewish Christians, as 
suggested by the above references ; state some of their principal faults ; 
some of their principal beliefs. 

15. On what does James especially insist (1:22; 2:17)? Who does 
Jesus say shall enter the kingdom of heaven (Mt. 7 : 21) ? Why are good 
deeds so important a part of the Christian life? 

16. What sin, common now, does James severely condemn (3: 7-10)? 
What does he say of the one who controls his tongue (3:2)? What 
should be our constant prayer (Ps., 141 : 3 ; memorize^ ? 

17. How does James say that his readers can get wisdom to live aright 
(1:5)? What similar promises did Christ give (Mt. 7 : 7-1 1 ; memorize) ? 



46 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^radt^' 

Lesson 13, REVIEW OF PARTS I, II: LESSONS 1-12. 

A.D. 30-44 (see Note 4, p.vii, Introduction). 

Note 54.— Summary of Principal Events in Parts I, II. Part I.— The 
Primitive Church in yerusalem. The ten days after the ascension were spent by the 
disciples in prayerful anticipation of the promised power from on high. This came 
on the day of Pentecost, in the descent of the Holy Spirit, the conferring of miracu- 
lous gifts, and the conversion of multitudes. The first opposition arose when Peter and 
John, after the healing of the lame man, were arrested and warned not to preach in 
the name of Jesus. The first trouble within the church arose incidentally through the 
spirit of brotherhood among the believers, which gave occasion for the hypocrisy 
and death of Ananias and Sapphira. By reason of the many apostolic miracles which 
followed this event, the people became so friendly to the church that the authorities, 
in order to prevent the further activity of the apostles, arrested and beat them. 
Shortly after this discriminations in connection with the common tables disturbed 
for a time the peace of the church, and led to the appointment of seven men to over- 
see the daily distributions of food. Chief among these was Stephen, whose public 
addresses stirred up the worst prejudices of the Jews and resulted in his own martyr- 
dom and the first general persecution. (On the characteristics of this period, see 
Note I, Lesson i.) 

Part II, — The Church Spread Abroad through Persecution, As the first result of 
the great persecution in Jerusalem the gospel was carried throughout Judea and 
Samaria. At the same time the Lord, through the conversion of Saul, was preparing 
for its further spread among the Gentiles. Shortly after this, in the conversion of 
Cornelius, God's purpose regarding the Gentiles was made known to Peter and to the 
church at Jerusalem. This was followed by the conversion of large numbers of Gen- 
tiles in Antioch, where the first Gentile church was soon afterwards formed. (For 
the characteristics of this period, see Note 28, Lesson 7.) 

GOLDEN TEXT ; ** And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, 
and they spake the word of God with boldness." (Acts 4 : 31^.) 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 2 : 1-13. The Descent of the Holy Spirit. 

Tuesday Acts 4 : 1-22. Peter and John before the Council. 

Wednesday . . .Acts, ch. 6; 7 : 54-60. The Work and Martyrdom of Stephen. 

Thursday Acts 9 : 1-19. The Conversion of Saul. 

Friday Acts 10 : 34-48. The Conversion of Cornelius. 

Saturday Acts 1 1 : 1-18. Jewish Prejudices Silenced; 

Sunday Jas. 2 : 14-26. Showing Faith by Works. 

GOLDEN TEXT RESPONSIVE SERVICE, 

(To be used in place of the regular Scripture reading with this lesson. The numerals with the 
questions refer to the lessons of the quarter.) 

I. Superintendent (or Teacher'). What promise and command did 
Jesus give his disciples just before his ascension? 

Sunday-school (or Class), *' But ye shall receive power, when the Holy 
Ghost is come upon you : and ye shall be my witnesses both in Jerusalem, 



^'''Thirteen, The History of The Apostolic Church. 47 

and in all Judaea and Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth." 
(Acts I : 8.) 

II. What wonderful gifts came to the disciples on the day of Pentecost? 
*'And they were all filled with the HoJy Spirit, and began to speak 

with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance.'' (Acts 2 : 4.) 

III. What great truth did Peter announce to the council in Jerusalem? 
**Andin none other is there salvation: for neither is there any other 

name under heaven, that is given among men, wherein we must be saved." 
(Acts 4: 12.) 

IV. How did the new life of the believers show itself in their relations 
one to another? 

*' And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and soul : 
and not one of them said that aught of the things which he possessed was 
his own ; but they had all things common." (Acts 4 : 32.) 

V. When the Jewish council forbaae the apostles to preach, to what 
higher authority did they appeal? 

"But Peter and the apostles answered and said. We must obey God 
rather than men." (Acts 5 : 29.) 

VI. What were among the last words of the first Christian martyr? 
*'And they stoned Stephen, calling upon the Lord, and saying, Lord 

Jesus, receive my spirit." (Acts 7 : 59.) 

VII. How did the persecution that followed the death of Stephen 
affect the spread of the gospel ? 

*'They therefore that were scattered abroad went about preaching the 
word." (Acts 8 : 4.) 

VIII. How and by whom was Saul addressed when on his way to 
Damascus ? 

" And he fell upon the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, 
Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said. Who art thou, Lord? 
And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest." (Acts 9 : 4, 5.) 

IX. What divine command did Saul receive at Jerusalem when the 
Jews were plotting to kill him? 

*'And he said unto me. Depart: fori will send thee forth far hence 
unto the Gentiles." (Acts 22 : 21.) 

X. What great truth was revealed to Peter in connection with the 
conversion of Cornelius? 

''Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons : but in 
every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is acceptable 
to him." (Acts 10 : 34/^, 35.) 

XI. What resulted in Antioch when certain Hellenists preached the 
gospel to the Gentiles? 

" And the hand of the Lord was with them : and a great number that 
believed turned unto the Lord." (Acts 11 : 21.) 

XII. What common error did James in his epistle urge his readers to 
avoid ? 

" But be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deluding your own 
selves." (Jas. i :22.) 



48 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^'Sradt^' 

XIII. How is the great courage and success of the church to be 
explained ? 

" And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spake the word 
of God with boldness." (Acts 4 : 3i(^.) 

QUESTIONS ON PART I. 

1. What is the subject of this course of lessons? What is the title of 
Part I ? How many years does it include ? 

2. Who wrote the book of the Acts? To which two apostles does the 
book give the most attention ? 

3. Opposite the following references state briefly some of the principal 
events in Part I, as in the example given. 

Acts 1 : 6-1 1. The Ascension of Christ. 



Acts 2 : 1-13. 
Acts 3 : i-io. 
Acts 4: 1-22. 
Acts 4 : 32-37. 
Acts 5:1-11. 
Acts 5 : 12-16. 
Acts 5 : 17-42. 
Acts 6 : 1-7. 

Acts 7 : 54-60. 

4. How did the apostles spend the ten days after Christ's ascension? 
Who took the place of Judas among the apostles? 

5. What wonderful events occurred on the day of Pentecost? How 
many were converted in consequence of Peter's sermon? 

6. What did the Sanhedrin forbid Peter and John to do? How did 
they obey this command ? 

7. What was the fir^t trouble within the church ? How was it punished? 



^'''Thirteen. The History of The Apostolic Church. 4g 

8. What brave answer did the apostles make when the council forbade 
them to preach in the name of Jesus? What was done to them ? 

9. What complaint did the Grecian Jews make? How was the trouble 
removed ? 

10. What led to the arrest of Stephen? With what sin did he charge 
the rulers? Who stood by, consenting to his death ? 

11. To what city did the church confine itself during this period? 
What truths did the apostles especially emphasize in their preaching ? 

QUESTIONS ON PART II. 

12. What is the title of Part II? How many years does it include? 
What book besides the Acts is studied in it ? 

13. Opposite the following references state briefly some of the principal 
events in Part II. 

Acts 8 : 1-4. 
Acts 8 : 5-13. 
Acts 9 : 1-9. 
Acts 9:31. 
Acts, ch. 10. 

Acts II : 19-26. 

14. By whom was the gospel carried to Samaria? What two distin- 
guished converts were baptized by him? Which one of them proved 
false ? 

15. For what purpose did Saul journey to Damascus? Tell the story 
of his conversion. Where and how did he probably spend the next 
seven years ? 

16. Describe the vision of Peter at Joppa. Why was the conversion of 
Cornelius a very important event in the history of the church ? 

17. Why was Barnabas sent from Jerusalem to Antioch? What were 
the disciples first called there ? 

GENEKAL QUESTIONS. 

18. How many chapters of the Acts are included in Parts I and II of 
this history ? How many years ? Where was the gospel first preached ? 
To what city outside of Jerusalem was it first carried? How extensively 
had it spread at the close of Part II? By what means had it been 



50 Outline BMe Studies. ^""^cZft^" 

spread? Tell the story of its progress, beginning with the ascension 
of Jesus. 

19. How many and what persecutions of Christians are recorded during 
the period covered by the lessons of this quarter? 

20. What were the two most important events that occurred during 
this period? 

21. What very important facts about Jesus Christ have been often 
referred to in the lessons of this quarter? What truths about the way of 
salvation ? What more do we need to know in order to be saved ? 

22. By whom and to whom was the epistle of James written? What 
in general seems to have been the condition of those to whom it was 
addressed? 




[To face p. 51.] 



LESSONS 

ON 

The History of The Apostolic Church 

IN KIVE PARTS 



INTERMEDIATE GRADE 



PART m, 

FROM THE ESTABLISHMEXT OF A GEXTILE CHURCH IN ANTIOCH 
UNTIL THE CLOSE OF PAUL'S THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY: Paul's 
Missionary Journeys, and the Conflict Concerning the Relation of the Gen- 
tiles to the Jewish La'w. A.D. 44:-58 (see Note 4, Abstract of Lessons, Introduction). 

Note 55. — Characteristics of Part III. (i) It was the Period of Mission^ 
ary Extension. — In contrast with Part I of this histor}', when the church was confined 
to Jerusalem, and with Part II, when the church was extended through persecution, 
Part III is marked by direct efforts to spread the gospel through missionary operations. 
This missionary impulse originated in the church at Antioch, and resulted in the three 
journeys of Paul by which the gospel was carried into Cyprus, Asia Minor, and south- 
eastern Europe. The history of this period centers chiefly in the work of the 
apostle Paul, 

(2) // was the Period of Conflict with Judaism, — During this time occurred the 
beginning and culmination of the violent conflict over the relation of converted Gen- 
tiles to the Jewish law. Notwithstanding the decision of the church at Jerusalem, this 
controversy was carried into the Gentile churches, and for a time endangered their 
existence, 

(3) It was the Period of Pauls Leadijig Epistles. — Two groups of Paul's epistles 
date from this period : The missionary group — i and 2 Thessalonians ; and the great 
controversial group — i and 2 Corinthians, G^latians, and Romans. 



Lesson 14. THE PERSECUTION BY HEROD. The 

Killing of James, the Brother of John, and the 

Miraculous Deliverance of Peter. 

Acts 12: 1-24. a.d. 44. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And when Peter was come to himself, he said* 
Now I know of a truth, that the Lord hath sent forth his angel and 

51 



j^ Outline Bible Studies : ^^e?" 

delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation 
of the people of the Jews." (^Acts 12:11.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts X2 ; x«tx* 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 12 : i~i l. The Martyrdom of James, and Peter's Miracu- 
lous Release. 

TActs 12: 12-19. "The Power of Prayer, and the Weakness of 
Tuesday -j Faith." 

( Acts 12 : 20-24. Herod's Miserable Death. 
Mu M r»Av / Mt 4: 18-22. The Call of James to Follow Jesas. 
WEDNESDAY. • "j^ L^j ^ : 12-19. The Appointment of James as an Apostle. 

Thursday Mk. 9:1-130 Peter, James and John on the Mount of 

Transfiguration. 

Friday Lu. 9 : 46-62. The Fiery Zeal of James and John. 

Saturday Mk. 10 : 35-45. The Ambition of James and John, 

Sunday Mk. 14 : 32-42. Peter, James and John in Gethsemane. 

LESSON TALK : THE FIRST PERSECUTION OF THE 
CHURCH BY THE CIVIL RULERS. 

For seven or eight years after the persecution which followed the 
death of Stephen, the church in Jerusalem had peace and prosperity. 
During most of this time Herod Agrippa I reigned over Judea and 
Samaria. Wishing to gain the favor of the Jews, he began persecut- 
ing the Christians. The former persecutions of the church had been 
by the Sanhedrin, or religious rulers ; this was the first persecution 
by the civil rulers. It occurred, apparently, at about the time when 
relief was sent from Antioch to Jerusalem by Barnabas and Saul 
(see Lesson 11). Herod took James, the brother of John, and 
immediately put him to death ; he next seized Peter, intending to 
kill him also after the feast of the Passover, which was then being 
observed. In the meantime Peter was kept in prison, guarded by 
soldiers. 

It seemed as if there were no help for him, but the church con- 
tinued praying most earnestly that God would deliver him. The 
very night before Herod expected to put Peter to death, Peter was 
sleeping quietly, bound by chains to two soldiers. Suddenly he was 
aroused by an angel of the Lord. The chains fell from his hands ; 
and the angel led him out of the prison, past the guards, and on 
through one street. Peter at first supposed that this was a vision ; 



^'^^Tourteen. The History of The Apostolic Church. JJ 

but when he was left alone, he knew that it was not a vision, but that 
God had indeed delivered him from the hand of Herod. 

Peter went first to the house of Mary, the mother of John Mark, 
where the disciples were even then praying for him. But so weak 
was their faith that when they were told that Peter stood at the gate, 
they could not believe it. After a short interview with his friends, 
Peter left Jerusalem and went to a place of safety. 

This persecution by Herod lasted but a short time ; for soon after- 
wards he died a dreadful death, because he allowed the people to 
give to him glory which should be given to God only. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Mention some of the most important events in Part I of this history; 
in Part II. 2. Where was the gospel preached during Part I? 3. What 
led to its being carried to other places, as described in Part II? 4. What 
is the title of Part 1 11.'^ 5. How long a period does Part III cover .^ 6. 
How was the gospel still further extended during this time (Note 55) ? 
7. What conflict arose? 8. What epistles did Paul write? 9. What is 
the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTI.INE, WITH TVRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. The Martyrdom of James, and Peter's Miraculous Release. 

Acts 12 : i-ii. 
I. At about what time did Herod '* afflict certain of the church "? (See 
Lesson Talk ; also comp. Acts 1 1 : 29, 30.) 



2. Which Herod is here referred to? (See B. D., *' Herod (2)".) 



3. What did he do with James? (Acts 12:2.) 



4. Which James was this, and what can you tell about him? (See 
B. D., ** James (i)"; also Daily Scripture Readings.) 



^/ Outline Bible Studies : ^Grtuie^ * 

5. What did Herod do with Peter? (Acts 12:3, 4.) 



Note 56. — " Easter " (vs. 4) in the A. V. should be "the Passover," as in the 
R. V. The feast of the Passover was also called " the days of unleavened bread " (vs. 
3, see Ex. 12 : 14, 15 ; 23 : 15) . A " quaternion " was a band of four soldiers. 

6. What were the church doing at this time? (vss. 5, 12.) 



7. Tell the story of Peter's deliverance from prison, (vss. 6-10.) 



8. When Peter realized what had occurred, what did he say? (vs. 11, 
Golden Text.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 

2. ** The Power of Prayer, and the Weakness of Faith." Acts 12: 12-19. 

9. Where did Peter go after the angel had left him? (Acts 12 : 12.) 



10. How was he received? (vss. 13-16.) 



Note 57. — The " door of the gate " was a small door or wicket in one of tl** 
heavy wooden gates that opened into the courtyard. 

Note 58. — The Jews believed that every one has a guardian angel who sometimes 
appears in the form of the person of whom he is guardian. Therefore they thought 
that it was Peter's angel who stood at the gate. 

II. What did Peter say to those in the house? (vs. 17.) 



12. Which James did Peter refer to? (See B. D., *' James (3)" ) 



13. What took place in the morning? (vss. 18, 19.) 



^^ Fourteen, The History of The Apostolic Church. JJT 

Note 59. — This is the last mention of Peter until some years later, when he was 
present at the council in Jerusalem (ch. 15). Up to this time Peter had been the 
leading apostle, but after thic the work of Paul holds the largest place in the history. 

FRIDAY. 
3. Herod's Miserable Death. Acts 12: 20-24. 
14. What request was made of Herod, and why.? (Acts 12 : 20.) 



Note 60. — Phoenicia was a small country, only a narrow strip of land along the 
seacoast (see map), and had to obtain a great part of its food from Galilee; it was 
especially anxious for peace with Herod at this time on account of the famine. 

15. What did Herod do when these people came to him? (vs. 21.) 



16. What blasphemous praise did he accept? (vs. 22.) 



17. How was he punished? (vs. 23.) 



18. What is said of the church at this time? (vs. 24.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

19. What has God promised to do for those who trust him (Ps., 33 : 18, 
19; 34 •7» 15; 91 :ii» 12)? Mention some instances of God's care for 
his people (Gen. 39 : 21 ; Dan. 6 : 19-22 ; Acts 27 : 22-25, 44). 

20. What did Jesus teach about this matter (Mt. 6 : 31-33 ; 10 : 29-31 ; 
memorize^ ? What did Paul say (Rom. 8 : 28 ; memorize^ ? 

21. How is God's care for his people shown in this lesson? What may 
we expect in regard to his care for us ? To what extent does God's care 
for us excuse us from trying to take care of ourselves ? How can we best 
show our trust in God ? 

22. How does this lesson illustrate the power of prayer? What did 
Jesus teach about prayer (Mt. 21:22; Jo. 14:13, 14)? What may we 
expect regarding answer to prayer? 



^6 Outline Bible Studies : *^ ^Grnde^ ^ 

Lesson 15. CARRYING THE GOSPEL INTO CYPRUS 

AND ASIA MINOR. The Beginning of Paul's 

First Missionary Journey. 

Acts, ch. 13. A.D. 45,46. 

Note 61. — In Lesson ii we saw how a Gentile church was established in Antioch, 
and how, at the time of the famine, this church sent Barnabas and Saul with gifts to 
the church in Jerusalem. The lessons since then have been on various other matters 
connected with the history of the apostolic church ; but in this lesson we again take 
up the narrative of the spread of the gospel, beginning at the point where we left it at 
the close of Lesson ii. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And as the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, 
and glorified the word of God.** (Acts 13 :48«.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 13 : 1-12. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

,^ f Acts 13 : 1-3. Barnabas and Saul Sent Forth. 

MONDAY. . . I ^^^g j^ . ^_j2^ The Work in Cyprus. 

Tuesday Acts 13 : 13-26; ^ 

Wednesday. .Acts 13 : 37-41 ; \ The Work in Antioch of Pisidia. 
Thursday . . .Acts 13 : 42-52. J 

Friday Rom. 10 : 1-15. Paul's Reason for Preaching to the Gentiles. 

Saturday Is. 60:1-12; 1 The Ingathering of the Gentiles, and the 

Sunday Is. 60 : 13-22. j Glory of Israel. 

LESSON TALK: THE BEGINNING OF CHRISTIAN 
MISSIONS. 

Shortly after Barnabas and Saul had returned from Jerusalem to 
Antioch (see Note 61), the leaders of the church there were called 
by the Holy Spirit to set them apart for missionary work. Before 
this the gospel had been carried throughout Syria and into some 
other countries by the disciples who had been driven from Jerusalem 
by the great persecution (see Lessons 7 and 11). But Barnabas and 
Saul were the first disciples to be sent out for the express purpose of 
preaching the gospel in other lands. This beginning of their mis- 
sionary work was, therefore, an exceedingly important event in the 
history of the church. 

The two apostles went first to the island of Cyprus, perhaps 
because it was the native place of Barnabas (Acts 4 :36, 37). They 
were accompanied by a cousin of Barnabas (Col. 4:10), named 



^'''Fifteen. The History of The Apostolic Church. S7 

John Mark, who afterwards wrote the gospel of Mark. The party 
landed at Salamis, and went through the island to Paphos, on the 
western coast. Here Elymas, a Jewish sorcerer, was smitten with 
blindness for trying to hinder their work ; and Sergius Paulus, the 
Roman ruler of the island, became a believer. In the narrative of 
this last event, Saul is for the first time called Paul, by which name 
he was ever afterwards known. 

Leaving Cyprus, they sailed to Perga in Asia Minor. Here John 
Mark left them and returned to Jerusalem. Barnabas and Paul 
then went up to Antioch of Pisidia, in the highlands of the interior, 
about one hundred miles from the coast. Here they preached with 
great success for a while, first to the Jews and afterwards to the 
Gentiles. But some of the Jews, seeing that many Gentiles were 
receiving the gospel, were filled with jealousy, and stirred up such 
a persecution against the apostles, that they were obhged to leave 
the city. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PRELIMINAKY QUESTIONS. 

I. How was the church taught through Peter that the gospel was for 
Gentiles as well as for Jews? 2. Who was the first Gentile convert? 
3. Where was the first Gentile church established? 4. What two apostles 
labored there for a year? 5. What is the title of Part III of this course 
of lessons ? 6. What are the three principal characteristics of Part III ? 
7. Why did Herod persecute the church? 8. Tell the story of Peter's 
release from prison. 9. What became of Herod shortly afterwards? 10. 
What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 

1. Barnabas and Saul Sent Forth. Acts 13: 1-3. 

2. The Work in Cyprus. Acts 13: 4-12. 

I. What command came from the Holy Spirit to the leaders of the 
church in Antioch, shortly after the return of Barnabas and Saul from 
Jerusalem ? (Acts 13:2.) 



2. How was it obeyed ? (vs. 3.) 



ss 



Outline Bible Studies . 



Inte«^mediate 
Grade, 



3. Where did Barnabas and Saul begin preaching ? 
their route carefully on the map ; see Note 62.) 



(vss. 4, 5. Trace 



Attalia^ — ^ 



AnlK)ch'% 



^ys,%^ 



M\\V' Iconium 



CALA TIA. \ 

^ / 
/ 



CAPPADOCIA 







Map No. 3. 

Note 62. — Map No. 3 includes the territory covered by Paul's first missionary 
journey. The route traveled and the principal events at each place visited should be 
carefully fixed in mind. As an aid in remembering the route, trace it carefully with 
pen or pencil on the map as it is studied, using arrows to indicate the direction traveled. 
Compare this map with Map No. 2, at the beginning of the Quarterly, so as to under- 
stand their relations to each other. Observe that in Map No. 3 the names of Roman 
provinces are printed in ROMAN CAPITALS, while names of physical divisions 
and names derived from races or tribes are printed in ITALIC CAPITALS, 

4. What can you say of the two men whom the apostles met at Paphos? 
(vss. 6, 7.) 



Note 63. — A " sorcerer " was one who pretended to have power to compel evil 
spirits to do whatever he commanded, and was therefore greatly feared by the people. 
A " proconsul" was a governor appointed by the senate at Rome to rule over a Roman 
province. Sergius Paulus was proconsul of the province of Cyprus. 

5. How and for what reason was Elymas punished.^ (vss. 8-1 1.) 



t'tsson 



^Fifteen. The History of The Apostolic Church, jg 

6. How was Sergius Paulus affected by what he saw and heard? (vs. 

12.) 



7. What new name for Saul is used in verse 9, and w^hy? (See B. D., 
*'Paul.") 



WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
3. The Work in Antioch of Pisidia. Acts 13: 13-52. 
Note 64. — As you study the lesson, trace carefully on Map No. 3 the route of the 
apostles from Paphos to Antioch of Pisidia. 

8. What occurred when the apostles reached Perga? (Acts 13 : 13.) 



9. Where did they next preach the gospel? (vss. 14-16.) 



10. After Paul had reminded the Jews of what God had done for them 
in their early history (vss. 17-22), what still greater blessing did he say 
that God had now brought to them? (vs. 23.3 



II. How did Paul say that they had treated Jesus? (vss. 27-29.) 



12. How had God nevertheless fulfilled his promise to the fathers? 
(vss. 30-33.) 



13. What did Paul tell his hearers that they might have through Jesus? 
(vss. 38, 39.) 



^ x^ y/' 7-> -7 7 r-/ 7- Intermediate 

00 Outline Bible Studies : Grade, 

14. What warning did he give them? (vss. 40, 41.) 



15. How were the people affected by these words? (vss. 42, 43.) 



16. What took place on the next sabbath ? (vss. 44-48.) 



17. Why did the apostles leave Antioch of Pisidia, notwithstanding 
their success among the Gentiles? (vs. 50.) 



18. Where did they go? (vs. 51.) 



Note 65. — Shaking the dust off their feet was a sign that they were greatly dis- 
pleased at the way they had been treated (see Lu. 9:5). 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

19. When was Paul especially called to preach the gospel to the Ger- 
tiles (Acts 26 : 12-18) ? How had he spent the nine or ten years from that 
tirne until he began his first missionary journey? 

20. Why did Paul wish to preach thegospel (Rom. i : 14-16; memorize 
vs. 16; 2 Cor. 5 : 14, 15, 20)? How much in earnest was he about this 
work (Acts 20: 18-21, 31) ? Why do people go as missionaries now? 

21. What is the true missionary spirit? Who should have it? How 
may we show our interest in foreign missions? in home missions? in 
missionary work in our own towns or neighborhoods? 

22. What do you infer from this lesson as to the remission of sins 
through Jesus (Acts 13:38, 39)? What is meant by this? What does 
it require of us ? 



^^^^Ixteen. The History of The Apostolic Church. 6i 

Lesson 16. THE WORK IN ICONIUM, LYSTRA AND 

DERBE, AND THE RETURN TO SYRIA. The 

Continuation and Close of the First 

Missionary Journey. 

Acts, ch. 14. A.D. 46-48. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " He left not himself without witness, in that he 
did good, and gave you from heaven rains and fruitful seasons, filling 
your hearts with food and gladness." (Acts 14: 17.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 14: 1-18. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

T^ /Acts 14: 1-7. In Iconium: Success and Persecution. 

MONDAY. . . ^ ^^^g j^ . 8-20^. In Lystra : Worshiped and Stoned, 

rr, r Acts 14 : 20^-28. From Derbe Back to Syria. 

lUESDAY • • ^ ]y[t j^ . j^.^g^ Saving Life by Losing it. 

Wednesday . . Psalms, 65. God's Goodness in Nature. 

Thursday . . .Psalms, 104. God's Bounty to Men. 

Friday Jer. 14 : 13-22. Heathen Gods Powerless. 

Saturday . . .Mk. 16 : 9-20. Signs and Wonders Promised. 

Sunday Psalms, 72. The Everlasting Kingdom. 

LESSON TALK: BARNABAS AND PAUL IN ASIA MINOR. 

After Barnabas and Paul had been driven out of Antioch of 
Pisidia, they went southeast to Iconium, a distance of about ninety 
miles. Here they taught for a long time, and a great multitude 
believed. But at last the Jews stirred up a mob to stone them, and 
they fled to Lystra, a city about twenty-five miles southwest of 
Iconium. 

Strange experiences awaited them here. Paul healed a cripple 
who had never walked. The multitudes, amazed at this miracle, 
could hardly be kept from worshiping the apostles as gods ; but 
soon after this, an angry mob, led by Jews from Antioch and Ico- 
nium, attacked them, and stoned Paul, until they dragged him out of 
the city and left him for dead. Several times before this he had 
been obliged to flee for his life, but this, so far as we know, was the 
first of the many times in which he was actually bruised and beaten 
for Christ's sake. 

But Paul suddenly rose up from his apparent death, and the next 
day went with Barnabas to the city of Derbe, about thirty-five miles 
distant. After much success, and apparently no opposition there, 



62 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Cradt^' 

the apostles returned to the seacoast over the same route by which 
they had come, visiting and strengthening the churches by the way. 

At Perga, where they had made no stop when they landed there 
from Cyprus, they now preached the gospel. From Attalia, near 
Perga, they sailed for Syria, their starting point, and told the church 
in Antioch of the success of their work. 

Thus was completed the first missionary journey, which lasted 
about three years ; and was mainly confined to the Roman provinces 
of Cyprus and Galatia. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What is the title of Part III of this history? 2. Give the three 
leading characteristics of this Part. 3. To what new work were Barnabas 
and Saul set apart soon after their return from Jerusalem to Antioch? 

4. Describe their route from Antioch in Syria to Antioch of Pisidia. 

5 . What occurred at Paphos ? at Perga ? 6. What success did they have 
in Antioch of Pisidia? 7. How was the work there brought to a close? 
8. How^ much time was occupied by the first missionary journey (see 
Lesson Talk)? 9. To what Roman provinces was it mainly confined? 
10. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTI.INE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. In Iconium : Success and Persecution. Acts 14 : 1-7. 

Note 66. — Do not fail to look up all the places mentioned in the lesson, not only 
on the map, but in the B. D. Carefully trace, on Map No. 3, the remainder of the 
journey of the apostles, as studied in this lesson. 

I . What success did Barnabas and Saul have at first in Iconium ? (Acts 
14:1.) 



2. What opposition did they meet? (vs. 2.) 



3. How was the faith of the believers confirmed? (vs. 3.) 



4. Why did the apostles leave Iconium? (vss. 4-7.) 



Lesson 



Sixteen. The History of The Apostolic Church. 63 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. In Lystra : Worshiped and Stoned. Acts 14:8-20^. 
5. Describe the miracle which Paul wrought in Lystra. (Acts 14 : 8-10.) 



6. What did the people think because of this? (vss. 11, 12.) 



Note 67. — On '• Jupiter," and " Mercury," see B. D. There was an ancient tradi- 
tion that these two gods had once visited Lycaonia in disguise. Jupiter was supposed 
to be the chief of the gods, and Mercury was his attendant and herald. 

7. What was the priest of Jupiter about to do? (vs. 13.) 



Note QS» — The Greeks and Romans used to decorate with garlands of flowers 
the horns of oxen which were to be offered as a sacrifice. 

8. How did the apostles correct the mistake which had been made 
regarding them ? (vss. 14-18.) 



9. What very different treatment did Paul soon afterwards receive in 
this same city? (vss. 19, 20^.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. From Derbe Back to Syria. Acts 14:20^28. 

10. In what city did the apostles next preach the gospel? (Acts 14: 
20b, 2ia.) 



II. By what route did they return ? (vs. 2i<^; trace it carefully on the 
map.) 



12. In revisiting the churches they had established, what did they seek 
to impress upon the disciples? (vs. 22.) 



13. What did thefy do for each church? (vs. 23.) 



64 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^GradeT ^ 

Note 69. — "Elders" were those older persons in each church who were ap- 
pointed, either by the apostles or by the church itself, to watch over its welfare, and 
to take charge of its affairs. 

14. Describe and trace on the map the return from Antioch of Pisidia 
to Antioch in Syria, (vss. 24-26.) 



15. What did the apostles do when they had finished their journey? 
(vss. 27, 28.) 



16. Name in order the places visited by the apostles on this journey, 
and state briefly the principal events at each place. 



SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

17. What miracle, somewhat like the one wrought by Paul at Lystra, 
had before this been wrought by another apostle (Acts 3 : 2-8) ? In what 
respects were the two alike? In what respects were they different? How 
did miracles help the apostles in their work? 

18. What mistake did the men of Lystra make concerning Barnabas 
and Paul (Acts 14 : 11, 12) ? What, however, is true regarding the coming 
of God to earth (Jo. i : i, 14 ; me7norize) ? Why did our Lord appear on 
earth in human form (i Tim. i : i^a\ Jo. 10: \Qb\ memorize)} 

19. What great truth did Barnabas and Paul teach the people of Lystra 
regarding God (Acts 14: 15-17)? What may we know about God from 
nature (Ps., 19 : i ; 104 : 24 ; Rom. i : 20) ? What especially do we learn 
about God through his Son Jesus Christ (Jo. 3:16)? 



Lesson 17. THE COUNCIL IN JERUSALEM- The 

Beginning of the Conflict Concerning the 

Gentiles and the Jewish Law. 

Acts 15 : 1-35; Gal., ch. 2. a.d. 50 or 51. 

Note 70. — This lesson marks another very important event. We have already 
seen how at the time of the conversion of Cornelius (see Lesson 10), Peter was taught 
that God is no respecter of persons, but that Gentiles as well as Jews might become 
Christians by simply trusting Christ as their Saviour and loving and serving him. The 
same truth had been further shown in the establishing of a Gentile church in Antioch 
(see Lesson 11), and also in the work which Barnabas and Paul had done among 



^^^Teve7iieen, The History of The Apostolic Church, 6j 

Gentiles on their missionary tour (see Lessons 15, 16). But in the face of all this the 
Jewish Christians, with very few exceptions, refused to give up their belief that Jews 
alone were God's people, and that no one could be saved unless he first became a Jew 
and obeyed the Old Testament laws. The repeated attempts of the Jewish Christians 
to force these ideas upon the church caused much trouble (see Note 55 (2), Lesson 
14). The first example of this, together with the way 'in which the trouble was settled 
by declaring the Gentiles free from the Jewish law, is the subject of this lesson. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " If righteousness is through the law, then Christ 
died for nought." (Gal. 2 : 21b.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 15:1-21. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday /Acts 15 : 1-5. The Occasion of the Council in Jerusalem. 

' ' * \ x\cts 15 : 6-21. The Debate in the Council. 

Tuesday Acts 15 : 22-35. ^^^ Decision Adopted and Sent Forth. 

Wednesday. .Gal. 2 : i-io. Paul's x\ccount of the Council. 

Thursday Gal. 2 : 1 1-2 1. Paul's Rebuke of Peter at Antioch. 

Friday Acts 10 : 1-16. God's Acceptance of the Gentiles Revealed. 

Saturday. .. .Rom. 14: i-i 2; ) ^, ^ r r-x. - ^- t -i, 4. 

e^,,, , -o y ine Law of Christian Liberty. 

Sunday Rom. 14 : 13-23. / ^ 

LESSON TALK: THE GENTILES AND THE JEWISH LAW. 

About the time when Barnabas and Paul returned from their 
first missionary journey, men from Jerusalem came to Antioch and 
taught that Gentiles could not be saved unless they kept the Jewish 
law. Barnabas and Paul opposed them. There was much discus- 
sion about it in the church. At last the church sent Barnabas and 
Paul with others to Jerusalem to ask advice concerning it. The 
apostles and elders with the whole church came together to consider 
the matter. This meeting is commonly called the council in 
Jerusalem. 

After much discussion, Peter reminded the council of the conver- 
sion of the Gentile Cornelius ; and gave it as his opinion that the 
Gentiles ought not to be compelled to bear the burden of the Jewish 
law. Barnabas and Paul told of the work among the Gentiles on 
their missionary journey. James, the head of the church in Jeru- 
salem, and noted for his own strict observance of the Jewish law, 
spoke strongly against compelling the Gentiles to keep it. The 
council, led by the Holy Spirit, adopted his opinion, and sent it in 
writing to the Gentile churches. It was received in Antioch with 



66 



Outline Bible Studies : 



interTnediatt 
Grade. 



great joy, and settled the trouble so far as that church was con- 
cerned. It was not, however, the end of the conflict; for, as we 
shall see later, this question continued for some years afterwards to 
make much trouble in the churches. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE ^A^EEK. 
SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PKEI.IMINAIIY QUESTIONS. 

I. How long were Barnabas and Paul absent on the first missionary 
journey? 2. In what two Roman provinces was most of the time spent? 
3. On the accompanying map enter the names and location of the places 
mentioned in connection with this journey, numbering the places i, 2, 
3, etc., in the order in which they are mentioned. 




Map Illustrating Paul's First Missionary Journey. 

4. In which of these places did the apostles work miracles? 5. From 
which were they driven by persecution ? 6. What did most of the Jews 
think that it was necessary for the Gentiles to do in order to become 
Christians (see Note 70)? 7. What is the title of this lesson? its 
topics? its Golden Text? 



^^^Teve7tteen, The History of The Apostolic Church. 6^ 

THE LESSON OUTI.INE, TVITH WKITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. The Occasion of the Council in Jerusalem. Acts 15 : 1-5; Gal. 2 : 1,2a. 
I. What did certain men from Judea teach the church in Antioch? 
(Acts 15 : I.) 



2. By whom was this teaching opposed? (vs. 2^.) 



3. What did the church decide to do about the matter? (vs. 2b, comp. 
Gal. 2:1.) 



4. Through what countries did Barnabas and Paul go on their way to 
Jerusalem, and what did they do on the journey? (vs. 3.) 



5. What did they do when they reached Jerusalem? (vs. 4.) 



TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Debate in the Council. Acts 15: 6-21; Gal. 2 : 2^. 
6. Who gathered together to consider the matter which was to be 
decided? (Acts 15 :6, comp, vss. 12, 22, 23.) 



Note 71. — In these days, when the representatives of two or more churches, min- 
isters and others, are appointed to decide some question, we call the meeting a 
" council " ; in the same way we call this gathering in Jerusalem a council. This 
council included the apostles and elders and "the whole church" in Jerusalem (vss. 
6, 12, 22, 23), together with those who had been sent by the church in Antioch. 

7. What had Paul already done to prepare the minds of the leaders of 
the church in Jerusalem for a just decision of the case? (Gal. 2 : 2^.) 



8. To what event did Peter refer to prove that God was ready to receive 
Gentiles in the same way that he received Jevyg? (Acts 15 ; 7-9, comp. 
Acts, ch. 10.) 



68 Outline Bible Studies : ^ Grade, 

9. What was it that he urged the council not to do? (vs. 10.) 



Note 72. — Peter compared the many laws of the Jewish religion to a heavy 
yoke ^v•hich could hardly be carried. 

10. Tlirough what alone did he say that any one, Jew or Gentile, can be 
saved? (vs. 11.) 



Note 73. — " Grace " here means the love which God of his own accord shows to 
men in providing salvation for them through Jesus Christ. 

II. Abo«t what did Barnabas and Paul tell the council? (vs. 12.) 



12. What did /ames say had been prophesied about the Gentiles? 
(vss. 15-17.) 



13. What did he give as his judgment in the matter? (vs. 19.) 



Note 74. — "Trouble not " the Gentiles means, do not compel them to become 
Jews, and so put them to all the trouble of keeping tlie Jewish ceremonial laws. 

14. From what, nevertheless, did he think the Gentiles ought especially 
to abstain? (vs. 20.) 



Note 75. — " Pollutions of idols" were " things sacrificed to idols" (vs. 29). The 
portions of meat which were left over after an animal had been sacrificed to an idol 
were sometimes sold in the market. The Jews had such a horror of anything con- 
nected with idols, that they thought it very sinful to eat such meat. They were also 
forbidden to taste of blood, or of any animal which had been strangled to death, 
because it contained the blood (Lev. 17 : 13, 14; Deut. 12 : 16, 23). 

15. Why did James think the Gentiles should abstain from these things? 
(vs. 21.) 



Note 76. — Since the Jews were taught every sabbath in their synagogues against 
the things mentioned in Note 75, and were very particular about them, the neglect of 
them by the Gentiles would have been very offensive to the Jews. This advice of 
James was, therefore, for the sake of peace. 



^^^Sevenieen. The History of The Apostolic Church, 6g 

THURSDAY. 
3. The Decision Adopted and Sent Forth. Acts 15 : 22-35; ^^' ^' 3»4>9- 
16. How did the council send its decision to Antioch and elsewhere? 
(Acts 15 : 22, 22,a.) 



17. In the letter which they wrote, how did they speak of those who 
had made trouble in Antioch? (vs. 24, camp. Gal. 2 : 4.) 



18. How did they speak of Barnabas and Paul? (vss. 25, 26.) 



19. By whom was the council led to adopt as its decision the opinion of 
James? ,(vs. 28, camp. vss. 19, 20.) 



20. How was the decision received in Antioch? (vss. 30, 31.) 



FRIDAY. 
4. Paul's Rebuke of Peter at Antioch. Gal. 2 : 11-21. 

Note 77. — For the account of Peter's failure to treat the Gentile believers at 
Antioch in accordance with the spirit of the decision of the council at Jerusalem, and 
for Paul's rebuke of him for this, see Gal. 2 : 11-21. 

21. In rebukino^ Peter, what does Paul declare to be useless, provided 
salvation comes through keeping the law? (Gal. 2: 2\b^ Golden Text.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

22. How did Christ sum up the Old Testament law (Mt. 22:37-40; 
mejHorize)} What did Paul say on this point (Gal. 5:14; Rom. 13: 
10^)? 

23. How did Christ describe the Jewish law as it was taught by the 
scribes and Pharisees (Mt. 23:4; Lu. 11:46)? What did he offer 
instead of this heavy burden (Mt. 11 : 28-30 ;» memorize) ? 

24. From what besides Jewish law does Christ set his people free (Jo. 
8 : 32-36) ? How may we have this freedom? 



70 Outline Bible Studies : ^^ ^Gr^ade^ '' 

Lesson 18. CARRYING THE GOSPEL INTO 

MACEDONIA. The Beginning of the 

Second Missionary Journey. 

Acts 15 136 — 16:40. About A. D. 51. 

Note 78. — Paul's second missionary journey marks the introduction of Chris- 
tianity into Europe. This journey extended over three or four years, which were 
spent partly in Asia Minor, partly in Macedonia, and partly in Achaia or Greece. 
During this time Paul, while at Corinth, wrote the two epistles to the Thessalonians, 
and probably also the epistle to the Galatians. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; 
There was a man of Macedonia standing, beseeching him, and sayings 
Come over into Macedonia, and help us.** (Acts i6 : 9.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 16 : 16-34. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

MoTMnAV /Acts 15 : 36-41. The Separation of Paul and Barnabas. 

* * * \ Acts 16 : 1-5. Paul Revisiting the Churches in Galatia. 

Tuesday /Acts 16: 6-12. From Galatia to Philippi. 

•• 1 Acts 16: 13-15;! 
Wednesday. .Acts 16: 16-24; 
Thursday. If '^'6:25-34; ' 
(.Acts 16: 35-40. J 

Friday Psalms, 46. God Exalted among the Nations. 

Saturday .... Psalms, 59. The Vain Devices of the Wicked. 

Sunday Psalms, 91. Dwelling under God's Protection. 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST PART OF PAUL'S SECOND 
MISSIONARY JOURNEY. 

Soon after Paul and Barnabas returned from the council in Jeru- 
salem, Paul with Silas as a companion started on his second mission- 
ary journey. They traveled by land to Derbe, Lystra, and other 
cities, and then, guided by the Holy Spirit, to Troas on the shore of 
the ^gean sea. At Lystra they were joined by Timothy, and at 
Troas, probably, by Luke, the author of the Acts. At Troas Paul 
had a vision by night — a man of Macedonia beseeching him, and 
saying, Come over and help us. This led to the first preaching of 
the gospel in Europe, for Paul and his companions immediately 
crossed over to Philippi in Macedonia. 

Phihppi was one of the few places that Paul visited where there 
was no Jewish synagogue, but, instead, a place of prayer by a river- 
pjd^, Th?r^ tb? apostles w^nt W th^ §§bbath day, and Lydia, a 



Paul's Work in Philippi. 



'^^Tighteen, ^^^ History of The Apostolic Church, 7/ 

seller of purple, was converted and asked them to abide in her 
house. In Philippi there was a slave girl possessed by an evil spirit. 
It was believed that the strange things that she said were revelations 
from some god, and her masters made much money by allowing the 
people to ask her questions. Paul cast out the evil spirit, and 
because of this miracle the apostles were beaten and cast into 
prison. 

At midnight, as they were praying and singing, with their feet fast 
in the stocks, there was a great earthquake, the prison doors were 
opened, and the prisoners set free. Through this remarkable event, 
the jailer and his household believed and were baptized. The next 
day, Paul and Silas were released and left Philippi. The church at 
Philippi was always especially dear to Paul, and was one of the fore- 
most to send help to him in his sufferings. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIETT AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. From what church were the first missionaries sent outf 2. Describe 
their route, and mention some of the more important incidents of the 
journey. 3. About the time of their return, what trouble arose in the 
church at Antioch? 4. What did the church do about the matter? 5. 
What meeting was held in Jerusalem about it? 6. How was the question 
decided? 7. How was the decision received in Antioch? 8. What is the 
title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THB I.ESSON OUTLINE, WITH ^VRITTEN-ANSTVER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. The Separation of Paul and Barnabas. Acts 15:36-41. 
I . What did Paul suggest to Barnabas soon after their return from Jeru- 
salem to Antioch? (Acts 15 : 36.) 



2. Whom did Barnabas wish to take with them, and why did Paul 
object ? 

vs. 37. 
VS. 38. 



72 



Outline Bible Studies . 



IntemtediaU 
Grade. 




Note 79. — This lesson gives an outline view of the first part of Paul's second 
missionary journey. The route traveled should be traced on the map, and the principal 
events at each place mentioned should be carefully fixed in mind. He probably fol- 
lowed the great overland route of travel through Issos and Tarsus, first visiting the 
churches in Syria and Cilicia, and then those in Galatia ; thence he went northward and 
westward until at last he reached Troas. Here he crossed over to Europe. Compare 
this map with Maps No. 2 and No. 3, so as to understand their relations one to another. 

Territorial names within the Roman Empire were of two kinds : first, political, denot- 
ing Roman provinces, such as Cappadocia, Thrace, etc., which are indicated on* the 
map by ROMAN CAPITALS; secondly, those derived from tribal or other con- 
siderations, denoting indefinite districts, such as Lycaonia, Phrygia, etc., which are 
indicated by ITALIC CAPITALS. But note carefully that Galatia and Asia are used 
in both these senses. Endless confusion has arisen from not properly discriminating 
these classes of names and their uses in the New Testament. 



Lesson 

Eighteen. 



The History of The Apostolic Church. 



73 



Note 80. — We do not know Mark's reason for leaving Barnabas and Paul on 
their first missionary journey, but Paul evidently regarded it as insufficient. Mark 
afterwards became a close companion and friend of Paul (Col. 4:10, 11; 2 Tim. 
4:11). 

3. What did Barnabas then do ? (v. 39.) 



4. Whom did Paul take with him, and through what provinces did they 
first pass.^ (vss. 40, 41.) 



TUESDAY. 
2. Paul Revisiting the Churches in Galatia. Acts 16:1-5. 
5. To what cities in Galatia did Paul first go? (Acts 16 : i^.) 



6. What disciple was added to their party in Lystra? (vss. \b, 3^.) 



7. What decrees did they deliver to the churches on the way? (vs. 4, 
comp* 15 : 28, 29.) 



WEDNESDAY. 
3. From Galatia to Philippi. Acts 16: 6-12. 
8. By what route did the apostles reach Troas? (Acts 16:6-8; see 
Note 8t, also Remark 6 in Appendix.) 



/^ y s / A 



B I T H Y N I A / _ ,^^ 

^ ^ ' ^ All \ J 






f?oEPH£Sl/5 

PduCs Supposed Route -«-»-«- , /' 



plconiuin 



Paul's Pi-obablfe Route - 



••. pR 



Vl^' 



Map showing St. Paul's route in Asia Minor on his second missionary journey. 

Note 81. — It has formerly been supposed that from Antioch of Pisidia Paul made 
a long journey of several hundred miles into Galatia proper, and thence westward 



7^ Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade^ ^ 

toward Troas, as indicated by the broken line on the accompanying map. But later 
investigations make it seem more probable that this is a mistake; and that he went 
northward from Antioch to the border of Bithynia, and then westward (see continuous 
line on map). For a fuller discussion of this subject, see Remark 6, in App. In 
tracing this part of his route, notice particularly the provinces into which the Holy 
Spirit did not permit Paul to enter (see vss. 6-8) . 

9. At Troas how was Paul convinced that God wished him to cross over 
into Macedonia? (vss. 9, 10.) 



Note 82. — From the use of the word " we" in verse 10 and afterwards, it is sup- 
posed that Luke, the writer of the Acts, joined Paul, Silas and Timothy at Troas, and 
journeyed with them for a time. 

10. To what city of Macedonia did he immediately go? (vss. 11, 12; 
see B. D., "Colony.") 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
4. Paul's Work in Philippi. Acts 16: 13-40. 
II. What did the apostles do in Philippi on the sabbath day? (Acts 
16:13.) 



Note 83. — When there was no synagogue in a city the Jews would select as a 
"place of prayer " some spot in the open fields, usually near a stream from which they 
could get water to use in their ceremonies. 

12. Who was Lydia, and how was she affected by PauPs preaching? 
vs. \\a. 



vss. 14^, 15. 

13. Describe the miracle which Paul worked in Philippi. (vss. 16-18; 
see Lesson Talk.) 



14. What did the masters of the girl do when they saw that because of 
this miracle they had lost their opportunity of making money? (vss, 
19-21.) 



15, What was then done with PauJ and SH^s? (vs3. 22-24.) 



^^Ezghteen. The Historx of The Apostolic Church. yj 

Note 84. — The "stocks" consisted of a frame of hea\y timbers Mith holes 
through them, in which the prisoner's iegs or arms, or both, were fastened, so that he 
could not puii them out. To be confined in the stocks was ver}' painful. 

i6. Tell in your own words the wonderful events that occurred during 
PauPs tirst night in prison, (vss. 25-34.) 



17. What message did the magistrates send to Pau] in the morning, 
and what was his reply ? 

vss. 3S^ 3^- 



vs. 37. 

18. What ettect did Paul's words have upon the magistrates, and why? 
(vss. 38, 39.) 



Note 85. — By Roman law it was a crime to inflict blows or any sort of torture on 
a Roman citizen, or to condemn him without a fair trial. 

19. What did Paul and Silas do before leavingi Philippi ? (vs. 40.) 



20. Describe the route of Paul and Silas on this journey up to this time, 
naming in order the places visited. Which of these places had Paul 
visited before? In what part of the world was the gospel now for the rirst 
time preached.^ 



SATURDAY. 
LESSOX TEACHINGS, TTITH OUESTIOXS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

2U How were Paul and his companions directed on this journey (Acts 
16:6, 7)? How may we obtain the guidance of the Holy Spirit in our 
own lives? 

22. How was the call of the heathen world for the gospel represented 
to Paul at Troas (Acts 16:9, 10) ? What is necessary before the heathen 
can know the truth (Rom. 10: 14. 15)? How can we help to save the 
world ? 

23. What two^instances of conversion are mentioned in this lesson? 
How did they ditler? What direction did the apostles give to the jailer 
(Acts 17:31 : ?ne)?iorize) ? What is it to be converted? 



76 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^radf' 

Lesson 19. PREACHING IN THESSALONICA, BERCEA 

AND ATHENS. Paul's Work Continued in 

Macedonia, and Begun in Achaia- 

Acts, ch. 17; I Thes. 2: 1-12. About a.d. 52. 

GOLDEN TEXT : *' For as I passed along, and observed the objects 
of your worship, I found also an altar with this inscription, TO AN 
UNKNOWN GOD. What therefore ye worship in ignorance, this set 
I forth unto you." (Acts 17 123.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 17: 16-34. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 17 : 1-9. A Church Established in Thessalonica. 

rT^,,^„_.,, , T-u ^ , ,^ Paul's Description of his Work in Thessa- 

TuESDAY I Thes. 2:1-12. , . ^ 

lomca. 

-rxT^^^.^^^ , ,. f Acts 17 : lO-i i;. Paul and Silas in Beroea. 

Wednesday. I ^^^^ '^ 16-22^- ) 

THURSDAY - . . . Acts 17 : 22^-34/ I ^^^^ ^^ ^'^"^^- 

Friday Job 12 : i-io. God the Source of All Life. 

Saturday Is. 40 : 12-26. God Superior to Idols. 

Sunday Psalms, 51. Repentance Necessary to Pardon. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL IN MACEDONIA AND ACHAIA. 

' On leaving Philippi the apostles went to the city of Thessalonica, 
about one hundred miles to the southwest. Here Paul preached in 
the synagogue with great success. But some of the Jews became 
jealous of the apostles and stirred up a mob against them, so that 
they were compelled to flee by night. They went to Beroea, where 
the Jews willingly received the word, and many of them and also of 
the Gentiles were converted. But when the Jews of Thessalonica 
heard of it, they came and stirred up a tumult there also. Paul 
therefore left Silas and Timothy in Beroea, and going down to the 
seacoast sailed to Athens. 

Athens was a beautiful city, and the center of Greek learning and 
art. Paul was greatly troubled to see that it was full of idols. He 
taught in the synagogue and in the streets every day, and attracted 
so much attention that at last some of the learned men of Athens 
invited him to speak from the Areopagus, or Mars' Hill. He first 
referred to one of their altars which was dedicated ^^TO AN 
UNKNOWN GOD," and then said that it was this unknown God, 
the Maker of all things, that he wished to make known to them. 
He spoke of God's care for all nations of men, of his nearness to 



^^^^ Nineteen, The History of The Apostolic Church. 77 

each person, of his command to all men to repent, and of the resur- 
rection and the judgment. This bold address had but little effect, 
for the people of Athens were not ready to receive the truth into 
their hearts, and only a very few believed. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PREIilMINAKY QUESTIONS. 

I. Describe briefly the route of the first missionary journey. 2. What 
important event occurred at Jerusalem, shortly after the close of this 
journey? 3. Why did Paul and Barnabas separate, before the second 
missionary journey? 4. Whom did Paul take as a companion? 5. What 
two others afterwards joined them, and where? 6. Describe their route 
from Antioch in Syria to Philippi in Macedonia. 7. What led them to 
cross over from Asia to Europe? 8. Who was the first European 
believer? 9. Why were Paul and Silas arrested? 10. Tell briefly the 
story of the conversion of the Philippian jailer. 11. What is the title of 
this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, TVITH WRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. A Church Established in Thessalonica. Acts 17:1-9. 
Note ^Q» — Continue the tracing, on Map No. 4, of Paul's route on this journey 
from Philippi to Thessalonica, and thence to Beroea and Athens. Draw the route 
carefully from point to point as you study the lesson, and fix in mind the events con- 
nected with each place. 

I. Where did Paul preach in Thessalonica, and with what success? 
(Acts 17: 1-4.) 

vss. 1-3. 



s. 4. 

Note 87. — " Consorted with " means associated with, or joined themselves to. 
2. What did the Jews do to break up this good work? (vss. 5-9.) 



Note 88. — Paul and Silas were staying in Jason's house, and as the mob could 
not find them, they seized him and took from him a pledge that his guests should keep 
the peace. 

TUESDAY. 
2. Paul's Description of his Work in Thessalonica. i Thes. 2: 1-12. 
3. In what spirit did Paul preach at Thessalonica, notwithstanding his 
treatment at Philippi? (i Thes. 2 ; i, 2.) 



■^8 Outline Bible Studies : ^"^radt" 

Note 89. — By his "entering in" Paul means his coming to preach to the 
Thessalonians. 

4. Whom alone did he try to please in his preaching? (vss. 4-6.) 



Note 90. — By a " cloke of covetousness " Paul means a pretense of doing good 
when one is really seeking only his own profit. Paul was not guilty of this. 

5. What spirit did Paul show toward the Thessalonians? (vss. 7, 8, 11.) 



6. What had he done in order that they might not be at any expense 
on his account? (vs. 9, comp, 2 Thes. 3 : 8, 9 ; Acts 18 : 3.) 



WEDNESDAY. 
3. Paul and Silas in Bercea. Acts 17: 10-15. 
7. In what respect did Paul find the Jews in Bercea to be different from 
those in Thessalonica? (Acts 17: 10, 11.) 



8. When the Jews of Thessalonica knew of Paul's success in Beroea, 
what did they do? (vs. 13.) 



9. Whom did Paul leave in Beroea when he fled to Athens? (vss. 
14, 15.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
4. Paul in Athens. Acts 17: 16-34. 
10. While Paul was waiting for Silas and Timothy to come to Athens, 
what especially troubled him? (Acts 17 : 16.) 



11. What did he do because of this? (vs. 17.) 

12. How did some of the philosophers of Athens regard him? (vs. 18.) 



'^^^\■neteen. The History of The Apostolic Church. yg 

13. To what place did they take him, and why? (vss. 19-21 ; see 
B. D., *' Areopagus.") 



14. What did Paul tell them that he had found? (vs. 23, Golden Text.) 



Note 91. — In dedicating an altar " TO AN UNKNOWN GOD," the Athenians 
s-nowed their desire fo remember all the gods which they supposed to be in existence, 
wheiher they knew them or not. 

15. What did he say about the true God? 
vs. 24. 



vs. 25. 

16. How did he rebuke the idolatry of the Athenians? (vs. 29.) 



17. What divine command is given to all men, and why? 
vs. 30^. 

vs. 31. 

18. What was the result of PauPs preaching in Athens? (vs. 32-34.) 



Note 92. — An " Areopagite " was a member of the Greek court called the " Are- 
opagus " (see B. D., " Areopagus "). 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUTc 

19. How did the Beroeans seek to know the truth (Acts 17 : 11) ? Hou 
are the Scriptures elsewhere described by Paul (2 Tim. 3: 15, 16; viem- 
ori'se) ? Why is the Bible worthy of our most careful study? 

20. What did Paul tell the Athenians about God's care for all nations 
(Acts 17:26)? What does the Bible teach about God's care for each 
individual (Mt. 10: 29-31 ; 7ne7nori2e) '^ 

21 . What did Paul tell the Athenians about God's presence (Acts 17 : 27, 
28)? What is said about this in Psalms, 139: 3-10? How ought we 10 
feel because of God's constant presence with u, ^ How ought we to iive'-^ 



80 Outline Bible Studies : ^'"^cZfl"'^" 

Lesson 20. THE FOUNDING OF THE CHURCH IN 

CORINTH, AND THE RETURN TO SYRIA. The 

Continuation and Close of the Second 

Missionary Journey. 

Acts i8: i~22; i Thes., ch. 3; i Cor., ch. 2; 2 Cor. 11 : 1-15. A.D. 52-54. 

GOLDEN TEXT : '' For I determined not to know anything among 
you, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified." (i Cor. 2:2). 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 18: i-ii. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday . . . .Acts 18 : i-i i. Paul's Work in Corinth. 

Tuesday . . . i Thes., ch. 3. Paul Comforted by News from Thessalonica. 

Wednesday, i Cor. 9 : 7-22. Paul's Reasons for Supporting himself. 

Thursday ..2 Cor. 11 : 1-15. Paul Aided by Gifts from Macedonia. 

Friday i Cor., ch. 2. The Manner of Paul's Preaching in Corinth. 

Saturday...! Cor. 3: 1-17. The Foundation of the Corinthian Church Laid 

by Paul. 

Sunday Acts 18 : 12-22. Paul before Gallio. The Return to Syria. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL IN CORINTH. 

From Athens Paul went to Corinth, the largest city of Greece. 
Here he stayed for a year and a half, preaching, and working at his 
trade of tentmaking. Before Paul left Athens, he had sent Timothy 
back to Thessalonica to strengthen the Christians there. When 
Timothy rejoined Paul at Corinth, he brought such good news of 
the faith and love of the Thessalonians that Paul was greatly com- 
forted. Timothy also brought gifts to Paul from the Macedonian 
churches. 

Paul at first preached to the Jews in Corinth, but finding that they 
would not receive the truth, he began to speak to the Gentiles, and 
many of them believed. As he was in the midst of this work the 
Lord spoke to him in a vision by night, telling him not to be afraid, 
but to speak boldly, for he was with him, and no one should harm 
him. 

Near the end of Paul's stay in Corinth, the Jews became more 
violent in their opposition. They brought him before Gallio the 
governor, and charged him with teaching things contrary to the law. 
Gallio saw that Paul had not broken the Roman law, and that the 
Jews meant their own religious laws ; he therefore refused to have 



^^^Tiventy. The History of The Apostolic Church. ^i 

anything to do with the case. In spite of many obstacles Paul suc- 
ceeded in building up a large church in Corinth. While there he 
wrote the two epistles to the Thessalonians, and possibly also the 
epistle to thfe Galatians. 

After Paul had finished his work in Corinth, he crossed the JEgean 
sea' and made a brief stay at Ephesus. From there he sailed to 
Caesarea, and after visiting the church in Jerusalem, returned to 
Antioch. This completed the second missionary journey, which had 
occupied about three years. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PKELIMINAKY QUESTIONS. 

I. Who went with Paul on his second missionary journey? 2. What 
places in Asia Minor did they visit? what cities of Macedonia? 3. Tel 
briefly what occurred at Philippi. 4. Why did they leave Thessalonica 

5. How were the Jews in Beroea different from those in Thessalonica 

6. What fact about Athens did Paul notice when he reached that city 

7. What did he take as his text when he spoke from the Areopagus? 8 
What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH TVRITTEN-A]S SWEK QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 

1. Paul's Work in Corinth. Acts i8:i-ii. • 

2. Paul Comforted by News from Thessalonica. i Thes., ch. 3. 

3. Paul Aided by Gifts from Macedonia. 2 Cor. 11 : 1-15. 

Note 93. — Use Map No. 4, Lesson 18, to continue the tracing of Paul's route on 
this journey from Athens to Corinth, and thence by way of Ephesus, Cassarea, and 
Jerusalem to Antioch in Syria. Draw the route carefully from point to point as you 
study the lesson. Associate the events mentioned with the places where they occurred, 
so as to remember them more easily. 

I. Where did Paul go from Athens, and with whom did he live? 
Acts 18: I. 



Acts 18 : 2, 3. 
2. Who came from Macedonia to Paul at Corinth? (vs. 5.) 



3. What good news did they bring? (i Thes. 3 : 6, 7.) 



82 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Graiit.' '^ 

Note 04. — They also brought Paul gifts from the churches in Macedonia, through 
which he was in part supported while preaching in Corinth (see 2 Cor. 11 :9J. 

4. When the Jews in Corinth would not Hsten to Paul, to whom did he 
jDreach, and where? 

Acts 18 14-6. > 



Acts 18 : 7. 

5. What success did he have? (vs. 8.) 



6. How was he encouraged to continue speaking boldly? (vss. 9, 10.) 



7. How long did Paul stay in Corinth? (vs. 11 ) 



8. What two epistles did he write during this time? (See Lesson Talk.) 



WEDNESDAY. 
4. The Manner of Paul's Preaching in Corinth. 1 Cor., ch. 2. 
9. What was the one subject of Paul's preaching in Corinth? (i Cor. 
2 : 2, Golden Text.) 



10. What does he say of himself? (vs. 3.) 



II. What does he say about his preaching? (vss. i, 4.) 



12. What reason does he give for preaching in this way? (vs. 5.) 



^'''Twenty. The History of The Apostolic Church. 83 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
5. Paul Before Gallic. The Return to Syria. Acts 18:12-22. 
13. How did the Jews try to prevent Paul from preaching? (Acts 18: 
12, 13-) 



14. What success did they have? (vss. 14-17.) 



Note 95. — Gallic the governor would have punished any crime or disturbance, 
but he cared nothing for the Jews' feeling of hatred toward Jesus and the Christians. 

15. For what country did Paul soon afterwards set out, and who went 
with him? (vs. i8<3;.) 



16. What Jewish custom is referred to in this connection? (vs. 18^.) 



Note 96. — It was a Jewish custom for one who had made a vow or pledge to God 
not to cut his hair until the time of the vow was past ; then the head was shaved 
smooth. 

17. At what city did Paul stop on his way to Syria, and what took place 
there? (vss. 19-21.) 



18. Where did he then go? (vs. 22.) 



Note 97. — It is probable that we should understand from this verse that Paul 
"went up " to Jerusalem " and saluted the church " there, and then " went down to 
Antioch." (See Lesson Talk.) 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAIiK ABOUT. 

19. What comforting assurance did Paul receive from the Lord in 
Corinth (Acts 18 : 10)? What similar promise did our Lord make before 
his ascension (Mt. 28: 2Qb\ memorize)^ How should this thought com- 
fort and encourage us ? 

20. Why was Timothy sent from Athens back to the Thessalonians 
(i Thes. 3 : i, 2) ? How are people strengthened in the faith nowadays? 
in what ways can we assist each other to become better Christians? 

21. What did Paul regard as the most important of all subjects (i Cor. 
2:2, Golden Text) ? Why is this so important? 



84 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grude^ ^ 

Lesson 21. ERRORS OF THE THESSALONIANS 

CORRECTED. The Expectation of the Church 

Concerning the Coming Again of Christ. 

Selections from i and 2 Thessalonians. Written from Corinth, a.d. 52 or 53. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "But we would not have you ignorant, brethren, 
concerning them that fall asleep ; that ye sorrow not, even as the rest, 
which have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, 
even so them also that are fallen asleep in Jesus will God bring with 
him." (i Thes. 4: 13, 14.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: i Thes. 4:9-18. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

I Thes., ch. I ; ^ Paul's Thanksgiving on Account of the 



{I Thes., ch. I ; ^ Paul's Thanksgivin 

I Thes. 2 : 13-16. J Thessalonians. 

I Thes. 2 : 1 7-20. His great Desire to 



Monday . . , 

His great Desire to Revisit them. 

Tuesday . i Thes. 4 : 1-12. Warning against Heathen Vices. 

Wednesday . . i Thes. 4 : 13 — 5 : 1 1. The Coming Again of the Lord. 

Thursday i Thes. 5 : 12-28. Sundry Exhortations. 

Friday 2 Thes., ch. i. Further Thanksgiving and Comfort. 

Saturday .... 2 Thes., ch. 2. Errors Concerning the Coming Again of 

the Lord Corrected. 
Sunday 2 Thes., ch. 3. Closing Exhortations and Instructions. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S LETTERS TO THE CHRISTIANS 
IN THESSALONICA. 

We have already seen (Lesson 19) that Paul was obliged to flee 
by night from Thessalonica on account of persecution. Because of 
the opposition of the Jews, most of the members of the church 
there were converts from heathenism. Paul felt very anxious lest 
through persecution, or for want of clear understanding of the truth, 
they should give up their faith in Christ and go back to their old 
lives. He intended to return to them (i Thes. 2 : 17, 18), but 
being unable to do so he sent Timothy, while he himself went 
on to Corinth (Lesson 20). 

Paul was greatly rejoiced by the news which Timothy soon brought 
concerning the steadfastness and love of the Thessalonian Christians. 
Some of them, however, were in great sorrow, for they thought that 
their friends who had died would have no part in the glorious com- 
ing again of Christ. Thqse things led Paul to write them a most 
loving and sympathetic letter. He tells them of his thankfulness to 
God for their faithful Christian lives, and gives them much wise 



TwentyZne. The History of The Apostolic Church. 85 

counsel. He bids them not to sorrow as those who have no hope, 
and assures them that those who have fallen asleep in Jesus shall also 
rise again at his coming and be forever with the Lord. 

Soon after writing this letter Paul learned that his readers received 
from it the impression that the coming again of Christ was very near. 
Some of them were much disturbed about this, and others became 
idle and disorderly. Paul therefore wrote them another letter to 
correct these errors. In it he tells them of some things which must 
take place before the Lord shall come again, and urges them to wait 
patiently and to attend faithfully to their daily duties. These two 
letters, or epistles, written from Corinth, are among the earliest of 
Paul's writings which we have, although whether written before or 
after the epistle to the Galatians is uncertain (see Lesson 22). 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW ANI> PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS, 

I. Describe Paul's route on his second missionary journey, naming the 
places visited, in order, until his arrival in Corinth. 2. Tell briefly the 
more important events which occurred on the way. 3. State briefly the 
principal events of PauPs ministry in Corinth. 4. Describe his route from 
Corinth back to Antioch in Syria. 5. How long was he absent on this 
second missionary journey (see Lesson Talk, Lesson 20) .f* 6. From what 
place did Paul write the two epistles to the Thessalonians ? 7. Why did 
he write the first of these epistles (see Lesson Talk)? the second? 8. 
What is the title of this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTI.INE, TI^ITH TVRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul's Thanksgiving on Account of the Thessalonians. 

I Thes., ch. I; 2: 13-16. 
I . What made Paul especially thankful when he thought of the Chris 
tians in Thessalonica ? (i Thes. i : 2, 3.) 



2. What two things did he say that they had become? 
1:6. 



1:7. 



86 Outline Bible Studies : ' ^ ^Grude? ^ 

Note 98. — " Ensample " means example, or model. The " aflfiiiction " was the 
persecution which they had to endure because they became Christians. 

3. How far had their good influence extended? (i : 8.) 



4. What in particular was reported concerning them? (i 19^, 10.) 



5. For what else does Paul thank God? (i Thes. 2 : 13.) 



6. What trials had these Christians endured? (2 : 14^^.) 



TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Coming Again of the Lord, i Thes. 4: 13 — 5: 11. 
7. On what account were the Thessalonian Christians greatly troubled? 
(See Lesson Talk.) 



8. How did Paul comfort them? (i Thes. 4: 13, 14; memorize,^ 



Note 99. — ** The rest" refers to the heathen, who had no hope that any one 
would Uve again after death. 

9. How did Paul describe the resurrection of the dead and the coming 
again of the Lord? (4: 16, 17.) 



10. What did he say about the time when these things would take place? 
(i Thes. 5! I, 2.) 



Twenty^ne. Tkc History of The Apostolic Church, Sy 

II. What did he tell them to do in view of this fact? (5 : 4-6.) 



12. What is the great privilege of every Christian? (5 : 9, 10.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. Errors Concerning the Coming Again of the Lord Corrected. 

2 Thes., ch. 2. 
13. What mistake did the Thessalonians make about the coming again 
of Christ, and how did it affect them? (2 Thes. 2:1, 2; 3: 11; see 
Lesson Talk.) 



Note 100. — In 2 : 3-5 Paul tells the Thessalonians of some things that must take 
place before the coming again of our Lord. We cannot tell just what these verses 
mean. The Thessalonians probably understood them, since Paul says he had 
explained these things to them before (vs. 5). Evidently he expected that before the 
Lord would come again there would be a great deal of opposition to him and to the 
spread of his kingdom in the world. 

14. For what did he tell his readers that they had been chosen and 
called ? 

2: 13. 
2 : 14. 



15. What did he urge them to do? (2 Thes. 2 : 15.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT, 

16. What did our Lord himself say about the time of his coming again 
(Mk. 13 : 32, 2>3) ? What about its suddenness (Mt. 24 : 37-42) ? 

17. For what purpose will he come (Mt. 16 : 27 ; 25 : 31-33) ? How did 
our Lord describe the results of this coming (Mt. 13 : 40-43) ? 

18. What is to be the greatest event in the future history of the human 
race? How may we be prepared for it? What will it be not to be 
prepared? 

19. Why are Christians called *• sons of light " (i Thes. 5:5)? What 
is our duty as such (Eph. 5:8)? How may we walk in the light (Jo. 
8:12)? 



88 Outliiie Bible Studies : ^^^ Gride! ^ 

Lesson 22. THE CONFLICT CONCERNING THE GEN- 
TILES AND THE JEWISH LAW IN GALATIA. 
Paul's Defense of Christian Liberty. 

Selections from Galatians. Written between a.d. 52 and 54; place uncertain. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "When the fulness of the time came, God sent 
forth his son, born of a woman, born under the law, that he might 
redeem them which were under the law, that we might ^receive the 
adoption of sons/* (Gal. 4 14, 5.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Gal. 3 : 1-14. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

(A brief Analysis of the Epistle to the Galatians.) 
Monday /Gal. i: i-io. Indignant Rebuke of the Galatian Apostasy. 

TUESDAY *.*. ..St/cLT^' } The Proof of Paul's Apostleship. 

Wednesday .. Gal. 3: 1-22; 1 

-n. ^ „ " r^ 1 A. T * , ' r PauPs Defense of Christian Liberty. 
Friday Gal. 4:12 — 5:1; ' ^ 



Saturday .... Gal. 5 : 2-26. 

Sunday Gal., ch. 6. General Exhortations, and Conclusion. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S LETTER TO THE CHURCHES 
OF GALATIA. 

During the latter part of Paul's second missionary journey, or 
perhaps just after his return to Antioch, he received sad news from 
the churches in Galatia. He learned that Jewish teachers had come 
among them who taught that Gentile Christian^ must keep the Jewish 
law in order to be saved. This was contrary both to the preaching 
of Paul and to the decision of the council at Jerusalem (see Lesson 
17). These false teachers also denied that Paul was an apostle. 
Under their bad influence the Galatian churches lost confidence in 
what Paul had taught them. They began to think that they could 
not be saved through faith in Christ alone, but that they must also 
observe the forms and ceremonies of the Jewish law. 

Paul was greatly troubled at these things. He therefore wrote 
these churches a letter, in which he first shows that he was truly an 
apostle having been made one by God himself. He then says that 
no one can be saved by doing the works of the law, because no one 
can keep the law perfectly ; but that all can be saved through faith, 
because Christ died to save them. Living under the law he csjls 



Twf^iy^, The History of The Apostolic Church. 8g 

bondage ; living by faith he calls freedom ; and he entreats his readers 
not to take upon themselves the bondage of the law, but to stand 
fast in the freedom which Christ has given them. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Name in order the places visited by Paul on his second missionary 
|ourney. 2. In which of these places was his work most successful? in 
which least? 3. Why was Paul anxious about the Christians in Thessa- 
lonica? 4. Whom did he send to them, and what news did he bring? 

5. From what place did Paul write the epistles to the Thessalonians ? 

6. Why did he write the first epistle? 7. How did he comfort his readers 
concerning those who had fallen asleep in Jesus? 8. What was the object 
of the second epistle? 9. What news did Paul receive in regard to the 
churches in Galatia (see Lesson Talk) ? 10. What did he do about the 
matter ? 11. What is the title of this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE liESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul's Indignant Rebuke of the Galatian Apostasy. Gal. i : i-io. 
I . Through whom did Paul say that he had received his authority as an 
apostle? (Gal. 1:1.) 



2. What had the Galatians done which caused him great surprise? 

(1:6.) 



3. What did he say of any who should preach a gospel different 
^om that which he preached? (i :8, 9.) 



Note 101. — Paul could say this, because as an inspired apostle he knew that the 
^ospel he preached was the true oije, and that all others were false. 

Note 102. — Summary of Gal. i : 11 — 2: 21. The historical facts presented in 
this part of the epistle have been considered in Lessons 9 and 17. Paul stated them 
in order to show by the very facts of his life, both as a Pharisee and as a Christian, that 
he was not a disciple of the other apostles ; but that he had been made an apostle by 
God himself, and that he was independent of the other apostles and was so recognized 
by them. 

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
2. Paul's Defense of Christian Liberty. Gal. 3 : i — 5 : 26. 

Note 103. — In Gal., ch. 3, Paul explains the difference between "works of the 
law " and faith in God. These " works of the law " were the offerings which the Jews 



go Outline Bible Studies : '"^craH'^*' 

made and the ceremonies they performed in obedience to the laws of the Old Testa- 
ment. '^ Paul taught that men cannot be saved by these things but only because of their 
faith in God. 

4. In opening his argument, how did Paul say that the Galatians had 
begun their Christian life, by works, or by faith .^ (Gal. 3 : 2, 3.) 



5. How did Abraham secure the blessing of God? (3 : 6.) 



Note 104. — God accepted Abraham as righteous and blessed him, not because 
he did certain things, but because he had such regard for God and such perfect confi- 
dence in him that he was willing to do anything that God commanded. 

6. Who are the true sons of Abraham, and so entitled to the blessings 
promised to him and his children? (3 : 7-9.) 



Note 105. — In 3 : 10-23 Paul makes various explanations concerning the nature 
of the Old Testament law, and then goes on to speak of its object. 

7. What did Paul say as to the object of the Old Testament law? 

(3 • 24.) 



Note 106. — "Tutor" (A. V., "schoolmaster") here means a confidential slave 
whose duty it was to train and disciphne a boy for the duties of manhood; Paul says 
that in the same way the law was designed to train and prepare men for salvation by 
faith in Christ. 

8. What has now taken the place of this tutorship of the Old Testament 
law? (3 : 25, 26.) 



9. To what does Paul compare the condition of those who were under 
the law? (Gal. 4: 1-3O 



Note 107. — The contrast here is between the condition of a slave (R. V., "bond- 
servant ") and that of a son. To be under the law was to be m bondage ; to be under 
ihe gospel is to have the freedom of a grown up son in his father's house. 

10. How were they set free from this bondage? (4:4, 5, Golden Text.) 



Twent^iwo, ^^ History of The Apostolic Church. gi 

1 1 . What is the privilege of those who have been redeemed from the 
bondage of the law? (4 : 6, 7 ; memorize,^ 



Note 108. — The word " Abba " means " Father," and when joined with the word 
"feather" makes it very emphatic. The Holy Spirit leads those who have faith in 
Jesus to call most earnestly upon God as their Father. 

12. Having thus shown that men come into the freedom of the " sons 
of God '' through faith and not by the works of the law, what did Paul 
urge the Galatians to do? (Gal. 5:1.) 



13. Against what did he caution them? (5 : 13.) 



Note 109. — An " occasion to the flesh " is anything which excites selfish or wrong 
desires. Christian freedom does not include permission to do wrong ; it relieves us 
from the burden of the law, but not from the obligation to do right. 

14. What is the spirit of the law which is binding upon all? (5 : 14.) 



15. How did Paul tell the Galatians to avoid wrongdoing? (5 : 16.) 



Note 110. — To " walk by the Spirit " is to let one's life be wholly guided by the 
Holy Spirit, who takes away the love of evil and puts into the heart an earnest desire 
to do right. 

16. What is the effect of the Holy Spirit upon the lives of men? (5 : 
22, 23 ; memorize,^ 



SATURDAY. 
i:.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

17. What did Abraham do by which he showed his perfect faith in God 
(Gen. 12 : 1-4 ; Heb. 11:8)? How may we show our faith? 

18. To whom did the Old Testament law point (Rom. 10:4)? What 
is the only way of salvation (Gal. 2:16; Eph. 2:8)? 

19. How are Christians to obey the spirit of the law, while yet free from 
its forms and ceremonies (Gal. 5:14; Mt. 22:37-40; memorize)! Are 
Christians under more or less obligation to do right than the Jews were 
under the Old Testament law? Give reasons for your opinion. 



g2 Outline Bible Studies : intermediate 

Lesson 23. PAUL'S MINISTRY IN EPHESUS. The 
First Part of the Third Missionary Journey. 

Acts i8 : 23—19 : 41. A.D. 54-57- 

GOLDEN TEXT : ** And ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, 
but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded and turned 
away much people, saying that they be no gods, which are made with 
hands." (Acts 19 : 26.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 19 : 8-20. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

r Act* 18: 23. Paul's Last Visit to the Galatian Churches. 

Monday \ Acts 18 : 24-28. Apollos at Ephesus and at Corinth. 

( Acts 19 : 1-7. Disciples of John Rebaptized by Paul. 

Tuesday Acts 19 : 8-22. Two Years of Great Success in Ephesus. 

Wednesday . . . .Acts 19 : 23-41. Demetrius and the Silversmiths. 

Thursday i Cor. 16 : 1-14. A " Great Door " in Ephesus, but " Many 

Adversaries." 

Friday 2 Cor. i : 1-14. Paul's Sore Afflictions in Asia. 

Saturday ...... 2 Cor., ch. 4. The Faithfulness of Paul's Ministry. 

Sunday 2 Cor. 6 : 1-13. Reminiscences of Paul's Sufferings. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL IN EPHESUS. 

At the beginning of Paul's third missionary journey he appears to 
have taken the same route as on his second journey (see Lesson 18), 
and to have revisited once more the Galatian churches estabUshed on 
his first journey (see Lesson 16). He then went to Ephesus, the 
most important city in Asia Minor, where he had made a brief visit 
when returning from his second journey (see Lesson 20). Mean- 
while a learned and eloquent Christian Jew, named Apollos, had 
preached there for a time ; but before Paul's arrival he had crossed 
over to Corinth, where he preached with much power and exerted 
great influence (see Lesson 24). 

For the first three months of Paul's stay in Ephesus he preached 
boldly in the synagogue \ and then, being opposed by the Jews, he with- 
drew to the school of Tyrannus, where he spoke daily for two whole 
years. Here many miracles were wrought by Paul. Some Jewish 
sorcerers who attempted to imitate him were attacked and beaten by 
the demoniac whom they tried to heal. Many believed because of 
these things, confessing their sins. In proof of their sincerity the 
converts publicly burned their books of magic, to the value of over 
^8,000. 



Twenty^hree. The History of The Apostolic Church, gj 

About this time there was a great uproar in the city. The conver- 
sion of so many heathen interfered with the sale of silver shrines of 
Diana. The silversmiths, therefore, led on by Demetrius, stirred up 
the people about the disgrace Paul was bringing upon their great 
goddess, until they filled the whole city with confusion. The people 
seized some of Paul's companions and rushed into the theater, where 
for two hours they shouted ^^ Great is Diana of the Ephesians." But 
Paul was not harmed, and the tumult was at last quieted by the town 
clerk. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

KEVIETV AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Describe briefly Paul's route on his first missionary journey ; on his 
second. 2. How long a time was occupied by each? 3. Why did Paul 
write the first epistle to the Thessalonians ? the second? 4. Why did he 
write the epistle to the Galatians? 5. What did Paul say in this epistle as 
to the object of the Old Testament law? 6. Why is that law no longer 
needed? 7. How alone can we be saved? 8. What is the spirit of the 
whole law which is binding upon all? 9. What is the title of this lesson? 
its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH TV^KITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 

1. Paul's Last Visit to the Galatian Churches. Acts 18:23. 

2. Apollos at Ephesus and at Corinth. Acts 18:24-28. 

I. In beginning his third missionary journey, what route did Paul 
follow? (Acts 18 : 23 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



Note 111. — In studying this lesson, trace, on Map No. 4, page 94, Paul's route by 
land from Antioch in Syria through Galatia, the same as on the second journey (see 
Lesson 18), to Antioch of Pisidia and thence to Ephesus. 

2. Who was Apollos.^ (vs. 24; see B. D.) 



3. What did Priscilla and Aquila do for him? (vss. 25, 26.) 



_ Note 112. — Apollos knew about the work of John the Baptist but had learned but 
little about Christ. He therefore needed additional instruction before he could become 
a successful preacher of the gospel. 



94 



Outline Bible Studies : 



Intermediate 
Grade. 




TUESDAY. 
3, Disciples of John Rebaptized by Paul. Acts 19 : 1-7. 
What did Apollos do when he left Ephesus? (vss. 27, 28.) 



5. What did Paul ask certain disciples whom he found in Ephesus? 
(Acts 19: I, 2(3:.) 



Ttventy'tkree. The History of The Apostolic Church. gj 

Note 113. — The R. V. translation " Did ye receive," etc., is much better than the 
A. v., " Have ye received," etc. Paul's question refers to the special outpouring of the 
Holy Spirit, with the gift of tongues, as received on the day of Pentecost. 

6. What did he find out concerning them ? (vss. 2<^-4.) 



7. What did Paul then do for them, and with what result? (vss. $-7-) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
4. Two Years of Great Success in Ephesus. Acts 19:8-22. 
8. Where did Paul preach for the first three months in Ephesus .f* 
(Acts 19 : 8.) 



9. Where did he afterwards preach, and why? (vs. 9.) 

10. How long did this continue, and with what success? vs. 10.) 

11. What else was Paul especially enabled to do? (vss. 11, 12.) 



12. Tell the story of certain exorcists who tried to imitate Paul. (vss. 

13-16.) 



Note 114. — An "exorcist" was one who pretended to be able to cast out evil 
spirits, or demons, from persons into whom they had entered. 

13. How were the people affected by these things? (vs. 17.) 



14. In what special ways was this manifested? 
vs. 18. 

vss. 19, 20. 

Note 115. — A " piece of silver" was worth about 16 2-3 cents ; the books or rolls 
of parchment which were burned were therefore worth over ^8,000. 



g6 Outline Bible Studies : ""^cZd/!"^' 

15. What further journeys did Paul at this time purpose to make? 
(vs. 21.) 



FRIDAY. 
5. Demetrius and the Silversmiths. Acts 19 : 23-41. 
16. State briefly the complaint that Demetrius made against Paul. 
(Acts 19: 23-27.) 



Note 116. — The " silver shrines " were small silver models of the temple of Diana 
at Ephesus, containing an image of the goddess (see B. D., '* Diana," and " Ephesus"). 
They were bought by pilgrims to take home and worship. 

17. What was the effect of his words? 
vs. 28. 



vs. 29. 

Note 117. — The " theatre" was a vast amphitheater, open to the sky, and capable 
of seating 24,500 persons ; ruins of it are still visible. 

18. How was Paul prevented from going to the theater to speak to the 
people? (vss. 30, 31.) 



19. How long did the uproar in the theater continue? (vs. 34.) 



20. Of what did the town clerk say that the city was in danger because 
of this trouble? (vs. 40.) 



Note 118. — The Romans punished riots and insurrections very severely. As soon 
as the people realized the danger they were in because of their conduct they went 
quietly to their homes. 

SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

21. How does Paul refer to some of his experiences in Ephesus (i Cor. 
15:32; 2 Cor. 1:8-10)? How did he always bear himself in trouble 
(2 Cor. 4:-8-io; 6:4-10)? What noble lesson may we learn from his 
example ? 

22. What was the real reason why Demetrius complained against Paul 
(Acts 19 : 25) ? How does the selfish desire for money hinder people from 
being Christians (Mt. 6 : 24 ; Mk, 10 : 21-25) ? 

23. What did Paul say about the love of money (i Tim. 6:9, 10)? 
What ought we to seek first in this world (Mt. 6: 33 ; inemorize^ ? 



i 



Twenty-four. The History of The Apostolic Church. g'j 

Lesson 24. TROUBLES IN THE CHURCH AT 
CORINTH. Paul's Warnings and Advice. 

Selections from i Cor., chs. i-ii. Written from Ephesus, A.D. 57 or 58. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "I planted, Apollos watered; but God gave the 
increase. So then neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that 
watereth ; but God that giveth the increase." (i Cor. 3 : 6, 7.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : i Cor. i : 10-25. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

1^ r I Cor. I : 1-9. Address, Greeting, and Thanksgiving. 

MONDAY . . j J ^^^^ J . 10-17. The Factions in the Corinthian Church. 

Tuesday .... i Cor. 3 : 4-17. Many Ministers, One Work. 

Wednesday..! Cor. 4: 6-21. Warnings against Self-conceit. 

Thursday ...i Cor. 6: i-ii. Suing One Another in Heathen Courts 

Rebuked. 

Friday i Cor., ch. 8. Concerning Things Sacrificed to Idols. 

q / ^ ^^'^^ ^^ ' I4~22' The Danger of Tampering with Idolatry. 

'" ' \ I Cor. 10 : 23 — II : i. Christian Liberty Controlled by Love. 
Sunday i Cor. 1 1 : 17-34. Concerning Abuses at the Lord's Table. 

LESSON TALK: THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE 
CORINTHIANS. 

Trouble arose in the Corinthian church during Paul's absence. 
Some were greatly attracted by the eloquent preaching of Apollos 
(see Lesson 23), and claimed to be his disciples. Others said that 
they were disciples of Paul, or of Cephas, or of Christ. In this way 
the church was divided into four different parties, and was full of 
jealousy and strife. There were also other serious faults in the 
church. In order to correct these evils Paul wrote the Corinthian 
Christians a letter which has been lost. Afterwards, partly because 
of more bad news from them and partly in answer to some questions 
which they sent him, he wrote them from Ephesus a second letter. 
This is the one that we now call the first epistle to the Corinthians. 

In this letter Paul rebukes them for their party strife and entreats 
them to be of one mind. He had been blamed by some because 
he had preached only the simple gospel. They wanted learned and 
eloquent sermons. He therefore tells them that he had preached 
Christ only, lest they should fail to understand the way of salvation. 
He also reminds them that all ministers work together with God ; 
that whatever success any one has is given by God ; and that to him 
find not to men each must give account. 



g8 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^radt^' 

In answering their question about eating meat offered to idols, 
Paul told them that it was not wrong for Christians to eat such meat, 
but advised them not to do so lest others should be tempted to sin. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What wrong teaching troubled the churches of Galatia? 2. What 
did Paul do to correct this error? 3. How alone can men be saved? 

4. By what route did Paul reach Ephesus on his third missionary journey? 

5. Who was Apollos, and where did he go from Ephesus? 6. What did 
Paul do for some disciples of John the Baptist whom he found in Ephesus? 
7. What success did Paul have here? 8. How did his work affect the 
business of the silversmiths? 9. What resulted from the complaint made 
by Demetrius? 10. Why did Paul write the letter which we call the first 
epistle to the Corinthians (see Lesson Tali<) ? 11. What is the title of 
this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, TTITH AVRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

Note 119. — This lesson is designed merely to indicate the troubles in Corinth, as a 
part of the history of the apostohc church. Since the Scripture material on this 
subject is far too great for study by question and answer, most of it is condensed into 
short notes, which should be carefully read. 

MONDAY. 
1. The Factions in the Corinthian Church, i Cor. i : 10-17. 
I. To what did Paul earnestly beseech the Christians in Corinth? 
(i Cor. 1 : 10.) 



2. What divisions had arisen among them? (vss. 11, 12; see Lesson 
Talk.) 



3. Why did Paul thank God that he had baptized so few in Corinth? 
(vss. 13-15.) 



4. For what purpose did he say that Christ had sent him? (vs. 17.) 



Note 120. — By " wisdom of words" Paul means learned words, and thoughts 
which are hard to understand. His preaching was the simple story of Christ. 



Twenty^our. The History of The Apostolic Church, gg 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. Many Ministers, One Work, i Cor. 3:4-17. 
5. What did Paul say of the work which had been done in Corinth by 
himself, by Apollos, and by God? (i Cor. 3 : 6, 7, Golden Text.) 



6. What foundation had Paul laid for others to build upon? (vs. 10, 11.) 



Note 121. — In calling Christ a "foundation " which he laid, Paul meant that he 
was the first one to preach Christ in Corinth ; others had built on that foundation, that 
is, had gone on preaching Christ. 

7. How would each man's work be tested? (vss. 12, 13 ; inemorize.^ 

8. What did Paul say of the man whose work should stand the test? 
(vs. 14.) 



9. What of him whose work was worthless? (vs. 15.) 



Note 122. — Paul is here speaking of true Christian workers. Even though such a 
man makes so many mistakes that his work for God is worthless, he will yet be saved ; 
because we are saved not by works but by faith (see Lesson 22) . The true and faithful 
worker, however, will have his reward (vs. 14). 

10. To whom did he refer as the temple which had been built on Jesus 
Christ as the foundation? (vs. 16, 17.) 



Note 123. — Summary of 3:18 — 6:20. In this passage Paul continues his 
reproofs of the Corinthians, by first warning them against self-conceit (3 : 18 — 4: 21), 
and then sharply rebuking them for the heathen practices that had crept into the 
church (chs. 5, 6). 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. Concerning Things Sacrificed to Idols, i Cor., ch. 8. 

Note 124. — Among the disputes in the Corinthian church was one concerning 
eating meat offered to idols. It arose from the following facts : Certain portions of 
the animals offered in sacrifice were not burned on the altar, but were taken away and 
sold in the market like any other meat. Some Christians thought that, since an idol 
was only wood or stone, there was no harm in eating such meat. Others thought that 
if they ate it they were in some way joining in the worship of idols. This was a very 
practical question, since much of the meat sold in the Corinthian markets was of this 
kind, and also because it was so commonly eaten that persons refusing it were to a 
large extent cut off from social meals with their friends. 

1 1 . In answering the question of the Corinthians about eating meat 
offered to idols, what did Paul first say about the idols themselves? 
(i Cor. 8:4.) 



lOO Outline Bible Studies. ^""'crait'' 

12 Who alone is God? (vss. S^ 6») 



13. Why then did some think that it was wrong to eat meat that had 
been sacrificed to idols? (vs. 7.). 



Note 125. — Some of the converts still clung to their old heathen belief that idol 
gods were real gods, and therefore felt that in eating this meat they were in some way 
worshiping idols. Paul teaches that it is wrong for such persons to eat this meat, 
because by so doing they violate their conscience. 

14. What did Paul think that such persons might be emboldened to do 
if they saw others eating this meat? (vs. 10.) 



15. What rule then did Paul lay down for himself? (vs. 13.) 



Note 126. — Paul does not say that it would be wrong for him to eat such meat, 
but that for the sake of others he would not eat it. He then proceeds at length 
(9 : I — II : i) to discourage the practice of eating such meat, while at the same time 
defending the right to eat it. This was in accordance with the principle that we ought 
to abstain from doing even innocent things through which others are tempted to sin, 

SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, TVITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT, 

16. What was Christ's earnest prayer for his followers (Jo. 17:11, 
20-23) ^ Why is it so important that Christians should be united together 
in love ? 

17. What rule did Paul give in regard to eating meat offered to idols 
(i Cor. 8 : 13 ; 10 : 31, 32) ? What did our Lord say about causing others 
to stumble (Mt. 18 : 6, 7) ? 

18. What is our duty toward others in regard to doing doubtful things 
(Rom. 14:21; 15:1)? To what questions does this rule apply now? 

19. How did our Lord sacrifice himself for the good of others? How 
did Paul ? What is self-sacrifice ? What ought we to be willing to give 
up for Christ's sake ? 



Twenty%e, 'The History of The Apostolic Church, lOt 

Lesson 25. SPIRITUAL GIFTS IN THE EARLY 

CHURCH, Eagerness for Miraculous Gifts 

Rebuked, and the Value of Love Exalted. 

I Cor., chs. 12-14. Written from Ephesus, A.D. 57. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " If I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, 
but have not love, I am become sounding brass, or a clanging cymbal." 
(i Cor. 13; I.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: i Cor., ch. 13. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday i Cor. 12: i-ii; \ r^, ^. ., ^^.,, 

Tuesday i Cor. 12 : 12-31. | ^^^ Diversity of Gifts. 

Wednesday i Cor., ch. 13. Love Greater than All Gifts. 

Thursday i Cor.14: 1-12; ) ^, ^.^^ r^ , r* .. ^i, 

Friday i Cor. 14 : 13-25 ; \ ^he Gift of Prophecy Better than 

Saturday i Cor. 14 : 26-40. J ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ Tongues. 

Sunday Eph. 4 : 1-16. The Purpose of Gifts. 



LESSON TALK: SPIRITUAL GIFTS IN CORINTH. 

Among the troubles at Corinth were those concerning spiritual 
gifts. There were many such gifts in the early church. Some of 
them were simply natural abilities aided by the Holy Spirit so as to 
be more useful to the church, while others were of a miraculous 
nature. Among the latter was the gift of speaking with tongues, not 
however as at Pentecost. The Corinthians thought this to be the 
greatest of all gifts, and were very anxious to possess and use it. 
This caused much jealousy among them and much confusion in 
their religious meetings, where two or more would try to speak at the 
same time. 

In rebuking them for this Paul mentioned the various gifts, and 
said that they were all from the same Spirit and were all to be used 
for the good of the church. He also said that the church was one 
body ; and that each of its members, the lowest as well as the highest, 
was necessary to it, and therefore that they should not quarrel or 
look down on one another. Love, he said, which all may have, is 
greater than all gifts, and without it all gifts are worthless. 

In closing Paul said that prophecy was the greatest gift. This 
gift was the power of teaching religious truth under the special influ- 
ence of the Holy Spirit. People could understand what the prophet 



102 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade^ ^ 

said, while they could not understand the speaking with tongues 
unless they had an interpreter. Hence the gift of prophecy was 
more useful than the gift of tongues, and therefore more to be 
desired. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PIIEI.IMINAKY QUESTIONS. 

I . What route did Paul take from Antioch in Syria to Ephesus, on his 
third missionary journey? 2. What were the more important events of 
his ministry in Ephesus? 3. Where was the first epistle to the Corinthians 
written? 4. What troubles had arisen in the church at Corinth? 5. 
What did Paul urge upon the Christians there? 6. What foundation had 
he laid for others to build upon? 7. About what practical question did the 
Corinthians ask Paul's advice? 8. What was the substance of his answer? 
9. What trouble had arisen in the church at Corinth concerning spiritual 
gifts (see Lesson Talk) ? 10. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? 
its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WKITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. The Diversity of Gifts, i Cor., ch. 12. 
I . What were the nine different gifts of the Spirit as named by Paul ? 
(i Cor. 12: 8-10.) 

I 6 



9 



Note 128. — Some of the gifts, such as " the word of wisdom," and "the word of 
knowledge," that is, the power to think deeply and to speak learnedly about religious 
truth, were simply natural abilities, aided by the Holy Spirit ; while others, such as the 
"working of miracles," were special powers given by the Spirit (see Lesson Talk). 
" Discernings of spirits " was the power to distinguish between various kinds of utter- 
ances so as to tell which were prompted by the Holy Spirit. 



2. From whom did all these gifts come? (vs. 11.) 



Twenty^ve. The History of The Apostolic Church, 103 

3. In showing how foolish it is for Christians to be jealous and quarrel- 
some about gifts, to what did Paul compare all the members of the church 
taken together? (vss. 12-16.) 



4. How did he illustrate the fact that it is best for the church that all 
Christians should not have the same gifts? (vss. 17-20.) 



5. What, nevertheless, did he say that it is right for each one to desire? 
(vs. 31.) 



WEDNESDAY. 

2. Love Greater than All Gifts, i Cor., ch. 13. 

Note 129. — Throughout this chapter (i Cor., ch. 13) read " love," as in the R. V., 
wherever the A. V. has " charity." For Paul is here speaking of that love which leads 
to all kinds of good deeds, and not of " charity " merely, which in our common use of 
that word means giving to the poor (see Note 130). 

6. In Speaking of that which is better than all gifts, what did Paul say 
of one who can speak with tongues but has not love (A. V., " charity ''; 
see Note 129)? (i Cor. 13 : i. Golden Text.) 



7. What did he say of one who has the gifts of prophecy, knowledge, 
and faith, but has not ^ove? (vs. 2.) 



8. What of one who gives all he has to the poor and even suffers mar- 
tyrdom, without love? (vs. 3.) 



Note 130. — Feeding the poor would have been " charity " in our common use of 
that word, but would not necessarily have been " love " (see Note 129). 

9. What fifteen different quaUties of love did Paul then mention? (vss. 
4-7 ; memorize,) 



5 

6 



104 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade^ ^ 

7 

8 13 

9 14 

10 > IS 
II 

Note 131. — " Vaunteth " means boasteth. " Taketh not account of evil" (A. V., 
"thinketh no evil ") means has no malice, lays up no grudge. " Beiieveth all things" 
means, is not suspicious of others. 

lo. What special reason did Paul give why love is greater than all gifts? 
(vss. 8, 13.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. The Gift of Prophecy Better than the Gift of Tongues, i Cor., ch. 14. 
II. What spiritual gift was especially coveted by the Corinthians ? (See 
Lesson Talk.) 



12. What gift, however, did Paul tell them was most to be desired, and 
why? (i Cor. 14: 1-4.) 



Note 132. — The prophecy here referred to was not the foretelling of future events 
but the speaking of religious truth under the direct intiuence of the Holy Spirit. It 
M'as a kind of preaching, and could be imderstood by all, while speaking with tongues 
could not be understood unless it was interpreted (see Lesson Talk). 

13. By what illustration did he show that the gift of prophecy is better 
than the gift of tongues? (vss. 7-9.) 



14. How did he himself wish always to pray and to sing? (vs. 15.) 



15. What did he say regarding his own power to speak with tongues? 
(vs. 18.) 



16. What, nevertheless, did he prefer to do? (vs. 19.) 



TwentyZix. The History of The Apostolic Church. 1O5 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

17. What did he command the Corinthians regarding their rehgious 
meetings? (vs. 40; see vss. 26-33 ^^^ Lesson Talk.) 

18. What are we taught in this lesson as to the importance of even the 
smallest gifts of the Spirit (i Cor. 12 : 20-22) ? How should we try to use 
our own gifts .^ What may those expect who faithfully use the gifts they 
have (Mt. 25 : 23) ? 

19. What is the difference between **love" and ** charity"? What was 
the new commandment which our Lord gave to his disciples (Jo. 13; 34; 
I Jo. 4: 21)? 

20. What is the source of true Christian love (i Jo. 4: 7-1 1)? How 
should this love be manifested (i Jo. 3:17, 18 ; Mt. 25 : 35-40) ? 

21. How may we show in daily life the different characteristics of love 
as described in r Cor. 13: 4-7? mention particulars. What would be the 
result if this spirit were shown by all ? 



Lesson 26. PAUL'S SECOND TOUR IN GREECE. 

The Collection for the Saints in Jerusalem. 

Acts 20 : 1-6; selections from 2 Corinthians, written on the journey from 
Ephesus to Corinth, a.d. 57. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "For ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, 
that, though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye 
through his poverty might become rich." (2 Cor. 8 : 9.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : 2 Cor., ch. g. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

MONDAY...l2Cor^°2'-\~2-i7-l ^^^^'^ ^^^ond. Tour in Greece, and his 

MONDAY. . I 2 Cor. 2 . I2^^7, 1 Anxieties on the Way. 

Tuesday 2 Cor. i : 3-14; ^ Paul's Reasons for not Making a Previously 

Wednesday .. 2 Cor. i : 15 — 2 : 4. j Intended Visit to Corinth. 

Thursday . . .2 Cor. 8:1-15; 1 

sIturdIy ; .' \ \ 2 Cor. 9 : 6^! ' ^ [ '^^^ Collection for the Saints in Jerusalem. 
Sunday Rom. 15 ; 22-33. J 

LESSON TALK: THE SECOND PART OF PAUL'S THIRD 
MISSIONARY JOURNEY. 

After the riot in Ephesus (see Lesson 23), Paul left that city, 

where he had labored for over two years, and continued his third 

missionary journey. He first went northward to Troas, where he 

expected to meet Titus with news from Corinth. Not finding him 



io6 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^radt^" 

there, Paul became very anxious about the effect of his letter to the 
Corinthians, and crossed over to Macedonia in order to meet Titus 
sooner. Here he was greatly comforted by the good news which 
Titus brought. 

Paul then wrote the letter which we call the second epistle to the 
Corinthians. In this he first told them of his joy that they had truly 
repented of the sins for which he had reproved them in his former 
letter. He then spoke again of the collection that he was making for 
the poor saints in Jerusalem. Many of the Christians there were very 
needy. Aid had formerly been sent them from Antioch (see Lesson 
ii). On his present missionary journey Paul had already collected 
money for them in Galatia and Macedonia, and probably also in Asia. 
In his former letter, he had written to the church at Corinth con- 
cerning this collection, and now made a final appeal for a liberal 
contribution. By these gifts Paul hoped not only to relieve the poor 
in Jerusalem, but to remove the unkind feelings of the Jews toward 
the Gentile Christians. 

While in Macedonia Paul was bitterly opposed by his enemies ; 
but he visited the different churches there, and probably made a 
preaching tour toward the northwest as far as Illyricum (see map). 
He then spent three months in Corinth, during which time he wrote 
the epistle to the Romans. Paul returned through Macedonia to 
Troas, where he was joined by the brethren whom the churches had 
apparently appointed to carry their gifts to Jerusalem. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PKELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Why was the first epistle to the Corinthians written? 2. What 
advice did Paul give about eating meat sacrificed to idols? 3. What 
trouble arose in the Corinthian church regarding spiritual gifts? 4. Men- 
tion some of these gifts. 5. From whom did they all come? 6. What 
did Paul say was the greatest of these gifts, and why? 7. What did he 
say is greater than all gifts? 8. What would be the result if this' spirit 
were everywhere exercised? 9. Why did Paul write the letter called the 
second epistle to the Corinthians (see Lesson Talk) ? 10. What epistle 
was written soon afterwards from Corinth? 11. What is the title of this 
lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 



Lesson 
Twenty-six . 



The History of The Apostolic Church, 



loy 



THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, TTITH WTRITTEN-ANST^^ER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Paul's Second Tour in Greece, and his Anxieties on the Way. 

Acts 20 : 1-6; 2 Cor. 2 : 12-17; 7 : 5-12. 

Note 133. — Though this was Paul's second tour in Greece, it was probably his 
third visit there, as he appears to have made a visit to Corinth, probably from Ephesus, 
between the first tour and this one (see 2 Cor. 13 : i). 




Note 134. — In connection with this lesson trace carefully on Map No. 4, above, 
the route of Paul's third missionary journey from its beginning at Antioch in Syria (see 
Lesson 23), over the same route as the second journey (see Lesson 18) , to Antioch of 
Pisidia, and thence to Ephesus. From Ephesus continue the Hne of the journey, as 
described in this lesson, to Troas throughout Greece and back to Troas again, using 
arrows to indicate the direction traveled. 



lo8 Oictline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade^ ^ 

I. Why did Paul leave Ephesus, and for what province did he set out? 
(Acts 20 : I .) 



2. What troubled him on reaching Troas? (2 Cor. 2:12, 13; see 
Lesson Talk.) 



3. What troubles did he have in Macedonia? (2 Cor. 7:5.) 



Note 135. — By " fightings " he means the bitter opposition of his enemies in the 
churches of Macedonia ; by " fears " he means his anxiety regarding the church at 
Corinth (see Lesson Talk). 

4. In what two ways, nevertheless, was he comforted? 
2 Cor. T\6, 



2 Cor. 7 : 7. 

5. What did he learn from Titus as to the effect of his letter to the 
Corinthians? (2 Cor. 7:9, 10.) 



6. Where did Paul go from Macedonia? (Acts 20: 2, comp, Rom. 15 : 
19 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



7. After spending three months in Corinth, how did he return to Troas, 
and why? (Acts 20 : 3, 6.) 



8. Who met him at Troas? (Acts 20 : 4, 5 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
2. The Collection for the Saints in Jerusalem. 2 Cor., chs. 8, 9. 
9. Why did Paul on his third missionary journey collect money for the 
saints in Jerusalem? (See Lesson Talk.) 



TwgntyZzx. The History of The Apostolic Church, lOQ 

lo. How did the Macedonians aid him in this work? (2 Cor. 8 : 1-4.) 



II. To w^hat did he exhort the Corinthians? (vs. 7.) 



12. For what especial reason did he urge this? (vs. 9, Golden Text.) 



13. Who went to Corinth to receive these gifts? (vss. 16-18, 22.) 



Note 136. — Titus was so interested in this matter that he went to Corinth of his 
own accord. The brother spoken of in verse 18 may have been Luke, the physician, 
the author of the gospel of Luke and of the Acts. The third messenger was probably 
one of the brethren mentioned in Acts 20 : 4. These brethren seem to have been 
appointed by the churches at Paul's request to accompany him and to take charge of 
this money. 

14. What did Paul think would result from this contribution? (2 Cor. 
9:12-14.) 



Note 137. — Probably one of Paul's chief reasons for making this collection was 
to promote good feeling in Jerusalem toward the Gentile Christians (see Lesson Talk) . 

FRIDAY AND SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, TVITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

15. In what respects did the Macedonians set an example to all Chris- 
tians in giving (2 Cor. 8 : 3, 4) ? What kind of giving is pleasing to God 
(2 Cor. 9:7)? What should ^ye remember in this connection (2 Cor. 

9:6)? 

16. What was the Old Testament law of giving (Lev. 27:30-33)? 
What did Christ teach about giving (Alt. 6 : 3,4; Lu. 6 : 38 ; Acts 20 : 35) ? 
What do you think is our duty in this matter as compared with that of the 
Israelites? 

17. What great motive for giving did Paul urge upon the Corinthians 
(2 Cor. 8 : 9, Golden Text) ? How did our Lord become poor for our 
sakes? In what has he made us rich? 

18. What is God's great gift called in 2 Cor. 9:15? What is the best 
gift that we can give him in return (2 Cor. 8:5)? When should we dp 
this? 



no Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZt'!"^' 

19. Suppose there were a church of one hundred members, of whom 
fifty should each give one cent a day : thirty, two cents a day ; fifteen, five 
cents a day ; and five, ten cents a day ; what would be the aggregate of 
their gifts for a year? Figure it out, and fill up the blank spaces in the 
following table : — 

NO. OF EACH GIVE AMOUNT EACH TOTAL FOR 

MEMBERS. DAILY. FOR A YEAR. A YEAR. 

50 ^o.oi fo.65 $182.50 

30 .02 

15 05 

5 10 



Aggregate $ 



Lesson 27. PAUL'S DEFENSE OF HIS APOSTOLIC 

AUTHORITY. Reply to his Jewish Opponents 

in Corinth. 

2 Cor., chs. 10-12. A.D. 57. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And he hath said unto me, My grace is sufficient 
for thee : for my power is made perfect in weakness." (a Cor. 12 : ga.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : 2 Cor. 12 : i-io. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday .... 2 Cor., ch. 10. Paul's Authority Affirmed and Described. 

Tuesday 2 Cor. 11 : 1-20. His Apology for Glorying. 

Wednesday .2 Cor. 11 : 21-33. f^is Glorying in Labors and Perils. 

{2 Cor. 12: i-io. His Glorying in Revelations, Weaknesses 

and Distresses. 
2 Cor. 12 : 11-13. His Equality with the Chiefest Apostles. 

Saturday'.'. 'Sti \ \ '18-2: 10; 1 "j?^^"^l ^l^^L^LI^fl.^'^^^ll^f^l^ ^' 



c..^.,. "Vi* ', ,* M Given in the Epistle to the Galatians. 
Sunday Gal. 2:11-21. J ^ 

LESSON TALK: THE PROOF OF PAUL'S APOSTLESHIP. 

Although the news which Titus brought from Corinth was for the 
most part pleasing to Paul (see Lesson 26), yet there were some 
things that greatly troubled him. He had enemies there who said 
that he was no true apostle, and that therefore his teachings were 
false. The same charge had been made against him in Galatia (see 



Twenty-s^ven. The History of The Apostolic Church. iii 

Lesson 22), because he taught that Gentile Christians need not obey 
the Jewish ceremonial law. The fact that this charge was repeated 
at Corinth leads us to infer that the Judaizers were at work there 
also, and that they said these things in order to break down Paul's 
influence in behalf of Christian liberty. 

In his letter to the Galatians, Paul had defended his apostolic 
authority in a way that seems to have settled the question so far as 
they were concerned. It was plain that in order to keep the Corin- 
thian Christians true to his teachings he must also remove all doubt in 
their minds as to his apostleship. In the letter which he sent them 
immediately after the return of Titus (see Lesson 26), he therefore 
wrote at length on this subject. He did this very unwillingly, 
because it seemed like boasting, but he was driven to do it for the 
sake of the truth. His argument is based on his sufferings and 
labors for Christ, and on the wonderful revelations that he had 
received from God. He thus proved beyond all question that he 
-was a true apostle and in no respect inferior to any of the other 
apostles. This letter probably silenced Paul's enemies on this 
subject, for so far as we know these charges were never afterwards 
made against him. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PREILIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Describe PauFs route on the third missionary journey, as far as 
Ephesus. 2. What epistle did he write from Ephesus? 3. What was 
Paul especially anxious about, after leaving Ephesus? 4. How was he 
greatly comforted in Macedonia.^ 5. What episde did he then write? 
6. What collection did he urge at this time? 7. What good did he hope 
would result from these gifts? 8. What charge did Paul's enemies in 
Corinth make against him (see Lesson Talk) ? 9. Why did they do this? 
10. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTI.INE, WITH WRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul's Authority Affirmed and Described. 2 Cor., ch. 10. 
I. In beginning the defense of his apostolic authority, what weapons 
did Paul say that he used, and what were these weapons able to accom- 
plish? (2 Cor. 10 : 3, 4.) 



TI2 Outline Bible Studies : ^^ ZTade^^^ 

2. For what purpose did he say that his authority had been given him? 
(vs. 8.) 



Note 138. — In vss. 13-16 Paul affirms that the Corinthians are included in his 

field of labor, and then (11:1-20) apologizes in advance for glorying of boasting 
regarding his apostleship, but declares that he is compelled to do it for the good of 
the Corinthians. 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. His Glorying in Labors and Perils. 2 Cor. 11 : 21-33. 
3. In what respects was Paul equal to those who criticized him? (2 
Cor. II : 22.) 



4. How was he superior to them? (vs. 23.) 



5. Make a hst of some of the things that he had suffered for Christ, 
(vss. 24, 25.) 



3 

4 

5 

6. Through what perils had he passed? (vs. 26.) 

1 5 

2 6 



4 8 

7. What other sufferings had he endured? (vs. 27.) 



TwentyTeven. The History of The Apostolic Church, iij 

8. What else greatly troubled him? (vs. 28.) 



9. Tell the story of his escape from Damascus, in the early part of his 
Christian life. (vss. 32, 33 ; see Acts 9 : 23-25, and B. D., " Aretas.") 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 

3. His Glorying in Revelations, Weaknesses and Distresses. 

2 Cor. 12 : i-io. 

4. His Equality with the Chiefest Apostles. 2 Cor. 12: 11-13. 
10. What other reason did Paul have for glorying? (2 Cor. 12 : ib.) 



1 1 . Describe a wonderful experience which had come to him fourteen 
years before, (vss. 2-4, camp. vs. 7.) 



Note 139. — We know nothing of the nature of the glorious visions of heavenly 
and divine things which were thus granted to Paul. Probably he himself could not 
fully understand or explain them. 

12. Why did Paul say that he would not glory in these things? (vs. 6.) 



13. What did he say had been given to him, lest he should become 
proud because of the greatness of these revelations? (vs. 7.) 



Note 140. — It is entirely uncertain what this "' thorn in the flesh " was. It seems 
to have been some bodily affliction which could not be cured {comp. Gal. 4 : 12-15 ; 
6 : 17). Many think it was a disease of the eyes. 

14. How had the JLord comforted him in this trouble? (vss. 8, 9.) 



15. How did Paul feel about all his sufferings, and why? (vs. 10.) 



16. How did he sum up his defense of his apostolic authority? (vs. 

II.) 



Intermediate 
Grade, 



114 Outline Bible Studies : 

17. How had his apostleship been made known in Corinth? (vs. 12.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

18. How many of the experiences of Paul mentioned in 2 Cor. 11 : 
24-27 have been already referred to in these lessons? Give particulars. 
What may we learn from this passage as to PauFs missionary life? 

19. Mention some things which Paul sacrificed for the sake of Christ. 
What is our greatest example of self-sacrifice (2 Cor. 8:9; Phil. 2 : 6-8) ? 
What does Christ ask of his followers, and why (Mt. 10:37, 38; 16: 
24, 25) ? Mention some ways in which we should show the spirit of self- 
sacrifice. 

20. What is meant by ** grace" in 2 Cor. 12:9? What may we learn 
from this experience of Paul? 



Lesson 28. PAUL ANTICIPATING THE CONFLICT 

CONCERNING THE JEWISH LAW IN ROME. 

The Sufficiency of the Gospel Shown. 

Selections from Romans. Written from Corinth, A.D. 58. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " For I am not ashamed of the gospel : for it is 
the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth ; to the Jew 
first, and also to the Greek.'* (Rom. i : 16.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Rom. 8:26-39. 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 



Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 
Thursday . . . 
Friday 

Saturday . . 



f Rom. 1 : 8-17; 1 
LRom. 15:22-33.; 

Rom. 3 ; 9-20. 

1 Rom. 3: 21-31. 

. . .Rom., ch. 5. 
. ..Rom., ch. 6. 
. . .Rom., ch. 7. 



Sunday . 



/ Rom. 8 
\ Rom. 8 
f Rom. 8 
. \ Rom. 8 
i Rom. 8 



i-ii. 
12-17. 

18-25. 
26-30. 
31-39- 



Paul's Long Cherished Desire to Visit 

Rome. 
Salvation Needed by All, for All Have 

Sinned. 
Salvation Provided for All, through Faith 

in Christ. 
This Salvation Gives Peace with God. 
It Frees from the Bondage of Sin. 
It Frees from the Dominion of the Law. 
It Frees from Condemnation and Death. 
It Makes us Sons of God. 
It Fills us with the Hope of Glory. 
It Gives us the Help of the Spirit. 
It Makes us More than Conquerors. 



Twenty-^ighu The Histovy of The Apostolic Church, iij; 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S LETTER TO THE ROMAN 
CHRISTIANS. 

We do not know when or by whom the church in Rome was 
founded. Perhaps travelers from Rome who heard Peter's sermon 
on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2:10) carried the gospel back 
with them. Paul had heard of the faith of this church, and had 
long and earnestly desired to visit them. His missionary journeys, 
starting from Syria, had taken him in the main further and further 
westward, until now he had preached in all the principal cities of Asia 
Minor and Greece. His next journey would naturally be to Rome, 
the capital of the empire. But before going there he felt obliged to 
return to Jerusalem with the gifts of the churches (see Lesson 26). 

Before leaving Corinth on this errand, however, Paul wrote a letter 
to the Christians at Rome, most of whom were probably Gentiles. 
He wished in part to prepare them for his coming. But his special 
purpose was to guard them against the evil influence of those who 
might try to repeat in Rome the same teachings which had already 
made so much trouble in Antioch (see Lesson 17), in Galatia (see 
Lesson 22), and in Corinth (see Lesson 27). 

Paul was determined that none of the Gentiles should be brought 
under the bondage of the Jewish law if he could help it. In this 
letter, therefore, he plainly shows that no one can be saved by keep- 
ing the law, but that salvation is through faith in Christ alone. He 
then describes the new life of those who accept God's way of salva- 
tion. He says that they have peace with God, and the gift of eter- 
nal life. They are also freed from the bondage of sin ; that is, they 
no longer wish to do wrong, but prefer to do God's will. The Holy 
Spirit dwells in them and leads them, and they are true sons of God. 
It is clear that the false teachings of the Judaizers could have little 
influence over those whose minds and hearts were filled with these 
precious truths. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. For what purpose did Paul collect money during his third missionary 
journey? 2. What did he hope would result fi-om this contribution? 3. 
How and why did false teachers in Corinth try to destroy PauPs influence 



Ii6 Outline Bible Studies : ^""'gZH!"^' 

there? 4. How did he prove to the Corinthians that he was truly an 
apostle? 5. What did he say had been given him to keep him from 
becoming proud ? 6. How did the Lord answer his prayer that this trouble 
might be removed? 7. What did Paul say of himself as compared with 
other apostles? 8. Where did he write the epistle to the Romans (see 
Lesson Talk)? 9. What was his chief purpose in writing it? 10. What 
is the title of this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, WITH TVRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul's Long Cherished Desire to Visit Rome. Rom. 1:8-17; 15: 

22-33. 
I. For what had Paul earnestly prayed? ^ (Rom. 1:9, 10.) 



2. Why did he so much desire this? (vs. 11.) 



3. Why did he not go directly from Corinth to Rome? (Rom. 15:25, 
26.) 



4. Where did he plan to go afterwards? (Rom. 15 ; 28, comp, vss. 23, 
24.) 



Note 141. — Whether Paul ever fulfilled his purpose of going to Spain we do not 
know, but there is a tradition that he went there after he was released from his first 
imprisonment in Rome. 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. Freed from Condemnation and Death and Made Sons of God, 
through Faith. Rom. 8: 1-17. 
Note 142. — Analysis of Rom., chs. 1-8. The theme of this part of the 
epistle is: The Gospel of Christ, the Power of God unto Salvation to 
Every One that Believeth (i: 16). Paul opens this great subject by showing 
(1 : 18 — 3:20) that all men. Gentiles and Jews alike, are sinners and cannot therefore 
be saved on the ground of their own merit. He then (3 : 21 — 5 : 21) states God's way of 
pardon for sin through redemption in Christ and justification by faith ; and finally 
(chs. 6-8) he describes the new life of those who accept this way of salvation. This 
lesson includes only the eighth chapter, which contains the conclusion of Paul's argu- 
ment regarding the sufficiency of the gospel. 

5. What is the condition of those who have accepted Christ as their 
Saviour? (Rom. 8: i, 2; memorize.) 



Twenty'^ eight. The Histoij of The Apostolic Chuirh. iiy 

6. How was this freedom from condemnation obtained? (vs. 3.) 



7. What is the difference betw^een one who is a Christian and one who 
is not? (vss. 5-9.) 



Note 143. — B}^ " the flesh " Paul means the sinful desires and habits of our human 
nature; by " the Spirit" he means the better and higher influences that come to us 
firom the Holy Spirit. 

8. What great honor have those who are led by the Spirit? (vss. 14, 
15 ; 7nejnorize?) 

9. How are we assured of this fact? (vss. 16, 17.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. Receiving the Help of the Spirit and Made more than Conquerors, 
through Christ. Rom. 8: 26-39. 
10. In what special way does the Spirit help us? (Rom. 8 : 26.) 



Note 144. — The Spirit himself inspires our prayers, and puts into our hearts the 
deepest longings to love and serve God. 

II. What does God do for those who love him? (vs. 28.) 



12. What should lead us to trust him in all things? (vss. 31, 32.) 



13. With what spirit may we meet all earthly trials? (vss. 35-37.) 



14. Of what was Paul persuaded about the love of God in Christ? (vss. 
38, 39 ; 7nemorize . ) 



ii8 Outline Bible Studies .• ^""^radt^' 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

15. What is it to live in the flesh (Rom. 8: 5^, 7, 8)? What is it to 
live in the Spirit (Rom. 8 : 5<^, 9^) ? How may we enter this better life 
(Rom. 5:1)? 

16. What are some of the characteristics of the new life in Christ 
(Rom. 8: I, 2, comp. Jo. 8: 34-36)? What do we thus become (Rom. 
8: 14; I Jo. 3:1, 2)? How ought we therefore to live (Eph. 4: 1-3; 
S:i)? 

17. What most blessed assurance is given to those who are united to 
God through Christ (Rom. 8 : 38, 39) ? What effect should this thought 
have upon us (Ps., 23 : 4) ? In what may we rejoice (i Cor. 15 : 57) ? 



Lesson 29. PAUL'S RETURN TO JERUSALEM. The 
Close of the Third Missionary Journey. 

Acts 20: 7 — 21 : 16. A.D. 58. 

GOLDEN TEXT : ** I shrank not from declaring unto you anything 
that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house, 
testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith 
toward our Lord Jesus Christ." (Acts 20: 20, 21.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 20:17-38. 
DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

(The Third Missionary Journey.) 

Monday Acts 18 : 23 — 19 : 7. From Antioch in Syria to Ephesus. 

Tuesday Acts 19 : 8-22. Two Years of Great Success in Ephesus. 

Wednesday . .Acts 19 : 23-41. Demetrius and the Silversmiths. 

rp r Acts 20 : 1-6. Paul's Second Tour through Greece. 

* ' \ Acts 20 : 7-12. Paul Again at Troas. 

Frthav / ^^^^ ^^* ^3~^^' From Troas to Miletus. 

FRIDAY ^ ^^^g 20 : 17-24; \ Paul at Miletus. His Farewell to the Ephe- 

Saturday Acts 20 : 25-38. J sian Elders. 

Stindav i ^^^^ ^^ * '~^^- From Miletus to Csesarea. 

" " \ Acts 21 : 8^-16. From Caesarea to Jerusalem. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S JOURNEY FROM TROAS TO 
JERUSALEM. 

On leaving Corinth, where the epistle to the Romans was written 
(see Lesson 28), Paul returned through Macedonia to Troas (see 
Lesson 26). Here he spent a week. The Sunday night before he 
left, he held a service in an upper chamber. While he was preaching, 



Twenty-nine. ^^^ History of The ApostoHc Churck, iig 

a young man named Eutychus fell from^ the window where he sat 
and was killed. Paul restored him to life, and then continued the 
service until daybreak. 

Paul went from Troas to Assos by land; and from there sailed 
southward along the coast of Asia Minor to Miletus. Here he 
landed and sent for the elders of the church in Ephesus. He spoke 
to them very earnestly and lovingly, reminding them of what he 
himself had suffered in Ephesus for the Lord Jesus, and warning 
them to care faithfully for the church which God had • committed to 
them. He then prayed with them, and having bidden them an 
affectionate farewell, sailed away to Syria. 

He landed first at Tyre and spent a week with the Christians there. 
Then he went to Caesarea, where he stayed a short time at the house 
of Philip the evangelist. While there the prophet Agabus foretold 
that the Jews at Jerusalem would bind Paul and deliver him to the 
Gentiles. To this Paul made the noble answer : " I am ready not to 
be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the 
Lord Jesus.'* 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PREI.IMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I . Describe in general Paul's route on his third missionary journey until 
his return from Macedonia to Troas. 2. What three epistles did he 
write while on this journey? 3. Where was the first one written? the 
^second? the third? 4. Why did not Paul at this time go directly from 
Corinth to Rome? 5. What was his special purpose in writing the epistle 
to the Romans? 6. In this epistle what does he show to be God's way of 
salvation for men? 7. Name some of the blessings that are given to 
those who accept Christ (see Daily Scripture Readings, Lesson 28). 8. 
What is the title of this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, TVITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul Again at Troas. Acts 20: 7-12. 
I. Tell the story of the miracle which Paul wrought at the Sunday 
night service in Troas, after his return from Corinth. (Acts 20 : 7-10, 12.) 



2. How long did this service continue ? (vs. 11.) 



120 



Outline Bible Studies . 



intermediate 
Grade, 



Note 145. — In the East, bread is never cut with a knife, but always broken ; hence 
" to break bread " together means to eat together. Here it refers to partaking of the 
Lord's Supper {comp. Acts 2 : 42, 46) . 

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, AND THURSDAY. 

2. From Troas to Miletus. Acts 20: 13-16. 

3. Paul at Miletus. His Farewell to the Ephesian Elders. 

Acts 20: 17-38. 

Note 146. — In studying this lesson, repeat on Map No. 4, below, the tracing of 
Paul's third missionary journey from its beginning in Antioch of Syria until his return 
from Macedonia to Troas, as given in Lessons 23 and 26, and then continue it from 
Troas to Jerusalem, as given in this lesson. 




T-u.'c t^'-m'ne. ^^^^ Historx of TJie Apostolic Church, 121 

3 Describe Paul's journey from Troas to Miletus. (Acts 20:13-15; 
see names of places in B. D.) 



4. Why did he not wish to go to Ephesus? (vs. 16.) 



5. Whom did he send for when he reached Miletus? (vs. 17.) 



6. Of what did he remind them concerning his ministry in Ephesus? 
vss. 18, 19. 

vs. 20. 

vs. 21. 

7. To what did he look I'or^vard, and how did he feel about it? 
vss. 22, 23. 

vs 24. 

8. What did he charge the elders to do? (vs. 28.) 



9. Of what did he warn them? (vss. 29, 30.) 



Note 147. — By " grievous wolves "Paul meant false teachers who would try to 
turn the Ephesians away from Christ. 

10. What example had he set them? (vss. 33-35.) 



1 1 . Tell the story of the parting between Paul and the Ephesian elders. 
(vss. 36-38.) 



122 Outline Bible Studies : ^ Grade!^ 

FRIDAY. 
4. From Miletus to Caesarea. Acts 21 : i-^a. 
* 5. From Caesarea to Jerusalem. Acts 21 : 8(^-16. 

12. Describe PauPs journey from Miletus to Tyre. (Acts 21 : 1-3; see 
Note 146.) 



13. What took place while he v/as in Tyre? (vss. 4-6.) 



14. What was his next stopping-place? (vs. 7.) 



15. At what city did Paul and his companions end their voyage, and at 
whose house did they stay? (vs. 8.) 



16. What prophecy was here made about Paul? (vss. 10, 11.) 



17. What did PauPs friends do because of this? (vs. 12.) 



18. What noble answer did Paul make? (vs. 13; memorize.) 

19. Who accompanied Paul and his party from Caesarea to Jerusalem? 
(vss. 15, 16.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

20. What two great truths had Paul especially emphasized in his preach- 
ing at Ephesus (Acts 20 : 21) ? Why are these two truths so important? 

21. What spirit did Paul show in looking forward to the trials which 
awaited him (Acts 20:24)? What was his great aim in life? What is 
the best aim in life? 

22. How may we follow Paul's example in helping the weak (Acts 20: 
35^) ? To what words of Jesus, not recorded in the gospels, did Paul 
refer in Acts 20 : 35^? Why is it more blessed to give than to receive? 



^"^Tkzriy. The History of The Apostolic Church, 123 

Lesson 30. REVIEW OF PART III : LESSONS 14-29. 

A.D. 44-58 (see Note 4, Abstract of Lessons, Introduction). 

Note 148. — Summary of Events in Part III. i. The First Missionary 
yourney. — Shortly after the persecution of the church in Jerusalem by Herod, the 
church in Antioch began a direct work for the evangelization of the Gentile world by 
sending out Barnabas and Saul. Accompanied by John Mark these two apostles 
went through Cyprus to Paphos, where the proconsul was converted and Elymas 
smitten with blindness. Thence they sailed for Perga. Here John Mark turned back, 
but the others pushed on to Antioch of Pisidia, Iconium, Lystra, and Derbe, ciues of 
Galatia, where churches were planted. From each of these places, except Derbe, 
they were driven away by persecution ; nevertheless they returned over the same route 
and sailed from Attalia for Antioch in Syria. The first journey probably occupied 
about three years (a.D. 45-48), and was followed by home work for two years, during 
which the council in Jerusalem was held. 

2. The Second Missionary Journey, — Paul with Silas revisited the Galatian 
churches. They were then led by the Spirit into Macedonia where churches were 
established at Philippi, Thessalonica, and Beroea. Persecuted from place to place 
Paul went to Athens, where he effected little, and thence to Corinth, where one of the 
more important of his churches was planted. While at Corinth he wrote i and 2 Thessa- . 
lonians. From Corinth he returned to Antioch by way of Ephesiis, Cassarea, and 
Jerusalem, after an absence of about three years (A.D. 51-54). The epistle to the 
Galatians was probably written during the latter part of this period, perhaps at Corinth, 
perhaps after the return to Antioch. 

3. The Third Missionary Journey, — After a short stay in Antioch, Paul visited the 
churches in Galatia a third time, and then went to Ephesus where he spent the greater 
part of the next three years. The result was a flourishing church, and a strong Chris- 
tian influence through all that region. Here he wrote i Corinthians. From Ephesus 
he went to Troas, and then into Macedonia, where he met Titus with news from 
Corinth which led to the writing of 2 Corinthians. After visiting the churches in 
Macedonia, and preaching as far as Illyricum, he came again to Corinth, where he 
wrote the epistle to the Romans. From Corinth he started for Jerusalem with the 
great collection for the poor saints, tarrying on the way with the disciples at Troas, 
Miletus, Tyre, and Csesarea. This journey occupied about five years (a.D. 54-58). 

4. The Confiict Concerning the Relation of the Gentiles to the Jewish Law. — This 
conflict began at Antioch with the question whether the observance of the law was 
necessary to salvation. This was answered in-the negative by the council at Jerusa- 
lem. A year or two later, however, the conflict reappeared in Galatia, where the 
Judaizers not only again affirmed the necessity of obeying the law, at least in respect 
to circumcision, but, in order to counteract Paul's influence, denied his apostleship. 
This occasioned the epistle to the Galatians, in which Paul first defended his independ- 
ent apostolic authority and then proved the freedom of Christians from the bondage 
of the Jewish law. From Paul's elaborate defense of his apostleship in 2 Corin- 
thians, it would appear that the Judaistic controversy also arose in Corinth. About 
the same time he also wrote the epistle to the Romans in order to forestall an 
anticipated renewal of this conflict in Rome. In this epistle he first triumphantly 



124 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Zrade^^' 

vindicated the doctrine of salvation through faith in Christ alone, and then answered 
the question as to the nature of the special privileges of the chosen people. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " In all things I gave you an example, how that 
so labouring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of 
the Lord Jesus, how he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to 
receive." (Acts 20: 35.) 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Note 149. — The Daily Readings in the last lesson, No. 29, covered the third mis- 
sionary journey. The readings in this lesson cover the essential points in the first and 
second journeys, including the decision of the council in Jerusalem. 

(The First Missionary Journey, and the Council in Jerusalem.) 

Monday Acts 13 : 1-12. Barnabas and Saul Sent Forth. 

Tuesday . . . .Acts 13 : 13-52. The Work in Antioch of Pisidia. 

Wednesday. .Acts 14: 1-21. The Work in Iconium, Lysti^ and Derbe. 

Thursday . . .Acts 15 : 1-29. The Council in Jerusalem. 

(The Second Missionary Journey.) 

Friday Acts 16:1 1-40. The Work in Philippi. 

Saturday. . . .Acts, ch. 17. The Work in Thessalonica, Beroea and Athens. 

Sunday Acts 18 : 1-18. The Work in Corinth. 

GOLDEN TEXT RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 

(To be used with this lesson in place of the regular Scripture reading. The numerals with the 
questions refer to the lessons in Part III.) 

XIV. Superintendent ^or Teacher) , When Peter realized that he had 
been delivered from prison, what did he say? 

Sunday-school {or Class). ** And when Peter was come to himself, he 
said. Now I know of a truth, that the Lord hath sent forth his angel and 
delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of 
the people of the Jews." (Acts 12 : 11.) 

XV. How did the Gentiles at Antioch of Pisidia feel when Barnabas 
and Paul said that they should turn from the Jews to them? 

*' And as the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word 
of God." (Acts 13:48^.) 

XVI. What did Paul say to convince the people at Lystra of the good- 
ness of God? 

**He left not himself without witness, in that he did good, and gave 
you from heaven rains and fruitful seasons, filling your hearts with food 
and gladness." (Acts 14: 17.) 

XVII. On what great principle was the decision of the council in Jeru- 
salem really based ? 

*' If righteousness is through the law, then Christ died for nought." 
(Gal. I'.^ib.) 

XVIII. What led Paul to cross over from Troas to Europe? 

**And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; There was a man of 



^^''rhirty, The History of The Apostolic Church, 123 

Macedonia standing, beseeching him, and saying, Come over into Mace- 
donia, and help us." (Acts 16: 9.) 

XIX. What did he take for the text of his address on Mars' Hill? 

*' For as I passed along, and observed the objects of your worship, I 
found also an altar with this inscription, TO an unknown god. What 
therefore ye worship in ignorance, this set I forth unto you." (Acts 
17:23.) 

XX. What was the controlling purpose of his work among the Corin- 
thians ? 

'' For I determined not to know anything among you, save Jesus Christ, 
and him crucified." (i Cor. 2 : 2.) 

XXI. What comforting assurances did he give the Thessalonians, in 
his first epistle ? 

** But we would not have you ignorant, brethren, concerning them that 
fall asleep ; that ye sorrow not, even as the rest, which haVe no hope. 
For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also that 
are fallen asleep in Jesus will God bring with him." (i Thes. 4: 13, 14.) 

XXII. What did he write to the Galatians as to God's purpose in 
sending his Son into the world? 

*' When the fulness of the time came, God sent forth his Son, born of a 
woman, born under the law, that he might redeem them which were under 
the law, that we might receive the adoption of sons." (Gal. 4:4, 5.) 

XXIII. How did Demetrius describe Paul's influence while in Ephesus? 

'* And ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost through- 
out all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, say- 
ing that they be no gods, which are made with hands." (Acts 19 : 26.) 

XXIV. What did Paul write to the Corinthians concerning different 
ministers and their work? 

"I planted, ApoUos watered; but God gave the increase. So then 
neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that watereth ; but God 
that giveth the increase." (i Cor. ^'.6, 7.) 

XXV. What did he say of the gift of tongues as compared with a 
spirit of love? 

*' If I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, but have not love, 
I am become sounding brass, or a clanging cymbal." (i Cor. 13 : i.) 

XXVI. What was the chief reason by which he urged the Corinthians 
to generous giving? 

*' For ye know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that, though he was 
rich, yet for your sakes he became poor, that ye through his poverty might 
become rich." (2 Cor. 8 : 9.) 

XXVII. By what message of God was Paul helped while in trouble? 

*' And he hath said unto me. My grace is sufficient for thee: for my 
power is made perfect in weakness." (2 Cor. 12:9^.) 

XXVIII. What did Paul write to the Romans about his regard for the 
gospel ? 

** For I am not ashamed of the gospel : for it is the power of God unto 



126 



Outline Bible Studies : 



Intermediate 
Grade. 



salvation to every one that believeth ; to the Jew first, and also to the 
Greek." (Rom. i : i6.) 

XXIX. What did he say to the Ephesian elders concerning his fidelity 
at Ephesus '^. 

''I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, 
and teaching you publicly, and from house to house, testifying both to 
Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord 
Jesus Christ." (Acts 20 : 20, 21.) 

XXX. What noble principle underlay the whole of PauPs ministry? 

'* In all things I gave you an example, how that so labouring ye ought 
to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he 
himself said. It is more blessed to give than to receive." (Acts 20: 35.) 

QUESTIONS ON THE FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY. 



r \ CALATIA \ 

\«t / / CAPPADOCIA 

^v^N\\vyV Icoiiium y I 



Issos 




Map No. 3. For Tracing St. Paul's First Missionary Journey. 



i'. Trace on Map No. 3, herewith, the route of Barnabas and Paul on 
the first journey. State briefly the leading events in each place visited. 
How many years did this journey cover? What in general were its results? 

2. What important event occurred between the close of the first journey 
and the beginning of the second? What was the occasion of it? What 
its result ? 



Lesson 



Thi-rty. ^^'^^ Historv of The Apostolic Church, 12^ 

OUESTIOXS OX THE SECOND 3IISSIONAKY JOUKXET. 




Map No. 6. For Tracing St. Paul's Second Missionary Journey. 



3. Trace on ]\Iap No. 6, herewith, Paul's route on the second journey. 
State briefly the leading events at each place visited. How long did this 
journey continue ? What in general were its results ? 

QUESTIONS ox: THE THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY. 

4. Trace on Map No. 7, next page, Paul's route on his third journey. 
State briefly the leading events in each place visited. How many years 
did this journey cover? What w^ere its principal results? 



QUESTIOXS ON THE EPISTLES WRITTEN BY ST. PAUX 
DURING THE SECOND AND THIRD JOURNEYS. 

5. Which two of PauPs epistles were written from Corinth on the 
second journey? Why was the first one written? the second? 

6. What other epistle was written either during this journey, or shortly 
after its close? What w^as the occasion of it? its main purpose? 

7. What epistle was written from Ephesus on the third journey? Why 
was it written? Where w^as Paul when he wrote the second epistle to the 
same church? What did he first speak of in this second letter? To 
what great charity did he then urge the Corinthians? Why and how d.d 
he defend his apostleship? 



128 



Outline Bible Studies : 



Intermediate 
Grade. 



8. What epistle was written from Corinth on the third journey? What 
was PauPs main purpose in writing it? How did he carry out this 
purpose? 




Map No, 7, For Tracing St. Paul's Third Missionary Journey. 



GENERAT. QUESTIONS. 

9. What important question arose at Antioch as soon as a Gentile 
church was formed? Where did the same question arise afterwards? 
For what did the Judaizers contend? For what did Paul contend? 
Which won the victory? What was the result of this victory to the 
Christian church ? 

10. From what did the work of Christ release those who trust in him? 
What do they then become? 

11. State briefly how far Christianity had spread during Part III of this 
history. Through whom principally had this work been done? 

12. What impressions have you received from the study of the lessons 
of this Part about the early Christian churches? What about the apostle 
Peter? about Barnabas? about Paul? about the gospel of Christ? 






/ "? CAPPADOCIA 




MAP NO. 10 



Map No. 10. St. Paul's First Missionary Journey. 





MAP NO.U 



Ranean sea 



Map No. II. St. Paul's Second Missionary Journey. 



[To face p. 128.] 




Map No. 12. St. Paul's Third Missionary Journey. 




Map No. 13. St. Paul's Voyage to Rome. 



[To face p. 129.] 



LBSSONS 

ON 

The History of The Apostolic Church 

IN KIVE PARTS 



INTERMEDIATE GRADE 



PART IV. 

FROM THE CLOSE OF PAUL'S THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY UN- 
TIL HIS DEATH : Paul's Iinprisoninent, and the Beginning: of the Conflict 
with False Philosophy. A.D. 58-68 (see Note 4, Abstract of Lessons, 
Introduction) . 

Note 150.— Characteristics of Part IV. (i) It was the Period of PauVs 
First Imprisonment. — As in Part III, so here, the interest centers around the expe- 
riences and work of Paul. But in contrast with Part III, which was a period of great 
missionary activity and success, Part IV presents a period during most of which Paul 
was in prison. The gospel was preached, indeed, but in bonds. During his first 
imprisonment Paul wrote the epistles to Philemon, to the Colossians, to the Ephesians, 
and to the Philippians. 

(2) // was the Period of the Beginning of the Co7iflict with False Philosophy. — The 
conflict over the relation of the Gentiles to the Jewish law had now practically ended 
with victory for the view defended by Paul. But through the false teachings of the age 
a new danger arose. Beliefs were introduced into the church which threatened the 
very existence of Christianity. The conflict then begun continued for a long time. 
The epistles to the Colossians and to the Ephesians were evidently written for the 
express purpose of guarding Christians against this new danger. 

(3) It was the Period of PauVs Renewed Missionary Work, his Second Impriso7iment, 
his Pastoral Epistles, and his Death. — Of this later portion of Paul's life little is known 
except what may be gathered from hints in the so-called Pastoral epistles, that is, the 
epistles to Timothy and to Titus. Of these epistles, i Timothy and Titus were written 
after Paul's release from his first imprisonment and while he was still at liberty, and 
2 Timothy during his second imprisonment and shortly before his martyrdom under 
Nero. 

129 



130 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZdt^' 

Lesson 31. PAUL MOBBED AND ARRESTED IN 

JERUSALEM. The Failure of his Attempt 

to Conciliate the Jews. 

Acts 21 : 17 — 22: 29. Pentecost, May or June, A.D. 58. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " Bless them that persecute you ; bless, and curse 
not." (Rom. 12: 14.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 21:27-36. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 21 : 17-26. Paul's Attempt to Conciliate the Jews in 

Jerusalem. 

Tuesday Acts 21 : 27-36. Paul Mobbed and Arrested. 

Wednesday.. Acts 21 : 37 — 22: t;; 1 -d u t^ r u r ^i. t^/t i_ 
Thursday . . .Acts 22 : 6-21. ^ } ^^^^ ^ ^^^^"^^ "'^^"'^ *^ M°'^- 

Friday Acts 22 : 22-29. Paul's Appeal to his Roman Citizenship. 

Saturday. . ..Rom. 12: 1-8; \ Self-surrender to God, and our Duties to 

Sunday Rom. 12 : 9-21. / our Fellow Men. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S ARREST IN JERUSALEM. 

On Paul's arrival in Jerusalem he was warmly welcomed by the 
brethren. The apostle James and the elders, however, informed him 
that there was much ill feeling toward him because of the report 
that he taught Jewish Christians not to obey the laws of Moses. 
They therefore advised him to go into the temple and perform cer- 
tain Jewish religious ceremonies in company with four others who 
had a vow. By doing this Paul could show that this report was 
false; and for the sake of peace he consented to it. 

But before the time of the vow was completed and the ceremonies 
ended, Paul's enemies from Asia Minor started the false story that 
he had defiled the temple by taking a Gentile into its inner courts, 
where only Jews were allowed to go. This so enraged the people 
that they seized Paul and would have killed him had he not been 
rescued by a band of Roman soldiers from the Castle Antonia. 

As he was being taken into the castle, the Roman captain per- 
mitted him to speak to the people from the steps. But his words 
only made them more angry, and they cried out that he v/as not fit 
to live. Then the captain, supposing him to be guilty of some great 
crime, commanded him to be scourged. But when Paul said that 
he was a Roman citizen, the captain ordered him to be unbound and 
put into prison to await trial before the Jewish Sanhedrin. 



Thirty-^ne. The History of The Apostolic Church, 131 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What is the title of Part I of this course of lessons? of Part II? of 
Part III? 2. What were the leading characteristics of the history of the 
church during Part I (see Note i, Lesson i) ? during Part II (see Note 28, 
Lesson/)? during Part III (see Note ^i. Lesson 14)? 3. Describe the 
route of Paul's first missionary journey ; of his second. 4. What two 
epistles did Paul write during the second journey? 5. What epistle did 
he write either while on this journey or shortly after its close? 6. 
Describe Paul's route on his third missionary journey. 7. What three 
epistles did he write while on this journey? 8. What is the first charac- 
teristic of Part IV of this course of lessons (see Note 150) ? the second? 
the third? 9. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden 
Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul's Attempt to Conciliate the Jews in Jerusalem. 
Acts 21 : 17-26. 
I. How was Paul received when he reached Jerusalem? (Acts 21 : 17.) 



2. Whom did he meet the next day, and what did he tell them? 
vs. 18. 

vs. 190 

3. What false report about him had been spread among the Jews? 
(vss. 20, 21.) 



4. What did Paul's friends advise him to do in order to aUay the iU 
feeling toward him? (vss. 23, 24.) 



Note 151. — This vow was probably that of a Nazirite (see Num. 6 : 2 fif.), which 
commonly continued for thirty days. At the end of that time the Nazirite had his 
hair cut and made an offering in the temple. It was considered an act of special 
merit for some one else to pay the expense of this offering and to share in the cere- 
mony of purification. By doing this for the four men who had a vow, Paul shared 
their vow, and showed that he was willing to observe the religious laws of the Jews. 
He had not taught that Jews need not obey these laws, but that Gentiles need not. 

5. How did Paul receive this advice? (vs. 26.) 



132 



Outline Bible Studies : 



Intermediate 
Grade. 




GENERAL PLAN OF THE 
TEMPLE. 

lo. Court of the Gentiles, 
into which all were allowed 
to enter. 9. " Chel," or bal- 
ustrade, beyond which none 
but Jews were allowed to go 
on pain of death. 13. En- 
trance to the Castle A.ntonia. 



TUESDAY. 
2. Paul Mobbed and Arrested. Acts 21 : 27-36. 

6. What charo^e was made against Paul by his 
enemies from Asia Minor? (Acts 21 : 27-29.) 



Note 152. — The temple was divided into outer 
courts which were open to all, and inner courts which 
were open to Jews only. By saying that Paul had 
brought "Greeks" into the temple, his enemies meant 
that he had taken Gentiles into the inner courts of the 
temple (see Cut). 

7. What did the people do because of this? 
(vss. 30, 31^;.) 



8. How was Paul rescued? (vss. 3i<^, 32.) 



9. After the chief captain had arrested Paul, what did he wish to know, 
and why could he not find out? 

vs. 33- 



vs. 34- 

Note 153. — The Castle Antonia adjoined the northwest angle of the temple area, 
and was connected with the outer courts of the temple by a flight of steps (13 in Cut). 
In this castle a Roman garrison was stationed so as to suppress at once any disturb- 
ance that might arise in or near the temple. 

ID. How was Paul carried into the castle, and what did the people do? 
vs. 35. 



vs. 36. 

WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
3. Paul's Defense before the Mob. Acts 21 : 37— 22 : 21. 
II. Whom did the chief captain suppose Paul to be? (Acts 21: 
37,38.) 



Note 154. — The " Egyptian " was the leader of a notorious band of robbers who 
had rebelled against the Romans not long before this time. The members of the 



ThirtyZte. The Hlstory of The Apostolic Church, 133 

band were called " Assassins " (A. V., " murderers ") because they had murdered 
many people secretly and treacherously. 

12. As Paul was being taken into the castle, what did the chief captain 
permit him to do? (vss. 39, 40.) 



13. What did Paul say to prove that he had been a zealous Jew? (Acts 
22: 3-5.) 



Note 155. — The facts mentioned in Acts 22 : 4-16 have been considered in connec- 
tion with Lesson 8. 

FRIDAY. 
4. Paul's Appeal to his Roman Citizenship. Acts 22 : 22-29. 
14. What message from the Lord did Paul say that he had received in 
Jerusalem after his conversion? (Acts 22 : 17-21.) 



15. How were the people affected by Paul's words? (Acts 22 : 22, 23.) 



16. What did the chief captain then command, and why? (vs. 24.) 



17. How was he prevented from carrying out his purpose? (vss. 
25-29.) 



Note 156. — It was a great crime to scourge a Roman citizen {comp. Acts 16: 37, 
38}. Whoever did it was liable to be punished with death. 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

18. What false charge did Paul's enemies in Jerusalem first make 
against him (Acts 21 : 21) ? On what teaching of his about the Gentiles 
and the Jewish law was this false charge probably based? 

19. Was it contrary to his teachings about the Gentiles that he as a Jew 
should keep the ceremonial law if he chose? Why was he willing to do 
so in this case? 

20. How had Paul once regarded Christ and Christianity (Acts 22:4; 
26 : 9) ? How did he afterwards feel about what he had done (i Cor. 15: 
9; I Tim. I : 13, 15)? What was he then willing to suffer for Christ's 
sake (2 Cor. 11 : 23-27) ? How do you account for this change? 



134 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZdT^' 

Lesson 32. PAUL'S TRIAL BEFORE THE SANHE- 

DRIN. His Rescue from the Jews and Transfer 

to Caesarea. 

Acts 22 : 30 — 23 : 35. A.D. 58. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And Paul, looking stedfastly on the council, 
said, Brethren, I have lived before God in all good conscience until this 
day." (Acts 23 : i.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 23 : i-ii. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 22 : 30 — 23 : 10. Paul's Trial before the Sanhedrin. 

Tuesday Acts 23: 11-22; V Paul's Rescue from Assassination and 

Wednesday. .Acts 23 : 23-35. J Transfer to Caesarea. 

Note 157. — Paul's attitude toward the Jews, notwithstanding their long-continued 
ill treatment of him, is seen in the following extracts from the epistle to the Romans, 
written from Corinth just before Paul started on the journey which, as he feared before 
he set out, resulted in " bonds and afflictions " (Acts 20 : 23) for him at Jerusalem. 

Thursday .. .Rom. 9; i-i 3. God's Rejection of Israel Violates no 

Promise. 

Friday Rom. 9 : 14-24. It Involves no Unrighteousness in God. 

Saturday . . .Rom, 9 : 25-33. It was Foretold by the Prophets. 

Sunday Rom. 1 1 : 25-36. It is not Absolute and Final. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL DELIVERED FROM THE JEWS. 

The day after Paul's arrest, the chief captain brought him before 
the Sanhedrin for trial. There the Pharisees and Sadducees fell 
into such a quarrel over what Paul said about the resurrection that 
he was in danger of being torn in pieces by them. But the chief 
captain, seeing his peril, sent soldiers who took him out of their 
hands by force and brought him back to the castle. That night 
Paul was encouraged by a vision of the Lord standing by him and 
bidding him be of good cheer, for he should live to witness for him 
at Rome. 

The next morning more than forty Jews bound themselves by an 
oath to neither eat nor drink until they had killed Paul. Their plan 
was to have him brought before the council as if for further trial, and 
then to murder him. But Paul's sister's son heard of this wicked 
plot and brought news of it to Paul and the chief captain. 

The chief captain saw that Paul was no longer safe in Jerusalem ; 
and therefore sent him that night under a strong guard of soldiers 
to Caesarea, to Felix the governor of Judea. He also sent a letter 



Tkirty-7wo. The History of The Apostolic Church, zjj* 

to Felix, stating that he had found nothing in Paul worthy of death 
or imprisonment. Felix received Paul and held him as a prisoner 
to be tried as soon as his accusers should arrive from Jerusalem. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

KEVIETV AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Describe PauPs route on his third missionary journey. 2. At what 
places did he stop on his return from Greece to Jerusalem? 3. What 
occurred at Troas? at Miletus? at C^sarea? 4. On reaching Jerusalem, 
what was Paul advised to do, and why? 5. How did his enemies succeed 
in stirring up the people against him ? 6. How was he rescued from the 
mob? 7. What occurred before he was finally taken into the castle? 8. 
What occurred after he was taken into the castle? 9. What is the title of 
this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, WITH T^^RITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Paul's Trial before the Sanhedrin. Acts 22 : 30 — 23 : 10. 
I. Before whom was Paul brought on the day after his arrest? (Acts 
22:30.) 



2. What did he first say to them? (Acts 23 : i.) 



3. How was he treated by the high priest? (vs. 2.) 



4. What did Paul say to him? (vs. 3.) 



5. What apology did Paul make for this sharp answer? (vss. 4, 5.) 



6. What caused a division in the council? (vss. 6-9.) 



ij6 Outline Bible Studies : 

7. How was PauPs life again saved? (vs. 10.) 



Intermediate 
Grade. 



WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
2. Paul's Rescue from Assassination and Transfer to Caesarea. Acts 

23:11-35- 
8. How was Paul encouraged during the following night? (Acts 23 : 

II.) 



9. What plot was made against him? (vss. 12-15.) 



10. How did the chief captain hear of this plot? (vss. 16-22.) 



\ 



II. What did he do because of it? (vss. 23, 24.) 



12. In his letter to Felix, what opinion did the chief captain give as to 
PauPs guilt? (vss. 28, 29.) 



13. What reason did he give for sending Paul to Felix? (vs. 30.) 







j^tpi^yRi^ 



^V j[fiuSAl£M^ 




14. Describe PauPs journey and his arrival 
in Caesarea. (vss. 31-33, comp. vs. 23.) 



Map to Illustrate Paul's Route 



froim Jerusalem to Caesarea. (vSS. 34> 1>S') 



15. What did Felix decide to do with Paul? 



Thirty-three. The Hisiory of The Apostolic Church. ijy 

SATURDAY. 
liESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

1 6. What spirit did the high priest show in treating Paul as he did 
(Acts 23 : 2) ? What spirit did Paul show in his rebuke of the high priest 
(Acts 23 : 3) ? What in his apology (Acts 23 14, 5) ? 

17. What do you think of Paul as compared with his enemies and 
judges? What made this difference? 

18. What comforting assurance did the Lord give to Paul while he was 
imprisoned at Jerusalem (Acts 23: 11)? What other visions had been 
granted to Paul during his ministry? What are some of God's promises 
to his people (Ps., 34 : 7-9, 22 ; 145 : 8, 9 ; Is. 26 13,4)? 

19. Mention the various ways in which God's special care of Paul was 
shown during this visit to Jerusalem. Mention the various things which 
Paul nevertheless did to secure his own safety. How should we feel, and 
what should we do, in view of the fact that God directs all the events of 
our lives and has promised to protect us ? 



Lesson 33. PAUL'S TRIAL BEFORE FELIX. The 
Two Years of Imprisonment in Caesarea. 

Acts, ch. 24. A.D. 58-60. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And as he reasoned of righteousness, and tem- 
perance, and the judgement to come, Felix was terrified, and answered, 
Go thy way for this time ; and when I have a convenient season, I will 
call thee unto me." (Acts 24 : 25.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 24 : 10-27. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday / ^^^^ ^4 * ^~9* ^^yi\ before Felix. The Accusations. 

) ^""^^ ^4 : 10-16; 1 p^ pg Defense before Felix. 

Tuesday i ^^^^ ^^ * '^-^i- J 

\ Acts 24 : 22-27 . The Decision Deferred by Felix. 

Wednesday Mt. 10 : 16-28. " Before Governors for my Name's Sake." 

Thursday Mt. 10 : 29-42. Losing Life and Finding it. 

Friday Is. 41 : 8-20; \ 

Saturday Is. 43 : 1-13; \ God's Comfort for his Captive People. 

Sunday Is. 52 : 1-12. J 

LESSON TALK: PAUL A PRISONER IN CiESAREA. 

Five days after Paul reached Caesarea, the high priest and some 
of the elders came down from Jerusalem. They employed a lawyer 
named Tertullus to accuse Paul before Felix. Tertullus made three 



Ij8 Outline Bible Studies : ^^^^c^de.^^^ 

charges against Paul : first, that he had stirred up the Jews against 
the Roman government ; secondly, that he was a leader in the sect 
called the Nazarenes ; and thirdly, that he had profaned the temple. 

In answer to these charges, Paul said that he had gone up to 
Jerusalem to worship, and denied that he had made any disturbance. 
He acknowledged that he served the God of his fathers after the 
manner of the sect called the Nazarenes, but declared that in this 
he did no wrong. And lastly, instead of profaning the temple, he 
had gone thither to take part in its ceremonies, and without any 
crowd or tumult. He then boldly challenged the Jews before him 
to say what wrong he had been found guilty of when tried by the 
Sanhedrin. 

Having heard both sides, Fehx put off his decision ; and Paul was 
returned to prison. As Paul afterwards spoke to him of his sins and 
of the judgment to come, Felix was terrified, but refused to yield to 
the truth ; and in hope of a bribe kept Paul a prisoner. Two years 
later Felix was removed from his office as governor ; and in order 
to please the Jews, went away leaving Paul still in chains. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PKELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What two epistles were written by Paul while on his second mission- 
ary journey? 2. Wliat one was written either on that journey or shortly 
after its close ? 3. What three were written on the third journey? 4. What 
led to PauPs arrest in Jerusalem? 5. How did he escape being scourged? 
6. Before whom was he brought for trial on the day after his arrest? 7. 
How did the trial end? 8. What plot was then made against Paul? 9. 
How was it defeated? 10. What did the chief captain say about Paul in 
his letter? 11. What did Felix do with Paul? 12. What is the title of 
this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WKITTEN-ANSTTEK QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Paul before Felix. The Accusations. Acts 24: 1-9. 
I. How long was Paul in Caesarea before his second trial took place, 
and how long was this after his arrival in Jerusalem? 

Acts 24 : 1 . 
Acts 24 : 1 1 . 



Thirty-three. The History of The Apostolic Church, ijg 

2. Who came down to Caesarea to accuse Paul? (vs. i.) 



Note 158. — The " orator " Tertullus was a lawyer, skilled in the formalities of the 
Roman courts, whom Paul's enemies had employed to conduct their case before Felix. 

3. In beginning his address, how did Tertullus try to gain the favor of 
Felix.? (vss. 2, 3.) 



Note 159. — This was but partly true. Felix had done something toward suppress- 
ing the gangs of robbers who infested the country ; but he had been guilty of great 
injustice and of many crimes, and was hated by the Jews (see B. D., " Felix"), 

4. What three charges did Tertullus make against Paul? 
vs. 5^, b, 

vs. 5^. 



vs. 6. 

Note 160. — The passage 63-8 <2 in the A. V., " and would . . . unto thee" (see 
margin of R. V.),not being found in the best MSS., is excluded from the R. V., 
though there are some good reasons to be urged in its favor. 

5. Who confirmed what Tertullus had said? (vs. 9.) 



WEDNESDAY. 
2, Paul's Defense before Felix. Acts 24: 10-21. 
6. How did Paul answer the first of the charges against him? (Acts 
24:11-13.) 



7. How did he answer the second charge? (vss. 14-16.) 



8. How did he answer the third ? (vss. 17, i8«.) 



9. What did he then demand of his enemies? (vss. 20, 21.) 



140 Outline Bible Sttcdies : ^ ^Grade!^^^ 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. The Decision Deferred by Felix. Acts 24 : 22-27. 
10. What did Felix decide to do about Paul's case? (Acts 24: 22.) 



II. What order did he give in regard to Paul? (vs. 23.) 



12. Who was with Felix when he next sent for Paul? (vs. 24.) 



13. What did Paul then talk about, and what effect did his words have 
upon Felix? (vs. 25 ; memorize.) 



14. What did Felix hope that Paul would do in order to get his freedom? 
(vs. 26.) 



15. How long did he keep Paul in prison, and why did he not release 
him at the end of his term of office? (vs. 27.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

16. How did Paul try always to act (Acts 24: 16) ? What is it to have 
" a conscience void of offence "? 

17. What is necessary in order that we may safely follow conscience 
(Jo. 3 : 21) ? What is the result when we act contrary to conscience (Mt. 
13: 15; Is. 59:2)? 

18. How was Felix affected by PauPs preaching (Acts 24 : 25^) ? How 
did he decide the matter (Acts 24 : 25^) ? Why was this not a wise deci- 
sion? 

19. Who are like Felix in this matter? When should we accept Christ 
(2 Cor. 6 : ib) ? Why is it dangerous to delay accepting him? Who may 
come to him and be saved (Rev. 22 : 17 ; memorize^ ? 



Monday . . . . 


.Acts 25 : 1-12. 


Tuesday . . . 


.Acts 25 : 13-27. 


Wednesday . 


.Acts 26: i-ii; 


Thursday . . 


.Acts 26: 12-21; 


Friday 


. Acts 26 : 22-32. 


Saturday . . . 


.Lu. 23: 1-12. 


Sunday 


.Jo. 18: 28-40. 



2. ) 



Tkiriy^four. The Histovy of The Apostolic Church. 14.1 

Lesson 34. PAUL'S TRIAL BEFORE FESTUS, AND 

HIS DEFENSE BEFORE AGRIPPA. The 

Appeal to Caesar. 

Acts, chs. 25, 26. A.d. 60. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "And Agrippa said unto Paul, With but little 
persuasion thou wouldest fain make me a Christian. And Paul said, I 
would to God, that whether with little or with much, not thou only, but 
also all that hear me this day, might become such as I am, except these 
bonds." (Acts 26 : 28, 29.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class. Acts 26 : 19-32. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Paul before Festus. His Appeal to Caesar. 
Paul Brought before Herod Agrippa II. 

Paul's Defense before Agrippa. 

Jesus before Herod Agrippa I. 
Jesus Found Innocent by Pilate. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL BEFORE FESTUS AND AGRIPPA. 

Festus succeeded Felix as Roman governor of Judea. The chief 
priests and others urged him to bring Paul to them at Jerusalem for 
further trial, but he refused. At the invitation of Festus, however, 
they went down to Caesarea and repeated the charges which they 
had already made against Paul, but as before they could not prove 
these things. Festus was perplexed, and desiring to please the Jews 
proposed to Paul that he should go to Jerusalem and there be tried 
before the Jewish Sanhedrin and himself. But Paul, knowing that 
he could expect no justice from the Jews, refused to do this, and in 
accordance with his right as a Roman citizen appealed to Caesar. 

Soon after this Herod Agrippa II, the Jewish king of the territory 
east of the Jordan, came with his sister Bernice to visit Festus. 
When Agrippa learned about Paul he wished to see and hear him. 
The next day therefore Festus and his two royal visitors entered the 
judgment hall of the palace in great state, and Paul was brought 
before them. Here Paul once more repeated the story of his early 
life and of his conversion ; and also told of his mission to the 
Gentile^, because of which the Jews had attempted to kill him. 

While Paul was speaking with great earnestness, Festus interrupted 



142 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grude? ^ 

him, saying that much learning had made him crazy ; Agrippa also 
treated him with scorn ; but both agreed that he was not guilty, and 
that he might have been released if he had not appealed to Caesar. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 
SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PREt.IMINAKY QUESTIONS. 

I. Why was Paul arrested in Jerusalem? 2. Before whom was he tried 
the next day, and what was the result of the trial? 3. Why was Paul 
sent to C^sarea, and how? 4. What three charges were made against 
Paul at his trial before Felix? 5. How did he answer the first? the 
second? the third? 6. What did Felix do about Paul's case? 7. How 
was Felix at one time affected by Paul's preaching? 8. How long did 
Felix keep Paul in prison, and for what reason? 9. Who succeeded Felix 
as governor? 10. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden 
Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, WITH TTRITTEN-ANSTV^ER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul before Festus. His Appeal to Caesar. Acts 25 : 1-12. 
I. What did the Jews of Jerusalem ask of Festus, and why? (Acts 25 : 
I-3-) 



2. How did Festus answer them? (vss. 4, 5.) 



3. Describe Paul's trial before Festus. (vss. 6-8.) 



4. What did Festus then propose to Paul, and why? (vs. 9, comp, vs. 
20.) 



5. What right did Paul exercise as a Roman citizen? (vss. 10-12.) 



Note 161. — A Roman citizen who was on trial before the governor of any 
province, and was not satisfied wi^h the way in which he was tried, had a right to 
demand that his case be heard by the emperor himself at Rome. In most instances 
the governor of the province was obliged to grant this demand. 



Thirty-Jbnr. The History of The Apostolic Church, 14^ 

TUESDAY. 
2. Paul Brought before Herod Agrippa II. Acts 25: 13-27. 
6. Who, soon after this, came to the court of Festus? (Acts 25 : 13 ; 
see B. D. and Note 162.) 



Note 162. — Agrippa being a vassal king, under the Romans, of a large territory 
east of the Jordan, came to pay his respects to Festus as the newly appointed repre- 
sentative of the Roman emperor in Palestine. 

7. State briefly what Festus told Agrippa concerning Paul. (vss. 14- 

21.) 



8. What request did Agrippa make? (vs. 22.) 



9. Describe the scene when Paul was brought before Agrippa. (vs. 23.) 



10. Why did Festus especially desire that Agrippa should examine Paul? 
(vss. 24-27.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
3. Paul's Defense before Agrippa. Acts, ch. 26. 
II. Why was Paul glad to defend himself before Agrippa? (Acts 26: 
I-3-) 



12. What did Paul say about his own early training and belief? (vss. 
4, 50 



13. What about the reason why he was on trial? (vss. 6-80) 



14, How had he formerly treated believers in Jesus? (vss. 9-1 1.) 



j^^ outline Bible Studies : ^ ^Grade!^ ^ 

15. Describe briefly the event through which Paul's life was changed, 
(vss. 12-18.) 



16. What did Paul say of his life since that time? (vss. 19-23.) 



17. What did Festus think about Paul after hearing his defense, and 
what did Paul say in reply? 

vs. 24. 



vs. 25. 

18. What did Paul then ask king Agrippa? (vs. 27.) 



19. What scornful reply did Agrippa make, and how did Paul answer 

him ? 

vs. 28. 



vs. 29. 

Note 163. — The correct translation of vs. 28 is probably given in the R. V. (as in 

the Golden Text) ; the A. V. here conveys a wrong impression. 

20. In what were Festus and Agrippa agreed regarding Paul? (vss. 30- 
32.) 



FRIDAY AND SATURDAY. 
3LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

21. How did Jesus regard Paul's persecution of Christians (Acts 26: 
14) ? What did Christ say about the treatment shown his followers (Mt. 
25 : 34-45) ? How should this truth aifect our conduct? 

22. At the beginning of Paul's Christian life, how did the Lord teach 
him what he should do (Acts 26 : 12-18) ? How did Paul respond to the 
call which he thus received (Acts 26 : 19, 20) ? What example is there in 
this for us ? 

23. What was Paul's best wish for Agrippa and those about him (Acts 
26: 29) ? What did he mean by this? Why was this the best thing that 
he could wish for them? Of all the men mentioned in this lesson, whose 
condition was really the most to be desired, and why? 



Thirty-five. The History of The Apostolic Church, 14^ 

Lesson 35. PAUL'S VOYAGE AND SHIPWRECK. 
His Experiences on the Way to Rome. 

Acts 27 : I — 28 : 15. From the Autumn of A.D. 60 to the Spring of A.D. 61. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "Fear not, Paul; thou must stand before Caesar: 
and lo, God hath granted thee all them that sail with thee." (Acts 
27:24.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Acts 27:27-44. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 27 : 1-8; \ 

Tuesday x\cts 27 : 9-20; l The Voyage and the Storm. 

Wednesday { 1? 2^7-1 1 

Thursday .Acts 27 \ aJ-S- I "^^^ S^pwreck. 

-p ( Acts 28 : i-io. Paul at Melita. 

^ ^ 1 Acts 28 : 1 1-15. From Melita to Rome. 

Saturday Jonah, ch. i. A Rebellious Prophet in a Storm. 

Sunday Jonah, ch. 2. The Prophet's Prayer in Distress. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S JOURNEY FROM Ci^SAREA TO 

ROME. 

Soon after Paul's appearance before Agrippa, he and other pris- 
oners at Caesarea were put in charge of a Roman centurion named 
Juhus to be taken to Rome. Luke also went with them, and his 
account of the journey is that of an eye-witness. The company 
first embarked in a ship bound for the coast of Asia Minor. After 
touching at Sidon they went around the eastern end of the island of 
Cyprus, and came to Myra, a seaport in Lycia (see map). There 
they changed for another ship which was going to Italy. Owing to 
hard winds w^hich blew from the northwest, the ship could not sail 
directly west to Italy, but was compelled to go southward, around the 
eastern end of the island of Crete, and to put into the port of Fair 
Havens. Paul advised them to spend the winter there, as it was 
already October and the sea was dangerous ; but his advice was not 
taken, and the ship again put to sea to gain a safe harbor near by. 

Soon a violent storm arose which lasted fourteen days. The ship 
was driven along at the mercy of the winds. Cables were passed 
around the hull to keep the timbers from separating. The cargo 
and even part of the rigging were thrown overboard, so as to lighten 
the ship. After a few days the passengers and crew lost all hope of 



J 46 Outline Bible Studies : • Grade. 

being saved. But Paul encouraged them by telling of a vision in 
which God had promised that no one on the ship should be lost. 

P'inally on the morning of the fifteenth day, land was discovered 
and the vessel was run aground. Then all on board, some by swim- 
ming, and some by floating on planks and parts of the vessel, escaped 
safe to land. They found themselves on the island of Melita, or 
Malta, and were very kindly treated by the people living there. 
After three months they set sail again in another ship and landed 
at Puteoli, in Italy. From there they walked one hundred and 
thirty-five miles to Rome. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 
SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 
REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. • 

I. What Part of the history of the Apostolic Church as given in this 
course of lessons are we now studying? 2. How in general does it differ 
from Part I? from Part II? from Part III? 3. What was the result of 
PauPs first trial after his arrest in Jerusalem? of his second? of his third? 
4. Before whom did he afterwards speak at this time? 5. What did 
Agrippa say of Paul's case? 6. What is the title of this lesson? its 
topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. The Voyage and the Storm. Acts 27 : 1-26. 

Note 164. — Trace carefully on Map No. 13, in Introduction, the route of Paul's 
journey, finding each place as you come to it in the lesson. 

I. Who had charge of Paul on his journey to Rome? (Acts 27 : i.) 



2. What privilege did he give to Paul at Sidon? (vs. 3.) 



3. Describe the course of the ship to its next landing-place, (vss. 4, 5.) 



4. Why did the ship in which they embarked at Myra go southward to 
Crete? (vss. 6-8; see Lesson Talk.) 



\ 



Thirty-five. The History of The Apostolic Chicrch, i^y 

5. What advice did Paul give at Fair Havens? (vss. 9, 10.) 



Note 165. — The Fast here referred to took place each year on the great day of 
atonement, which occurred about the first of October, a time when navigation in that 
part of the Mediterranean is especially dangerous. The sailors of Paul's time w ere 
poorly prepared to contend with storms, and were accustomed to keep their ships in 
harbor during the winter. 

6. Why was this advice not taken? (vss. 11-13.) 



7. Describe the storm v^hich arose, and the efforts of the sailors to save 
the ship. (vss. 14-20.) 



Note 166. — " Euraquilo," (vs. 14. A. V., " Euroclydon ") was the name given to a 
great northeast storm, well known in the Mediterranean Sea. The " boat " spoken of 
in verse 16 had been towed by the ship; it was now taken up out of the water. 
"Under-girding the ship" (vs. 17) means passing cables around the ship to hold it 
together. " Lowered the gear" (vs. 17) is more accurate than " strake sail " as in the 
A. V. It probably means that they lowered the heavy yard which held up the main- 
sail, in order to furl this sail. The word translated " tackling " (vs. 19) meant perhaps 
the furniture, beds, chests, etc. ; but more probably it denoted a part of the rigging, 
perhaps the heavy mainyard itself. 

8. How did Paul encourage those in the ship? (vss. 21, 22.) 



9. What reason had he for saying this? (vss. 23-26.) 



WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
2. The Shipwreck. Acts 27 : 27-44. 
10. What did the sailors find out on the fourteenth night after the storm 
began, and what did they do? (Acts 27 : 27-29.) 



II. What cowardly thing did they afterwards attempt to do, and how 
were they prevented ? (vss. 30-32.) 



12. What did Paul induce those in the ship to do, and with what effect? 
(vss. ^Z-Z^') 



148 



Outline Bible Studies : 



Intermediate 
Grade. 



C/?££NWICH 




35*55 //.I AT.. 



ffAUTlCAL lOR CEOCRAPHICAU MILES 



_1_ 



^ -^^ — IP* As 



MAP N0.9 



Map to Illustrate the Shipwreck of St. Paul. 

Note 167. — The Shipwreck at Melita. The accompanying map shows 
that part of the coast of Malta where the shipwreck of Paul doubtless occurred. The 
bay is still known as St. Paul's Bay. On the map, notice (i) the direction of the Eura- 
quilo, east-northeast. (2) That a vessel " lying to " in a heavy storm, close hauled to 
the wind (which in the case of ancient vessels would be about seven points off), would 
head north by east. (3) That imder such conditions the drift would be west by north 
at an average rate of a mile and a half an hour, or 36 miles in 24 hours ; a vessel, 
therefore, having run out from under the lee of Clauda, would pass Koura Point in 13 
days and 8 hours, or during " the fourteenth night." (4) That at A, the sound of 
breakers on Koura Point would be distinctly heard, which warned the sailors that 
they were nearing land (Acts 27 : 27). (5) That just beyond Koura Point the sound- 
ings are as given in Luke's narrative (vs. 28). (6) That from the place where the 
ship was anchored at B, the narrow channel between Salmonetta Island and the 
mainland would appear like " a certain bay" (vs. 39). (7) That when the anchors 
had been cast off and the ship beached in the tenacious mud at C, the bow would be 
held fast, but the stern would speedily be broken up by the waves sweeping through the 
channel, which was now found to be, not a " bay," but " a place where two seas met " 
(vs. 41). 

13. How many persons were in the ship? (vs. 37.) 



14. What took place when it was day? (vss. 39-41.) 



15. What did the soldiers want to do with the prisoners, and how were 
they prevented? 

vs. 42. 



vs. 43^. 



Thirty-five. The History of The Apostolic Church. 14Q 

Note 168. — Roman soldiers were held responsible for the prisoners that were put 
into their care. If a prisoner escaped, the soldier who had charge of him was liable 
to be put to death {coinp. Acts 12 : 19). 

16. How did those in the ship finally get ashore? (vss. 43^, 44.) 



FRIDAY. 

3. Paul at Melita. Acts 28 : i-io. 

4. From Melita to Rome. Acts 28:11-15. 

17. On what island were Paul and his companions cast, and how were 
they treated by the people there ? 

Acts 28: I. 



Acts 28 : 2, 10. 

18. Tell the story of Paul and the viper, (vss. 3-6.) 

19. What did Paul do for the people of Melita? (vss. 7-9.) 



20. By what route did he go from Melita to Puteoli, in Italy? (vss. 
11-13.) 



21. Describe the journey from Puteoli to Rome. (vss. 14, 15; see also 
Lesson Talk.) 



SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

22. What was God's promise to Paul about the ship's company (Acts 
27 : 23-26) ? What did the sailors attempt to do which would have 
prevented the fulfillment of this promise (vss. 30, 31)? What did the 
soldiers propose to do which also would have prevented it (vs. 42) ? 

23. Whom did God use to prevent the sailors from carrying out their 
plan (vss. 31, 32)? Whom did he use to prevent the soldiers from car- 
rying out their plans (vs. 43^) ? Through what means was God's promise 
finally fulfilled (vs. 43^, 44) ? 

24. What may we learn from these facts as to God's hand in all that 
occurs ? What as to our own part in the fulfillment of God's promises to 
US? 



ISO Outline Bible Studies : '""''gZH^'' 

Lesson 36, PAUL A PRISONER IN ROME. The 
Word of God not Bound. 

Acts 28: 16-31; Philemon. A.D. 61-63. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " And he abode two whole years in his own hired 
dwelling, and received all that went in unto him, preaching the kingdom 
of God, and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with 
all boldness, none forbidding him." (Acts 28 : 30, 31.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Acts 28 : 16-31. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 28 : 16-22. Paul's First Interview with the Jews in 

Rome. 

Tuesday Acts 28 : 23-31. Paul Preaching in Prison. 

Wednesday .. Isaiah, ch. 6. Isaiah's Prophecy Quoted by Paul. 

Thursday. .. .Philemon, vss. 1-14; 1 t., -r, . ^t . -ni., 
TT^x^*,. -ni,-! ^ I > The Epistle to Philemon. 

Friday Philemon, vss. 15-25. J ^ 

SATURDAY....Eph. 6: 1-9. Paul's Exhortations to Slaves and their 

Masters. 

Sunday Col. 4 : 7-18. Paul's Companions in Rome. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL IN ROME. 

After Paul reached Rome he was not put in prison, but was per- 
mitted to hire a house of his own, in which he lived for two years. 
During this time he was allowed to receive all who came to him, but 
was always guarded by a Roman soldier to whom he was chained. 
As his guard was changed every few hours, he was enabled in time 
to preach the gospel to a very large number of soldiers. One of 
the first things that Paul did in Rome was to call to him the chief 
Jews there and to try to persuade them to believe in Christ. But, 
as the Jews had done in so many other cities, they rejected him ; 
and so Paul turned again to the Gentiles. 

At that time there were many slaves in all parts of the Roman 
empire. While Paul was a prisoner, perhaps at Caesarea, but more 
probably at Rome, he became acquainted with a runaway slave 
named Onesimus. He belonged to a man named Philemon, who 
had been converted under Paul's ministry in Asia Minor, and who 
lived in Colosse. Under Paul's influence, Onesimus also became a 
Christian. Paul loved him as his own son ; and Onesimus returned 
this interest and love by making himself very useful to Paul in his 
imprisonment. 



Thirty-lix. Th^ History of The Apostolic Church, iji 

But Paul felt that it was not right for him to keep Onesimus without 
his master's consent. He therefore sent him back to Philemon with 
a letter, now called the epistle to Philemon, telling him of the change 
which had taken place in Onesimus, and asking that he be received 
even as Paul himself. We cannot doubt that Paul's purpose in 
writing this letter was accomplished, and that Philemon ever after- 
wards regarded Onesimus as a beloved Christian brother. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PKEI.I3IIXARY QUESTIONS. 

I . State briefly the principal events in the life of Paul from his boyhood 
until his first missionary journey. 2. The principal events in his life from 
his first missionary journey until his arrest in Jerusalem. 3. The principal 
events from his arrest until he set sail for Rome. 4. Describe briefly the 
voyage and shipwreck. 5. What occurred at MeUta during Paul's stay 
there? 6. Describe the journey from ]\Ielita to Rome. 7. Why did Paul 
write the epistle to Philemon (see Lesson Talk) ? 8. What is the title 
of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WKITTEN-ANSTVEK QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Paul's First Interview with the Jews in Rome. Acts 28: 16-22. 
I . Wliat privilege was granted Paul on reaching Rome, and how was 
he guarded? (Acts 28 : 16 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



2. Whom did he call together, and why? (vss. 17-20.) 



3. What did they request of him? (vs. 22.) 



TUESDAY. 
2. Paul Preaching in* Prison. Acts 28 : 23-31. 
4. How did Paul respond to this request? (Acts 28 : 23.) 



5. Row were the Jews afl"ected by Paul's testimony concerning Jesus 
as the Messiah? (vs. 24.) 



I 



1^2 Outline Bible Studies : '^ GraW^ ^ 

6. State briefly what else Paul said to them. (vss. 25-28.) • 



7. Where and how did he spend the next two years? (vss. 30, 31, 
Golden Text.) 

WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
3. The Epistle to Philemon. 

8. For what did Paul always thank God.^ (vss. 4, 5.) 



9. What was his prayer for Philemon? (vs. 6.) 



10. How did he introduce his request regarding Onesimus? (vss. 8, 9.) 



II. What did he call Onesimus, and why? (vs. 10; see Lesson Talk.) 



12. How did Onesimus show that his heart had been changed? 
(vs. II.) 



13. What did Paul then do with Onesimus, and why? 
vs. 12. 

vss. 13, 14. 

14. What did Paul suggest as God% purpose in permitting Onesimus to 
runaway? (vss. 15, 16.) 



15. What request did Paul make for Onesimus? (vs. 17.) 



Thirty-^ix, Th^ History of The Apostolic Church, /j^ 

i6. What did Paul offer to do for him? (vss. i8, I9<2.) 

17. What, however, did Philemon owe to Paul? (vs. 19^.) 

18. Of what did Paul feel sure? (vs. 21.) 



19. What further request did Paul make of Philemon, and why? 
(vs. 22.) 



Note 169. — This request indicates that Paul was then expecting soon to be at 
liberty again. 

20. Who were with Paul in Rome at this time? (vss. 23, 24, camp. 
•Col. 4: 10-14.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

21. What reason did Paul give to the Jews why he was a prisoner (Acts 
28 : 20^) ? What did he mean by this ? How is our Lord elsewhere 
spoken of (Lu. 2 : 32, 38 ; Col. i : 27) ? What hopes are now centered in 
him? 

22. Why was it that the Jews in Rome were unwilling to accept the 
truth about Jesus? What effect did this unwillingness have on their 
hearts (Acts 28 : 26, 27^) ? What would have been the result if they had 
been willing to believe what Paul told them (vs. 27^) ? What may we 
learn from this about ourselves? 

23. What spirit did Paul show toward Onesimus? What toward Phile- 
mon? In what sense are all Christians brethren? How ought they to 
treat one another? 



154 Outline Bible Studies : ^""''S^ait^' 

Lesson 37. ERRORS IN THE COLOSSIAN CHURCH. 

The Supremacy of Christ Endangered by 
False Philosophy. 

Selections from Colossians. Written during Paul's Imprisonment, either at 
Caesarea or at Rome, between A.D. 58 and 63. 

GOLDEN TEXT: " In him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead 
bodily, and in him ye are made full, who is the head of all principality 
and power." (Col. 2 : 9, 10.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Col. i : 1-20. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday / ^^^' ^ ' ^~^' ^^^ Introduction to the Epistle. 
\ Col. I : 9-14. Paul's Prayer for the Colossians. 

f Col. 1 : 1 5-23. The Supremacy and Sole Mediatorship 

Tuesday -j of Christ. 

( Col. 1 : 24-29. Paul's Sufferings for the Church. 

Wednesday Col. 2:1-12: 1 tut - • .. -c? i -dt,-! t, 

Thursday Col. 2 : 13-23. | Warmngs agamst False Philosophy. 

Friday Col. 3 : 1-17. Living a Heavenly Life on Earth. 

Saturday Col. 3 : 18 — 4 : 6. Various Exhortations. 

Sunday Col. 4 : 7-18. The Conclusion of the Epistle. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S LETTER TO THE COLOSSIANS. 

Colosse and Laodicea were situated in the province of Asia, from 
one hundred to one hundred and twenty miles east of Ephesus (see 
Map No. 14). Paul doubtless passed through these cities on his 
third missionary journey, but we do not know that he ever preached 
in either of them. The churches in these places were probably 
established by some of his converts from Ephesus, and were very 
dear to him. 

While Paul was a prisoner, probably at Rome, news reached him 
from these churches which made him very anxious. Certain false 
teachers had come among them, who taught that Christ was not the 
complete and perfect Saviour that they had believed him to be, and 
that in order to be saved they must perform certain rites and keep 
certain rules, some of which were Jewish and some heathen. 

Paul saw that great evils would result from such teachings. He 
therefore wrote a letter to the churches to guard them against this 
new danger. This letter we call the epistle to the Colossians. In 
it Paul gives a magnificent description of the divine power and glory 
of Christ, showing that he is the One through whom all things, 



Thirty-Eleven. The History of The Apostolic Church, t§^ 

visible and invisible, were made ; that in him dwells all the fulness 
of the Godhead bodily, and that he is the only and all-sufficient 
Saviour of the world. No one therefore needs or can have any way 
of salvation except that which comes through him alone. 

Paul sent this letter to Colosse by Tychicus, who seems to have 
gone to Asia Minor with Onesimus when he carriea the letter to 
Philemon (see Lesson 36). 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PKELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What led to the arrest of Paul in Jerusalem? 2. Before whom was 
he tried in Jerusalem? in Cassarea? 3. Why was he taken as a prisoner 
to Rome? 4. Describe briefly the voyage and shipwreck. 5. What was 
the result of Paul's preaching to the Jews in Rome? 6. Describe his life 
in Rome for two years after his arrival. 7. Tell the story of Onesimus. 
8. Why did Paul write to the churches in Colosse and Laodicea (see 
Lesson Talk) ? 9. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden 
Text? 

THE LESSON OUTI.INE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to Colossians. Scattered References. 
I . What church does Paul mention in this epistle in connection with 
that at Colosse? (Col. 2:1; 4 : 13.) 



2. By whom was Paul's letter sent to the Colossians? (4 : 7-9.) 



3. What was to be done with the letter after it had been read at Colosse? 
(4:16.) 



Note 171. — " The epistle from Laodicea," referred to in 4 : 16, probably means the 
one which we now call the epistle to the Ephesians. This letter seems to have been 
intended to be sent from church to church, and thus would reach Colosse from Ephesus 
by way of Laodicea (see Lesson 38) . 

TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Supremacy and Sole Mediatorship of Christ. Col. i : 15-23. 
Note 172. — Certain false teachers who had come to Colosse had been trying to 
make the Christians there give up their belief in Christ as their divine Saviour (see 



1^6 Outline Bible Studies : ^ ^cTade^ ^ 

Lesson Talk). Paul tries therefore, in this passage, to show how great and powerful 
Christ is, and thus to strengthen the faith of the Colossians in him so much that they 
would not be led away by this false teaching. 

4. In seeking to guard the Colossians against the false teachings, how 
does Paul first describe Christ.^ (Col. 1:15.) 



5. What does he say about Christ as the Creator? (i : 16, 17; 

memorize,^ 



6. What about Christ's relation to the church? (l : 18.) 



7. How much of the wisdom, power, and glory of God does Christ 
possess? (i : 19, comp, 2 : 3, 9.) 



8. What had Christ done for the Colossians? (i : 21, 22.) 



9. On what did their complete salvation depend? (i : 23.) 



THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 

3. Warnings- against False Philosophy. Col., ch. 2. 

Note 173. — In this passage Paul especially warns his readers against the errors 
of the false teachers, urging them to hold fast to Christ and not to allow any one to 
make them perform rites or obey rules which were not a part of Christ's teaching. 

10. What was Paul's earnest desire for the Christians in Colosse and 
Laodicea? (Col. 2:1-3.) 



1 1 . What did he urge them to do ? (2 : 6, 7.) 



Thi'rty-elght. Thc History of The Apostolic Church. 757 

12. Against what did he earnestly warn them ? (2:8.) 



Note 174. — To make " spoil of you " (A. V., to " spoil you "}, etc., means to carry 
you away as captives by false teachings. 

13. In concluding this part of his argument, of what did Paul again 
remind his readers about Christ? (2:13, comp. Eph. 2:4, 5.) 



Note 175.— In verses 14-23 Paul shows (i) that Christ's death freed men from the 
Old Testament ceremonial law, some portions of which the false teachers said that 
they ought to obey. He then (2) refers to various other rites and forms of worship 
which the false teachers said that Christians ought to observe, but which he said were 
not necessary, because salvation through Christ is complete without them. 

SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

14. What is Christ's relation to God as described in Col. i: 15? in 
Heb. 1:3^? What does Christ possess (Col. i: 19; 2:9, 10, Golden 
Text) ? What did he claim for himself (Jo. 10 : 30) ? 

15. What is Christ said to have done in Col. i : 16? in Jo. 1:3? 
What has been given to Christ (Mt. 28 : 18) ? How then should we 
regard Christ? 

16. On what should true Christians set their minds (Col. 3:2)? What 
should we put away (3 : 8, (^d) ? Why (3 : 9<^, 10) ? 

17. What should we put on, that is, take into our hearts and lives (3 : 
12-14) ? What should rule in our hearts (3:15)? What should dwell in 
us (3:16)? In whose name should we do all things (3 : 17) ? 

18. State in your own words what we are taught in this lesson about 
Christ? What about the way of salvation? 



Lesson 38. JEWS AND GENTILES MADE ONE IN 
CHRIST. Paul's Defense of the Unity of 
the Church- 
Selections from Ephesians. Written during Paul's Imprisonment, either at 
Caesarea or at Rome, between a.d. 58 and 63. 

GOLDEN TEXT: ** Through him we both have our access in one 
Spirit unto the Father." (Eph. 2 : 18.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: Eph. 2: 11-22. 



158 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Tadt^' 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Eph., ch. i. God's Eternal Purpose in Christ. 

r Eph. 2 : i-io. The Gentiles Made Partakers of God'» 

Tuesday -j • Grace in Christ. 

( Eph. 2 : 1 1-22. Jews and Gentiles United in Christ. 

Wednesday Eph., ch. 3. The Preaching of this Unity Committed 

to Paul. 

Thursday Eph. 4 : 1-24; "] 

Friday Eph. 4 : 25 — 5 : 14; I Practical Exhortations Based on the 

Saturday Eph. 5 : 15-33; | Foregoing Truths. 

Sunday . Eph., ch. 6. J 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S LETTER TO THE EPHESIANS. 

With Paul's letter to the Colossians (see Lesson 37), Tychicus 
also carried another, which we now call the epistle to the Ephesians. 
It was a circular letter, that is, one designed partly for the church at 
Ephesus, and partly for other churches in Asia Minor to which it was 
to be sent (see Note 171, Lesson 37). It was addressed especially 
to Gentiles ; and was intended to strengthen their faith by showing 
that from the beginning of the world God purposed to provide sal- 
vation through Christ for them as well as for the Jews, and that in 
the church they were in every respect equal with the Jews. 

In beginning this epistle Paul blesses God for having chosen Chris- 
tians to a holy life. He then speaks of God's eternal purpose to 
make Christ the center and ruler of all things ; and of how this 
purpose was accomplished by the resurrection of Chirist and his 
ascension to the right hand of God in heaven, where he reigns 
supreme over the universe. 

Paul also reminds his readers that they were once dead in tres- 
passes and sins ; but that God in his great love had given them 
spiritual life in Christ, and had saved them by his grace. As 
heathen Gentiles they were without hope and without God in the 
world ; but through Christ they had been brought near to the Father, 
and had become fellow-citizens with the saints and members of the 
household of God. / 

Paul's mission as an apostle was to make known the great truth 
that Gentiles as well as Jews are heirs of God's promises, and to 
preach to Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ. In the latter 
part of the epistle he exhorts his readers to live as true Christians. 



Tktty^.eFghi. The History of The Apostolic Church, ijg 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PREI.IMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Tell briefly how Paul came to be a prisoner in Rome. 2. Why did 
he write the epistle to Philemon? 3. To what two churches was the 
epistle to the Colossians sent? 4. Why was it written? 5. What is 
taught in it about Christ? 6. What about the way of salvation? 7. 
Against what does it warn its readers? 8. Why did Paul write the epistle 
to the Ephesians (see Lesson Talk) ? 9. What is the title of this lesson? 
its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE LESSON OUTIilNE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to Ephesians. Scattered References. 
I. To what churches was the epistle to the Ephesians written? (Eph 
I : I ; see Lesson Talk.) 



2. To what class of readers was it especially addressed? (Eph. 2:11; 
3:1; 4:170 



3. By whom was it sent? (Eph. 6: 21, 22.) 



4. What was Paul's situation when he wrote it? (Eph. 3:1; 6 : 20.) 



TUESDAY. 
2. God*s Eternal Purpose in Christ. Eph., ch. i. 
5. For what has God chosen us as Christians? (Eph. i ; 3, 4.) 



6. What has he freely given us through the Behoved? (vss. 6, 7.) 



7. What was God's eternal purpose concerning Christ? (vss. 9, 10, 
comp. Col. I : 18-20.) 



i6o Outline Bible Studies : '""^Gradt" 

Note 176. — "To sum up (A. V., to "gather together in one") all things in 
Christ," means to make Christ the center of the universe and the ruler of all things, 
— to put all things into his power. 

8. How has this purpose been fulfilled? (vss. 20-23, comp. Acts 2: 

32, 33-) 



WEDNESDAY. 
3. The Gentiles Made Partakers of God's Grace in Christ. Eph. 2:1-10. 
9. How did Paul describe the former condition of the Gentiles to whom 
he wrote? (Eph. 2:1, 2.) 



Note 177.— To be " dead " through trespasses and sins is to be "given over to 
death," or to be under condemnation to death, on account of sin (see Col. 2: 13; 
Rom. 6:23^5). This condemnation is removed and we are "quickened," or made 
alive, that is, saved, through Christ. 

10. What has God done for us, and why? (vss. 4-7 ; memorize.) 



THURSDAY. 
4. Jews and Gentiles United in Christ. Eph. 2 1 1 1-22. 
II. In what relation to Christ had PauPs Gentile readers once been? 
(Eph. 2:11, 12.) 



12. How had their condition been changed? (vs. 13.) 



13. What had these Gentiles therefore become, and with whom were 
they united? (vs. 19.) 



FRIDAY. 
5. The Preaching of this Unity Committed to Paul. Eph., ch. 3. 
14. What was the mystery of which Paul had been made a minister? 
(Eph. 3:3, 6, 7.) 



15. What was he to do about it? (vss. 8, 9.) 



Thiriy!r^7ie. The History of The Apostolic Church. i6i 

i6. Why was he to do this? (vss. lo, II.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

17. What is the condition of all who do not believe in Christ (Eph. 
2 : 1-3) ? What wonderful change does God work in those who believe 
(Eph. 2:5,6, comp. Col. I : 13, 14.) 

18. How are we said to be saved in Eph. 2:8? What promp^a God to 
give us this free and unmerited salvation (Eph. 2:4, comp. Jo. 3: 16)? 
What ought we to do for God in return ? 

19. What does God expect of his redeemed ones (Eph. 4: 1-3)? For 
what should we pray in order that we may live worthily (Eph. 3 : 14-19) ? 

'20. What is taught in this lesson concerning God's purposes ? What 
concerning his love ? What concerning the work of Christ in our behalf ? 
What concerning our duty ? 



Lesson 39. THE GOSPEL IN ROME. Its Progress 
Furthered by Paul's Imprisonment. 

Selections from Philippians. Written during the Imprisonment at Rome, 
between a.d. 61 and 63. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " For to me to live is Christ, and to die is 
gain." (Phil, i : 21.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Phil, i : 12-26. 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Phil, i : i-i i. Address, Thanksgiving, and Prayer. 

rPhil. i: 12-18. The Gospel Furthered by Paul's Im- 

TUESDAY i prisonment. 

( Phil. 1 : 19-26. Paul's Readiness for Any Fate. 

Wednesday Phil, i : 27 — 2 : 18. Exhortations to Holy Living. 

Thursday Phil. 2 : 19-30. Concerning Timothy and Epaphroditus. 

f f!?^y. • • l^\- 3 = |-'6; I Warnings and Exhortations. 

Saturday Phil. 3:17 — 4:9./ ^ 

Sunday Phil. 4 : 10-23. Paul's Gratitude for the Gifts of the 

Philippians. Conclusion. 

LESSON TALK: PAUL'S LETTER TO THE CHURCH IN 

PHILIPPI. 

The epistles to Philemon, to the Colossians, and to the Ephesians, 
which we have already studied (see Lessons 36-38), and the epistle 



t62 Outline Bible Studies : ^""'cradt'" 

to the Philippians, which we take up in this lesson, are sometimes 
called the Epistles of the Imprisonment, because they were written 
while Paul was a prisoner. 

The church in Philippi was the first which Paul founded in Europe. 
From the beginning the Philippians loved him very much. Several 
times they had sent him presents to help him in his work ; and now 
that he was a prisoner in Rome they sent Epaphroditus to him with 
gifts for his comfort. On Epaphroditus' return Paul sent the 
Philippians a letter, now called the epistle to the Philippians, in 
which he poured out his love for them, and his gratitude for all 
that they had so kindly done for him. He calls them his " joy and 
crown," and thanks God for their faithful Christian lives. 

He also tells them that his long imprisonment in Rome had 
helped the progress of the gospel. He had preached to the large 
numbers of soldiers of the praetorian guard who took turns in 
guarding him (see Lesson Talk, Lesson 36), and to many others 
who came to see him. Thus some even in Caesar's household (4:22) 
had become Christians. Furthermore, because of his presence in 
Rome the Christians there were led to speak the word boldly. Some 
did this because of their love for Paul, and others because they were 
jealous of Paul and wished to oppose him. In all this Paul rejoiced, 
for he was glad to have the gospel preached even by his enemies. 

This letter is in pleasant contrast with most of Paul's letters, 
because he finds nothing in his readers to reprove or condemn. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PREI.IMINAR12 QUESTIONS. 

I. What was the purpose of PauPs epistle to Philemon? 2. What led 
him to write the epistle to the Colossians? 3. State briefly what he 
taught in this epistle concerning Christ. 4. What other episde was sent 
by the same messenger? 5. To whom was it especially addressed? 6. 
What was its object? 7. What had been the condition of the Gentiles 
before their conversion? 8. How had their condition been changed 
through Christ? 9. What was the occasion of the epistle to the Philip- 
plans (see Lesson Talk) ? 10. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? 
its Golden Text? 



Tkirty-ntne. '^^^ History of The ApostoHc Church, 163 

THE liESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to Philippians. Scattered References. 
I. Where was Paul when he wrote the epistle to the Philippians? 
(Phil. 1:13; 4 : 22 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



2. By whom did the Philippians send him gifts for his comfort? (Phil. 
2:25.) 



3. How did Paul express his gratitude to them? (Phil. 4: 18.) 



4. What befell their messenger after reaching Rome, and why did Paul 
send him back to Philippi? (2 : 25-28.) 



5. Why did Paul say that they should honor Epaphroditus ? (2: 
29, 30.) 



6. What did Paul hope soon to do? 
2: 19. 

2 : 24. 

WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. 
2. The Gospel Furthered by Paul's Imprisonment. Phil, i : 12-1S 

7. What did Paul wish the Philippians to know? (Phil, i : 12.) 



8. To whom was the gospel preached by Paul in prison? (vs. 13, 
comp, 4 : 22 ; see Lesson Talk.) 



9. In what other way was the preaching of the gospel increased through 
Paul's imprisonment? (vs. 14.) 



i64 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cradt^' 

10. From what different motives was this preaching done? 
vss. 15^, 17. 

vss. 15^, 16. 

11. In what did Paul, nevertheless, rejoice? (vs. 18; see Lesson Talk.) 



FRIDAY. 

3. Paul's Readiness for Any Fate. Phil, i : 19-26. 

12. What was PauFs *' earnest expectation and hope "? (Phil, i : 20.) 



13. How did he look upon life and death? (vs. 21, Golden Text.) 



14. Why did he wish to die? (vs. 23.) 



15. Why did he, nevertheless, expect to live and to be freed from 
imprisonment? (vss. 24-26, comp, 2:24.) 



SATURDAY. 
liESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

16. When and by whom was the church in Philippi founded (Acts 16: 
11-40) ? Who was the first convert there? Tell the story of the Philip- 
pian jailer. 

17. In thanking the Philippians for their gifts, what did Paul say they 
would receive in return (Phil. 4: 19)? What did our Lord promise to 
those who should do anything for his disciples (Mt. 10 : 42) ? 

18. What secret had Paul learned (Phil. 4:11, 12)? What is true con- 
tentment? Why does this spirit not hinder one from trying to better his 
condition? 

19. What did Paul mean by the words of the Golden Text (Phil. 
1:21)? How did Christ speak of death (Jo. 14 : 1-3) ? What did he ask 
for his disciples (Jo. 17 : 24) ? What may Christians expect in the other 
life? 



^''Torty. The History of The Apostolic Church, 165 

Lesson 40. PAUL'S FOURTH MISSIONARY JOUR- 
NEY. His Last Words and Impending Martyrdom. 

Selections from i and 2 Timothy, and Titus. Written between a.d. 64 and 66. 

GOLDEN TEXT: " I have fought the good fight, I have finished the 
course, I have kept the faith : henceforth there is laid up for me the crown 
of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give to me 
at that day : and not only to me, but also to all them that have loved his 
appearing.'* (2 Tim. 4 ; 7, 8.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: 2 Tim. 3:14 — 4:8. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

I I Tim. I : i-ii. Timothy's Mission in Ephesus. 

Monday \ i Tim. i : 12-17. Paul's Own Call to Christ's Service. ^ 

( I Tim. I : 18-20. Timothy Urged to Fidelity. 

Tuesday i Tim., ch. 3. Concerning Bishops and Deacons. 

.^^ f I Tim. 6 : 3-10. Teachers of Heresy Denounced. 

WEDNESDAY ^ ^ ^-^^ 6:11-21. Personal Admonitions to Timothy. 

ry j Titus, ch. I. Titus's Mission in Crete. 

IHURSDAY ^ q..^^g ^ . 12-15. Closing Instructions, and Commissions. 

Friday 2 Tim., ch. i. Thanksgiving and Exhortations. 

Saturday* 2 Tim. 2 : 14-26. Warnings and Instructions against 

Heresy. 

Sunday 2 Tim., ch. 4. The Final Glimpse of Paul, and his 

Last Words. 

LESSON TALK: THE LAST YEARS OF PAUL'S LIFE. 

We have already seen (Lesson 39) that Paul expected to be 
released from his first imprisonment in Rome. From the epistles to 
Timothy and to Titus we learn that this expectation was realized ; and 
that after his release he visited Asia, Macedonia, Crete, and Greece. 

He found that the church at Ephesus had fallen into errors, and 
left Timothy to correct them while he himself went to Macedonia. 
Afterwards he wrote Timothy a letter of instructions for his work. 
This letter is now called the first epistle to Timothy. Paul also 
found similar troubles in Crete, and left Titus there to set the church 
right again. Later he also wrote Titus a letter of counsel and 
encouragement. This letter is now called the epistle to Titus. 

About this time the wicked emperor Nero began his awful perse- 
cution of Christians, many of whom were put to death. Some- 
where on his journeys, Paul himself was again arrested and taken to 
Rome. At his first hearing he escaped condemnation, but he. felt 
that his end was near. 



i66 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^'crldt^' 

While waiting in prison for his final trial, Luke was with him. 
But Paul longed greatly to see Timothy once more. He therefore 
wrote urging him to come immediately to Rome. This letter is now 
called the second epistle to Timothy, and is the last letter that we 
have from Paul. In it he gives Timothy much earnest counsel. He 
also refers to his imprisonment and trial ; speaks of his abiding trust 
in God, and declares triumphantly that he has fought the good fight, 
and kept the faith. Shortly after writing this letter he was probably 
taken outside the city walls and beheaded by order of Nero. His 
Roman citizenship undoubtedly saved him from being crucified. 

The two epistles to Timothy and that to Titus are called the 
Pastoral epistles, because they were written to help these pastors in 
the care of the churches under their charge. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Name the Epistles of the Imprisonment (see Lesson 39, Lesson 
Talk). 2. Why did Paul write Philemon? Colossians? Ephesians? 3. 
What is the main teaching of Colossians? of Ephesians? 4. What was 
the occasion of the epistle to the Philippians? 5. By whom was it sent? 
6. How was the gospel furthered by Paul's imprisonment? 7. How did 
Paul expect that this imprisonment would end? 8. How do we know 
that this expectation was realized (see Lesson Talk) ? 9. Under what 
circumstances was the first epistle to Timothy written? the epistle to 
Titus? the second epistle to Timothy? 10. What is the title of this 
lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 

1. Paul's Movements after his Release. Scattered References. 

Note 178. — The exact order in which Paul visited the places mentioned in the 
Pastoral epistles is not certainly known. The order indicated in the following ques- 
tions is that given by Conybeare and Howson in their Life of St. Paul, and is prob- 
ably as nearly correct as any. 

I . What places did Paul expect to visit as soon as he was released from 
prison ? 

Philippians 2 : 24. 
Philemon, vs. 22. 



^"Toriy. The History of The Apostolic Church. 167 

Note 179. — That Paul accomplished his plan of going to Spain (Rom. 15 : 24) is 
rendered somewhat probable by the statement of Clement of Rome (who wrote about 
A.D. 100) that " Paul reached the farthest bounds of the West." If so, he probably 
went there soon after visiting the churches above mentioned. 

2. What seems to be the first distinct reference to PauPs movements 
after his release? (i Tim. 1:3.) 



3. What two places did he probably visit after passing through 
Macedonia? 

2 Tim. 4: 13. 



I Tim. 3 : 14, camp, i : 3. 
4. Where, apparently, did he next go? (Titus i : 5.) 



Note 180. — Among Paul's companions in a portion of his further travels were 
the two Ephesians, Erastus and Trophimus. This fact suggests that from Crete he 
returned to Ephesus, where they joined him. 

5. What two other places are mentioned as visited by Paul? (2 Tim. 
4:20.) 



6. Where did he probably go from Corinth? (Titus 3 : 12.) 



7. Where, and under what circumstances, do we next hear of Paul? 
(2 Tim. I :8, 15-18.) 



WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
2. The Final Glimpse of Paul, and his Last Words. 2 Tim., ch. 4. 
8. What earnest request did Paul make of Timothy? (2 Tim. 4: 
9,21.) 



9. What else did Paul wish him to do? 
vs. lib. 

vs. 13. 



i68 Outline Bible Studies : ^""''BTade^' 

lo. What was PauPs final charge to Timothy? (vss. i, 2, 5.) 



II. Why did he write these words? (vss. 3, 4.) 



12. What did Paul say about his first defense during his second 
Roman imprisonment? (vs. 16.) 



13. Who opposed him at this time? (vss. 14, 15.) 



14. How, nevertheless, was he comforted? (vs. 17^.) 



15. What was the result of his first hearing? (vs. 17^.) 



16. What did he expect would be the result of his final trial? (vss. 
6, 18.) 



Note 181. — In verse 18, Paul expresses his belief that God will save him, not from 
death, but through death to his heavenly kingdom. 

17. In what words of triumph did Paul sum up the story of his life and 
express his assurance for the future? (vss. 7, 8, Golden Text.) 



Note 182. — Paul was probably beheaded soon after this (see Lesson Talk). 



Forty-Ze, The History of The Apostolic Church. i6g 

SATURDAY. 
WESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

i8. Give a brief account of PauPs life up to the beginning of his mis- 
sionary work. Describe the route and name the leading events of his first 
missionary journey; of his second; of his third. Tell briefly how Paul 
came to be a prisoner in Rome, and what is known of the remainder of 
his life. 

, 19. What were some of the most important things which Paul did? 
Why is he regarded as the greatest of the apostles? In what respects 
ought we to be like him? 

20. What did Paul mean by what he said in 2 Tim. 4:7? What is 
necessary on our part in order that we may say the same at the close of 
life? What battles have we to fight ? How may we win the victory? 



Lesson 41. REVIEW OF PART IV: LESSONS 31-40. 

A.D. 58-66 (see Note 4, Abstract of Lessons, Introduction). 

Note 183.— Summary of Principal Events in Part IV. i. From PauVs 
Arrest in Jerusalem until his Imprisonment in Rome, — When Paul, at the end of his 
third missionary journey, visited Jerusalem for the fifth and last time, he was advised 
by the leaders of the church to conciliate the Judaizers by showing regard for the law. 
The attempt proved a failure, a riot ensued, and but for Paul's arrest by the Romans 
he would have been killed. The Sanhedrin before which he was brought the next day 
failed to agree concerning him. Owing to a desperate plot of the Jews against his life 
he was transferred to Csesarea, where five days later he was tried before Felix, the 
Roman governor. The charges against Paul were denied by him and not proved by 
his accusers, but Felix, hoping for a bribe, kept him in easy confinement. 

When Felix two years later was succeeded by Festus, Paul's case came up for hear- 
ing before him also ; but Paul appealed to Caesar. Shortly afterwards he was brought 
before Herod Agrippa II, and a little later was embarked for Rome. After a somewhat 
tedious voyage to Crete, the ship was caught in a tempest and wrecked at Melita ; all 
on board escaped. After wintering at Melita, the journey was continued to Rome. 
Here Paul remained a prisoner for at least two years ; but was allowed to live in his 
own hired house, with liberty to preach the gospel. 

2. The Epistles of the hnprisomnent. — Among Paul's converts while in prison, per- 
haps in Csesarea but more probably at Rome, was a fugitive slave named Onesimus, 
whom he returned, with a most tender letter, to his master, Philemon of Colosse. At 
the same time, apparently, he sent by the hand of Tychicus two other epistles — Colos- 
sians and Ephesians. The former was occasioned by certain false teachings in Colosse 
and vicinity about Christ and the way of salvation. Paul opposed these errors by 
showing the divine power and glory of Christ, and that salvation is through him alone. 
In Ephesians, which was apparently designed to strengthen the faith of his Gentile 



ijo Outline Bible Studies : ^"^cradt*" 

readers, Paul showed that Gentiles and Jews are one in Christ, and that both are 
essential to the completeness of the church. While in prison at Rome, Paul wrote 
the epistle to the Philippians as an expression of his gratitude for their sympathy and gifts, 
and intimated that his bonds promoted rather than hindered the progress of the gospel. 
3. The Second Roman Imprisonment. — That Paul was liberated, and preached the 
gospel for some time, after which he was again imprisoned and suffered martyrdom, 
is clearly indicated in the three Pastoral epistles. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " I know him whom I have believed, and I am 
persuaded that he is able to guard that which I have committed unto him 
against that day." (2 Tim. i : i2(^.) 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Acts 21 : 27-36. Paul Mobbed and Arrested in Jerusalem. 

Tuesday Acts, ch. 26. Paul's Address before King Agrippa. 

Wednesday Acts 27 : 27-44. The Shipwreck of Paul. 

Thursday Col. i : 1-23. The Preeminent Power and Glory of 

Christ. 

Friday Eph. 6 : 10-24. Putting on the Whole Armor of God. 

Saturday Phil. 2 : 1-18. Having the Mind of Christ. 

Sunday ^ . . 2 Tim., ch. 4. The Battle Fought, the Victory Won. 



GOLDEN TEXT RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 

(To be used with this lesson in place of the regular Scripture reading. The numerals with the 
questions refer to the lessons in Part IV.) 

XXXI. Superintendent {or Teacher'), When Paul was mobbed in 
Jerusalem, what precept did he exemplify.^ 

Sunday-school (or Class). ** Bless them that persecute you ; bless, and 
curse not." (Rom. 12 : 14.) 

XXXII. When he was on trial before the Sanhedrin, what did he say 
concerning his past life 1 

'* And Paul, looking stedfastly on the council, said, Brethren, I have 
lived before God in all good conscience until this day." (Acts 23 : i.) 

XXXIII . Of what did he speak before Felix and Drusilla, and what 
was the effect on Felix? 

** And as he reasoned of righteousness, and temperance, and the judge- 
ment to come, Felix was terrified, and answered. Go thy way for this time ; 
and when I have a convenient season, I will call thee unto me." (Acts 
24:25.) 

XXXIV. With what answer did Agrippa turn away Paul's appeal, and 
what was Paul's reply? 

*' And Agrippa said unto Paul, With but little persuasion thou wouldest 
fain make me a Christian. And Paul said, I would to God, that whether 
with little or with much, not thou only, but also all that hear me 



FortyZe, The History of The Apostolic Church. 171 

this day, might become such as I am, except these bonds." (Acts 26: 
28, 29.) 

XXXV. What comforting assurances were given Paul in the midst of 
the storm at sea 1 

** Fear not, Paul; thou must stand before Cassar: and lo, God hath 
granted thee all them that sail with thee." (Acts 27 : 24.) 

XXXVI. How does Luke close his account of Paul's imprisonment? 

*' And he abode two whole years in his own hired dwelling, and received 
all that went in unto him, preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching 
the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness, none forbid- 
ding him." (Acts 28 : 30, 31.) 

XXXVn. In opposition to the Colossian heresy, what did Paul affirm 
concerning Christ? 

''In him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, and in him ye 
are made full, who is the head of all principality and power." (Col. 
2:9, 10.) 

XXXVIII. In maintaining that Jews and Gentiles are made one in 
Christ, how did Paul describe the only way of access to God? 

*' Through him we both have our access in one Spirit unto the Father." 
(Eph. 2:18.) 

XXXIX. In his letter to the Philippians, how did he indicate his readi- 
ness for any fate ? 

*' For to me to live is Christ, and to die is gain." (Phil, i : 21.) 

XL. What were his last triumphant words ? 

** I have fought the good fight, I have finished the course, I have kept 
the faith : henceforth there is laid up for me the crown of righteousness, 
which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give to me at that day : and not 
only to me, but also to all them that have loved his appearing." (2 Tim. 
4:7,8.) 

XLI. In whom alone did he put his confidence? 

*' I know him whom I have believed, and I am persuaded that he is 
able to guard that which I have committed unto him against that day." 
(2 Tim. I : 12^.) 

QUESTIONS ON PART IV. 

1. What is the title of Part IV, and how many years does it include? 

2. What were its three leading characteristics? (See Note 150, Lesson 

FROM PAUIi'S ARREST UNTIL HIS ARRIVAI. IN ROME. 

3. State briefly opposite the following references the principal events 
referred to. 

Note 184. — These statements when complete for this lesson will form a general 
outline of the history now under review. An arrangement of them in tabular form 



jy2 Outline Bible Studies : ^"'c^df"" 

before the eye assists greatly in fixing the outline in mind. They should be compared 
with the lesson topics used in connection with the same references, and a line drawn 
across the page to indicate the divisions between lessons. The lesson topics, so far as 
they apply, may be used, if desired. 

Acts 21 : 17-26. 
Acts 21 : 27-36. 
Acts 22 : 30 — 23 : 10. 
Acts 23 : 11-35. 
Acts, ch. 24. 
Acts 25 : 1-12. 
Acts, ch. 26. 
Acts, ch. 27. 
Acts 28 : i-io. 
Acts 28: 11-15. 

Acts 28: 23-31. • 

4. Tell briefly the circumstances that led to PauPs arrest at Jerusalem. 
What occurred as he was being taken into the Castle Antonia? How did 
he escape being scourged? 

5. Before whom was Paul first tried, and with what result? Why was 
he sent to Caesarea, and how? 



Lesson 
Forty-one. 



TTie History of The Apostolic Church, 



173 



6. What was the result of Paul's trial before Felix? Why was he not 
then set free ? 

7. Before whom was Paul tried the third time? What did Paul then 
do? How did he come to speak before Agrippa? What did Agrippa 
think of his case ? 

8. On Map No. 15 trace carefully Paul's journey to Rome, underscoring 
the names of the places touched on the voyage. Describe briefly the 




Map No, 15. For Tracing St. Paul's Voyage to Rome. 

storm and shipwTeck. Describe Paul's circumstances and work while he 
was a prisoner at Rome. 



THE EPISTLES OF THE IMPRISOXMEXT. 

9. Name the Epistles of the Imprisonment. What was the occasion of 
the epistle to Philemon? 

10. Why did Paul write the epistle to the Colossians? By whom was 
it sent, and to what other church beside that at Colosse? What did Paul 
teach in it concerning Christ? 

11. To what class of readers in and around Ephesus was the epistle to 
the Ephesians specially addressed? What is its principal teaching? 

12. Why did Paul write the epistle to the Philippians? By whom was 
it sent? What did Paul say in it about the result of his imprisonment 
at Rome? 



IJ4 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^r^^^' 

THE CLOSING YEARS OF PAUL'S LIF£. 

13. Which are the Pastoral epistles? Why are they called by this 
name ? Why was each written ? 

14. What places did Paul probably visit after being released from his 
first imprisonment at Rome? What was the result of the first hearing 
during his second imprisonment? How did this imprisonment probably 
end ? 

GENERAL QUESTIONS. 

15. How long was Paul in prison at Caesarea? How was he situated 
during the first two years of his imprisonment at Rome ? How did the 
Jews in Rome treat tJie gospel ? 

16. Name some instances of God's overruling care of Paul. What 
may we learn from these things (Rom. 8 : 28) ? 

17. Mention some of the principal traits of Paul's character. What 
are some of the most important truths which he taught about Christ? 
about the church? about the way of salvation? 

18. Of what was Paul a most conspicuous example? How may we 
imitate him? 




[To face p. 175.] 



LKSSONS 



The History of The Apostolic Church 



IN KIVE PARTS 



INTERMEDIATE GRADE 



PART V, 

FROM THE DEATH OF PAUI. UNTIL THE DEATH OF JOHN: The 

Closings Years of the Apostolic Period. A.D. 66-100 (see Note 4, Abstract of 
Lessons, Introduction) . 

Note 185.— Characteristics of Part V. (i) The Leading Event of this 
Period, — The great persecution begun by Nero in A.D. 64 continued until his death 
in A.D. 68, and was therefore still in progress at the beginning of this period. Per- 
haps it is the one referred to in i Peter. But the destruction of Jerusalem by the 
Romans, which included the overthrow of the Jewish nation and the passing away of 
the temple and the sacrifices, was the event which in its importance to both Jews and 
Christians overshadowed everything else. This event was distinctly foretold by 
Christ ; but, though much in the New Testament was written with reference to it, it is 
not directly mentioned in any of the New Testament books except the gospels. 

(2) The Lack of Material for the History of this Period. — We have no Scripture 
narrative like that of the Acts to give us a clear account of the growth and struggles 
of the church during this period. Nor can that which is lacking in the Scriptures be 
made good from other sources. Secular history says but little about the church at this 
time, and very few of the church traditions are trustworthy. Hence nearly all our 
information must be obtained from indirect and obscure hints in the later New Testa- 
ment books. 

(3) The Scripture Writings of this Period. — The four gospels, the Acts, Hebrews, 
I and 2 Peter, i, 2 and 3 John, Jude, and Revelation, probably all belong to this 
period. Yet for no one of them can we give an exact date, and it is not impossible 
that some of them, especially i Peter, may have been written before Paul died. The 
epistles named above, including the probably earlier one of James (see Lesson 12), 
are commonly known as the Catholic (that is, Universal) epistles, because with one or 
two exceptions they are not addressed to any particular churches or persons. 

175 



176 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Zradt^' 

Lesson 42. CHRISTIANS SUFFERING FOR RIGHT- 
EOUSNESS' SAKE. Peter's Exhortations to 
Patience and Well-doing. 

Selections from i Peter. Date uncertain. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " If a man suffer as a Christian, let him not be 
ashamed ; but let him glorify God in this name.'' (i Pet. 4 : 16.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: i Peter 4 17-19. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday i Pet. i : 1-12. The Christian's Living Hope. 

Tuesday i Pet. i : 13-25. The Holy Life Redeemed by Christ. 

Wednesday . . . i Pet. 2 : 1-17. Exhortations to Righteous Living. 

^ r I Pet. 2 : 18-25. Suffering for Conscience's Sake. 

IHURSDAY. . . ^ J p^^^ ^ . ^_^ Directions for Wives and Husbands. 

Friday i Pet. 3 : 8-22. Returning Good for Evil. 

Qa -nAv / ' ^^^' 4* i~^^' Exhortations to Holiness and Love. 

SATURDAY . . . ^ J p^^^ ^ . J2_i9. No Shame in Suffering as Christians. 

Sunday i Pet., ch. 5. Exhortations to Faithfulness and Humility. 

LESSON TALK: THE LATER LIFE OF PETER, AND HIS 
FIRST EPISTLE. 

We know very little of the life of the apostle Peter after the angel 
delivered him from prison and from the power of Herod in a.d. 44 
(see Lesson 14). We are told that he left Jerusalem and "went to 
another place/' where he probably remained until after Herod^s death. 
When we next hear of him, he was in Jerusalem taking an active 
part in the council which decided that Gentiles might be admitted 
into the Christian church without becoming Jews (see Lesson 17). 
Soon after this he went down to Antioch, where he was sharply 
reproved by Paul for not living in accordance with the decision of 
the council. Still later we find a party in the church at Corinth 
which called itself by his name (see Lesson 24), and from this some 
think that he visited that city after Paul had established the church 
there. His work as a preacher seems to have been mostly among 
the scattered Jewish settlements outside of Palestine. Probably it 
included those in Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia to 
whom his first epistle was addressed ( i : i ) . 

When or where he wrote his first epistle is not known. It was 
written to Christians who were being persecuted for Christ's sake, 
and was intended to strengthen them, so that when sorely tried they 
would not fall away from their Christian faith. 



Forty-two. The History of The Apostolic Church, 177 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What is the title of Part I in this history? of Part II? of Part III? 
of Part IV? 2. Name the Epistles of the Imprisonment; the Pastoral 
epistles. 3. Give a brief account of the closing years of Paul's life. 4. 
What is the title of Part V, and how many years does it cover? 5. What 
was the leading event of this period (Note 185 (i))? 6. From what 
sources do we get our information in regard to the history of the church 
during this time (Note 185 (2)) ? 7. What books of the Bible were prob- 
ably written during this period (Note 185 (3))? 8. What do we know 
about Peter after his miraculous deliverance from the power of Herod 
(see Lesson Talk)? 9. Why did he write his first epistle? 10. What is 
the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE L.ESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to i Peter. Scattered References. 
r. To whom did Peter write his first epistle? (i Pet. i : i.) 



Note 186. — " Sojourners of the Dispersion," is better than " strangers scattered," 
as in the A. V. " The Dispersion " usually meant Jews scattered in Gentile countries, 
but here it may mean scattered Christians. " Pontus, Galatia," etc., were Roman 
provinces in Asia Minor, in which Peter had probably preached (see Lesson Talk). 

2. How does Peter speak of himself in this epistle? (5:1-) 



3. Where does he seem to have been when he wrote it? (5 : 13.) 



Note 187. — " Babylon " was the great Chaldean city on the Euphrates, but here 
perhaps the name is used in a figurative sense for Rome. 

4. What former companion of Paul was with Peter when he wrote this 
epistle? (5 : 13 ; see B. D.) 



5. By whom was it sent? (5 : 12.) 



6. What seems to have been the condition of those to whom Peter 
wrote? (2 ; 20 ; 4:12; see Note 185 (i), and Lesson Talk.) 



178 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^radt"' 

WEDNESDAY. 
2. The Christian's Living Hope, i Pet. i : 1-12. 
7. What two great blessings has every Christian obtained through the 
resurrection of Jesus Christ? 

I Pet. I : 3. 



I Pet. I : 4. 

Note 188. — " A living hope " is one that so affects the heart as to lead to holi- 
ness of life and character (vs. 15) ; a dead hope is one that has no power to make the 
life better. 

8. What do such hope and faith "enable Christians to do even in the 
midst of trials and temptations? (vss. 6, 7.) 



9. How do such hope and faith lead Christians to feel toward Christ? 
(vss. 8, 9; memorize.^ 



THURSDAY. 
3. Suffering for Conscience's Sake, i Pet. 2: 18-25. 
10. When Christians are persecuted for obeying God, how should they 
bear it? (i Pet. 2 : 19, 20.) 



II. What example did Christ leave? (vss. 21-23.) 



12. What did he do for us? (vs. 24; memorize.^ 



FRIDAY. 
4. No Shame in Suffering as Christians, i Pet. 4: 12-19. 
13. Why was a fiery trial sent upon the Christians? (i Pet. 4 : 12.) 



Note 189. — " Fiery trial," meant persecution that tries the faith and character of 
Cljiristians, as the refiner's fire burns away all the dross and leaves the gold pure 
{comp, Mai. 3 : 2, 3) . 



Forty^-tkree. ^ The History of The Apostolic Church. lyg 

14. What should they do when they were persecuted for being Chris- 
tians? (vss. 14-16.) 



15. Unto whom should they commit their souls? (vs. 19.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

16. On what does Peter in this epistle base the Christian's hope (i Pet. 
1:3)? What does Paul say about this (i Cor. 15 : 14. 17) ? Why could 
we have no hope or faith in Christ if he had not risen from the dead ? 

17. How does a living hope in Christ show itself (i Pet. 1:15; i Jo. 
3:3)? What is the value of a Christian hope that does not make one's 
life better? How may a true Christian hope be obtained? 

18. How ought we to feel when others harm us because we try to do 
right (i Pet. 4: 14, 16; Mt. 5: 10-12)? Why should we always receive 
such treatment patiently (i Pet. 2 : 20-23 ? 3 • I7» i^) ^ 

19. Why is it so hard for us to be patient under injury? What is our 
great privilege in every trial (i Pet. S'-Tt Heb. 4 : 15, 16) ? 



Lesson 43. THE CHURCHES INVADED BY NEW 

ERRORS. Warnings against Self-conceit 

and Lawlessness. 

Selections from Jude and 2 Peter. Date uncertain. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " Grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord 
and Saviour Jesus Christ." (2 Pet. 3 : i8«.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class: 2 Pet. i :i-ii. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Jude, vss. i-ii ; 1 Exhortations to Righteousness, and 

Tuesday Jude, vss. 12-25. J Warnings against Sin. 

Wednesday 2 Pet. i :i-i i. Being neither Idle nor Unfruitful. 

Thursday 2 Pet. i : 12-21. Being Assured of the Truth about 

Christ. 

Friday 2 Pet. 2 : i-i i ; 1 ^^j . - ^t? ^ ^ i. 

Saturday 2 Pet. 2 : 12-22. | Warnings against False Teachers. 

^TTNnAv / ^ ^^^- 3 • 1-13- The Coming Again of Christ. 

\ 2 Pet. 3 ; 14-18. Living without Spot and Blameless. 



j8o Outline Bible Studies : '""''crad!^^' 

LESSON TALK: WICKED TEACHERS IN THE CHURCHES. 

The epistles of Jude and 2 Peter seem to have been written about 
the same time, because they deal with nearly the same errors. There 
were wicked men in the church who taught that Christians need not 
obey God's moral law, but that they could do whatever they liked 
and it would be no sin. This was one of the worst errors that ever 
appeared in the church, and these two epistles were written to cor- 
rect it. In addition to this, 2 Peter rebuked those who mocked at 
the idea that Christ would ever come again. 

It is impossible to say with certainty which of these two epistles 
was written first, but it is generally thought to have been Jude. If 
we compare 2 Pet. 2 : 1-19 with Jude, vss. 3-16, we shall find them 
so nearly alike as to prove that one writer must have known and used 
the work of the other. 

The first and second epistles of Peter were written to the same 
persons, but under very different circumstances. When the first 
was written the church was suffering persecution, and needed to be 
cheered and comforted. But when the second was written they 
were in great danger from false teachers, and needed warning and 
instruction. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW^ AND PREI.IMINAIIY QUESTIONS. 

I. What is known of the Ufe of Peter after his deliverance from the 
power of Herod by the angel? 2. What place is named at the close of 
his first epistle as if it were the one where the epistle was written? 3. 
For what other place may this name stand? 4. What was Peter's pur- 
pose in writing this epistle? 5. What does he say that Christians have 
obtained through Christ ? 6. How ought Christians to bear persecution? 
7. In the case of the epistles of Jude and 2 Peter, what reason have we 
for thinking that one writer must have used the work of the other (see 
Lesson Talk)? 8. Which of these two epistles was probably written 
first? 9. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to Jude and 2 Peter. Scattered References. 
I. Who was Jude (or Judas)? (Jude, vs. i^, comp, Mt. 13 : 55 ; see 
B. D.) 



Forty-tTree, The History of The Apostolic Church. l8l 

2. To whom did he write? (Jude, vs. i^.) 



Note 190. — "To them that are called" (A. V., "sanctified"); that is, to all 
Christians. 

3. Why was he so anxious to write to them? (Jude, vss. 3, 4.) 



4. To whom was the second epistle of Peter addressed? (2 Pet. 3:1; 
see Lesson Talk.) 



5. What event in the life of Christ did the writer of 2 Peter speak of as 
if he had been present? (2 Pet. i : 16-18, camp, Mt. 17 : 1-8.) 



6. What did he say was coming to himself quickly, and to what saying 
of Christ did he refer in this? (2 Pet. i : 14; Jo. 21 : 18, 19.) 



WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
2. Warnings against Self-conceit and Lawlessness. Jude, vss. 4-18; 

2 Pet. 2 : I — 3: 3. 
7. How do the writers of these epistles describe those against whom 
they write? (Jude^vs. 4; 2 Pet. 2:1.) 



8. How did these persons show their self-conceit? (Jude, vss. 8, 10; 
2 Pet. 2 : 10, 12.) 



9. With what wicked conduct were they misleading others? 
Jude, vs. II ; 2 Pet. 2: 15. 

Jude, vs. 16; 2 Pet. 2: 18. 

Jude, vs. 18 ; 2 Pet. 3 : 3, 4. 



i82 Outline Bible Studies : '"'cTS^ff''" 

Note 191. — "The way of Cain" was the selfishness and envy which led him to 
slay his brother. " The error of Balaam " was his willingness, for the sake of a 
reward, to resist God and to curse Israel (Num., chs. 22-24). "The gainsaying of 
Korah " was his determination to disobey God's laws by offering incense as a priest 
when he had no right to do so (Num., ch. 16). Those against whom these epistles 
were written showed a spirit similar to that of these wicked men of old. 

10. What examples are mentioned to show that their punishment would 
be sure and severe ? 

Jude, vs. 5, comp. Num. 14: 26-2,7 > 

Jude, vs. 6 ; 2 Pet. 2 : 4. 

Jude, vs. 7; 2 Pet. 2: 6, comp. Gen. 19: 15-28. 

Jude, vss. 14, 15 ; 2 Pet. 2 : 5, comp. Gen., ch. 7. 

Note 192. — These references mean, in general, that these men were selfish 
hypocrites, who under pretense of religion did many very wicked things. 

11. What were they and their teachings like? (Jude, vss. 12^, 13; 
2 Pet. 2: 17.) 



Note 193. — " Twice dead " ; dead not only in appearance, as trees in winter, but 
actually dead. " Wandering stars " ; meteors or comets that shine brilliantly for a 
time, but disappear in darkness. " Blackness (A. V., " mist ") of darkness " ; the 
intense darkness of the final abode of the wicked. 

12. What did these false teachers promise to others, and what were 
they themselves? (2 Pet. 2: 19.) 



Note 194. — " Bondservants of corruption " means slaves to their own vices. 
13. What is said of those who forsook the truth of the gospel? (2 Pet. 
2 : 20, 21.) 



14. What should Christians remember in order to escape these evil 
influences? (Jude, vs. 17 ; 2 Pet. 3 : 2.) 



15. How were they to be built up in the most holy faith? (Jude, vss. 
20, 21 ; 2 Pet. 3: 17, 18.) 



Foi'iy-faur, The Histovy of The Apostolic Church, 183 

SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

16. What special danger threatened those to whom Peter wrote his 
first epistle? What those to whom his second epistle was written? 
Which was the more dangerous, and why? 

17. What should be the constant aim of those who profess Christ 
(2 Pet. 3:18)? How can they attain this growth (2 Pet. i : 5-8) ? 

18. Concerning what should we give diligence (2 Pet. i: 10)? What 
may we thus receive (2 Pet. i : 11) ? 

19. What is God able to do for us through Christ? (Jude, vss. 24, 25 ; 
memorize,) 



Lesson 44. THE SEVEN CHURCHES IN ASIA 
MINOR AFTER THE DEATH OF PAUL. 
Commendations and Rebukes- 
Revelation, chs. 1-3. Written about A.D. 68. 

GOLDEN TEXT : '* He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit 
down with me in my throne, as I also overcame, and sat down with my 
Father in his throne." (Rev. 3 : 21.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Rev. 3 : 1-13. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Rev., ch. i. John's Vision of the Glorified Christ. 

Tuesday Rev. 2:1-17; | Christ's Messages to the Seven Churches 

Wednesday . .Rev. 2 : 18-3 : 6; ^ ^^ ^^-^^ 

Thursday .... Rev. 3 : 7-22. J 

Friday Rev., ch. 4. John's Vision of Heaven. 

Saturday .... Rev. 21 : 9 — 22 : 5. The New Heaven and the New Earth. 

Sunday Rev. 22 : 6-21. Warnings and Promises. 

LESSON TALK: THE BOOK OF REVELATION. 

The book of Revelation is very different from the rest of the New 
Testament. The other New Testament books are either histories 
or letters, but this describes wonderful visions seen by the apostle 
John. It was probably written on the island of Patmos, whither 
John is said to have been banished during the great persecution 
under Nero (a.d. 64-68). Like the book of Daniel in the Old 
Testament, it is full of mystical numbers, images, and symbols. 
These were probably understood by those for whom the book was 
written, but it is hard for us to know their meaning. In general, 



l84 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^cZd^"' 

however, it may be said that the book refers to the coming again of 
Christ to judge the earth, both Jews and Gentiles (1:7); and to 
the final triumph of the church over all its foes. 

The book is thus for the most part prophetic. Its immediate 
object, however, was to show to God's servants then living ^' the 
things which must shortly come to pass'* (i : i), that is, the judg- 
ment of God upon the Jews in the destruction of Jerusalem, which 
was then close at hand. The first vision in the book is that of the 
glorified Christ, who appeared to John in wonderful power and 
splendor, and commanded him to write certain messages to seven 
important churches in Asia Minor. Each message contains some 
commendation or reproof, or both, and from them we can learn much 
concerning the condition of these churches at that time. It is this 
portion of the book which is the subject of our lesson. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. What is the title of Part V of this course of lessons? 2. How 
many years does it cover? 3. What books of the New Testament were 
probably written during this time? 4. Who was the Jude that wrote the 
epistle bearing his name? 5. For what purpose was it written? 6. What 
other epistle was written for nearly the same purpose? 7. What was the 
nature of the errors that were rebuked in them? 8. How does the Rev- 
elation differ from the other books of the New Testament (see Lesson 
Talk)? 9. To what Old Testament book is it in some respects similar? 
10. What great event did it reveal as soon to occur? 11. What is the 
title of this lesson ? its topics ? its Golden Text ? 

THE liESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to Revelation. Scattered References. 
I. Who was the author of the book of Revelation? (Rev. i : i ; 22 : 8.) 



2. What four other New Testament books did he write? 



3. Where was the Revelation probably written? (i*9; set Lessoii 
Talk, and Map No. 14.) 



pl^fy-four. ' The History of The Apostolic Church. 185 

Note 195. — " For the word of God." This implies that John had been banished 
to this island for testifying to Christ. 

4. For what churches was it written? (1:4, 11.) 



5. Why was it written? (i : i ; 22 : 6.) 



TUESDAY. 
2. John's Vision of the Glorified Christ. Rev., ch. i. 
6. Tell briefly how Christ appeared when John saw him in his heavenly 
glory. (Rev. i : 12-16.) 



Note 196. — "The seven golden candlesticks" symbolizes the seven churches 
(see vs. 20). " One like . . . man," that is, having the form of a human being. 

7. How was John affected when he saw this glorious vision? (vs. 17^.) 



8. What did the Lord do, and how did he describe himself? (vss. 
17^, 18.) 



Note 197. — "Hades" (A. V., "hell"). The underground world, which the 
ancients imagined to be the home of all departed souls whether good or bad, 

9. What did he command John to do? (vs. 19.) 



WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY. 
3. Christ's Messages to the Seven Churches of Asia. Rev., chs. 2, 3. 
Note 198. — For many interesting facts concerning the churches to which these 
messages were addressed, see B. D.; for their location, see Map No. 14. 

10. What did the Lord find to praise in the church at Ephesus? (Rev. 
2: 2, 3, 6; see B. D., ** Nicolaitans.") 



ji. What did he have against it? (vss. 4, 5.) 



i86 Outline Bible Studies : '"*ZZi'y 



Grade, 



12. What did he say as to the condition of the church in Smyrna? 
(vs. 9.) 



Note 199. — " Blasphemy " ; slanderous words against Christians. " Say they are 
Jews " ; Jews by birth, but unworthy of the name. 

13. What was about to befall this church for a short time? (vs. 10.) 



14. What did the Lord say in favor of the church at Pergamum? 
(vs. 13.) 



Note 200. — Nothing further is known of Antipas than what is said here. 
15. What had he against it? (vss. 14-16, comp. Num. 31: 16; 25: 

1-3) 



Note 201. — The church in Thyatira (2:18-29) was commended for its faith, 
patience and earnest work, but reproved because it had allowed gross evils to enter. 
The church in Sardis (3 : 1-6) was nearly dead, but still had a few members who were 
faithful. The church in Philadelphia (3 : 7-13) was the only one of the seven churches 
that received unqualified praise. 

16. How did the Lord describe the church in Laodicea? (3 : 15-17.) 



Note 202. — " Cold," that is, sluggish, inactive. " Hot," full of zeal and eagerness 
in Christian love and service. " Lukewarm," fluctuating between sluggishness and 
zeal. 

17. What did he advise this church to do? (vs. 18.) 



Note 203. — "Gold" means here the various spiritual blessings necessary to 
genuine godliness. 

18. What gracious promise was made to this church? (vs. 20.) 



SATURDAY. 
LESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAXK ABOUT. 

19. What one message was sent to several of the churches (Rev. 2 : 2, 
19 ; 3 : I, 8, 15) ? What may we learn from this as to Christ's relation to 
us? How ought we therefore to live? 



Forty^e. The Histovy of The Apostolic Churcn, ' 187 

20. State the special promise that was given to each of the seven 
churches, and, so far as you can, explain its meaning. 

2 : jb. 
2 : lib. 
2: ijb. 
2 : 26-28. 

3:5- 
3:12. 

3:21. 

21. What condition was attached to each of these promises? Of what 
should these words of Christ warn us {camp. Gal. 6:9)? How do they 
encourage us? 

22. What in general was the condition of the seven churches in Asia 
as indicated by the Lord's messages to them? 



Lesson 45. THE PASSING AWAY OF THE TEMPLE 

AND THE SACRIFICES. Jewish Christians 

Instructed in View of the Destruction 

of Jerusalem. 

Selections from Hebrews. Written about a.d. 70. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " Jesus Christ is the same yesterday and to-day, 
yea and for ever." (Heb. 13 : 8.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Heb., ch. i. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday Heb., ch. i;! /-u • . c • . . 1 

Tuesday Heb., ch. 2. ) ^^^^^^ Superior to Angels. 

Wednesday. . .Heb., ch. 5; ^ r-v. • ^ to • .i, i c • ^ a ^ 

Thursday .... Heb. 7 : 1 1-28. | ^^"'^ ' Priesthood Superior to Aaron s. 

Friday Heb., ch. 8. ^^"^^'^ Priesthood the Fulhllment of 

Prophecy. 

Saturday Heb. 9 : 1-22; ^ Christ's Priesthood Permanent, and his 

Sunday Heb. 9 : 23 — 10 : 18. j Sacrifice Complete. 



i88 Outline Bible Studies : ^%7adT^' 

LESSON TALK : THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS. 

No one knows who wrote the epistle to the Hebrews. In all the 
oldest manuscripts its title was simply TO THE HEBREWS. .After 
several centuries, when all knowledge of its real authorship had been 
lost, it was attributed to Paul (see Note 204). The title as given in 
our EngHsh Bible came from manuscripts of this later date. 

The book was undoubtedly written about the time of the destruc- 
tion of Jerusalem, but whether just before or just after that event is 
not clear. It was intended for Jewish Christians who received Jesus 
as the Messiah, but who did not understand that his coming would 
be followed by the passing away of the temple, the priesthood and 
the sacrifices. Its purpose was to strengthen the faith of its readers 
by showing them that these things, though estabhshed by God, were 
designed to prepare the way for Christ, who was the real High 
Priest, and whose blood was the only sufficient and perfect sacrifice 
for sin. Since, therefore, he had now appeared, these things must 
disappear. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. Where and about what time was the book of Revelation written? 
2. How does it differ from the other New Testament books? 3. What in 
general was its purpose? 4. What, however, was its immediate object? 
5. With what vision and messages does it begin? 6. What was the 
original ti^le of the epistle to the Hebrews (see Lesson Talk) ? 7. Where 
did the title in our English Bibles come from? 8. To whom was the 
epistle written? 9. What was its object? 10. What is the title of this 
lesson? its topics? its Golden Text? 

THE I.ESSON OUTLINE, WITH TVRIT TEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to Hebrews. Scattered References. 
I . What does the writer of Hebrews say that shows that he was not one 
of the apostles? (Heb. 2 : 3^.) 



Note 204* — The expression '• confirmed unto us by them that heard," shows 
clearly that the writer included himself among those who had received the gospel from 
the original apostles. Paul, on the contrary, always claimed that he had not received 
his gospel from men, but from Christ. This epistle, therefore, could not have been 



F^rty%e. The History of The Apostolic Church, Ji8g 

written by him (see Lesson Talk). Some have thought that it was written by 
Barnabas, others by Silas, or Luke. Many think that ApoUos was its author. 

2. What had the readers of this epistle endured after they became 
Christians? (lo : 32-34.) 



3. How were they encouraged to bear their present sufferings? (11 : 
39—12:2.) 



TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY. 
2. Christ Superior to Angels. Heb., chs. i, 2. 

Note 205. — In the first two chapters of Hebrews the author proves that Christ is 
higher than the angels, through whom the Jews beheved that the law had been given 
to Moses on Sinai {comp. Acts 7:53; Gal. 3: 19) ; and therefore that the revelation 
given through Christ was better than that given in the Old Testament, and must take 
its place. 

4. How had God in old time revealed himself to men? (Heb. i : i.) 



Note 206. — The expression "by divers portions" (A. V., "at sundry times") 
means a little at a time. " In divers manners " means in various ways, such as law, 
prophecy, visions, etc. 

5. Through whom, last of all, has he spoken to us? (i : 2.) 



6. How did the viriter of Hebrews show that this Son was divine? (i : 
2b, 3, comp, Jo. 1 : 1-3, 14; Phil. 2 : 6, 7 ; Col. i : 15-17.) 



Note 207. — " The effulgence (A. V., " brightness ") of his glory " means the glory 

of God himself that streams forth from Christ. 

7. In what respects was the Son superior to the angels? 
vss. 4, 5. 



vss. 7-12. 
vss. 13, 14. 



igo Outline Bible Studies : ^""^'cradt^' 

8. Why did the Son, being God, also become man? (2 : 14-16.) 



Note 208.— "He . . . partook (A.V., "took part") of the same," that is, he 
took human nature. A perfect mediator between God and man must perfectly under- 
stand and sympathize with both. Christ as the divine Son could faithfully represent 
God, but to represent men he must also become man. 

9. What did the Son also become in order that he might make a perfect 
offering for sin? (2 ; 17.) 



Note 209.— After the writer had thus shown the superiority of Christ to angels, 
and his perfect fitness to become our great High Priest before God, he next showed his 
superiority to Moses (ch. 3), to Joshua (ch. 4), to Aaron and the entire Levitical 
priesthood (chs. 5-7) , and his fitness to become the Mediator of the new covenant 
(ch. 8). This led to the close of his argument as given below. 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 

3. Christ's Priesthood Permanent, and his Sacrifice Complete. 

Heb. 9: I — 10: 18. 

Note 210. — In chapter 9 it is shown that the tabernacle was only a type or 
representation of heaven, which was the true sanctuary ; and that its sacrifices were 
only types of Christ's sacrifice, which was the true offering for sin. 

10. What could the law and its sacrifices never do? (Heb. 10 : i, 4.) 



II. What was to be done with these sacrifices after Christ by his 
obedience had made a perfect sacrifice? (10 : 8, 9.) 



12. How did Christ's sacrifice compare with the Jewish sacrifices in 
power to take away sin? (10; 11-14.) 



13. Why, then, is no further offering for sin needed? (10: 15-18.) 



SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, WITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TALK ABOUT. 

14. Why ought we to give special heed to the things spoken by Christ 
(Heb. 2 : 1-3 ; memorize') ? In what respect is Jesus, our great High 



FortyTix. The History of The Apostolic Church. igi 

Priest, especially fitted to our needs (Heb. 4 : 14, 15) ? What should this 
encourage us to do (Heb. 4: 16) ? 

15. What does Christ become to those who obey him (Heb. 5:9).'' 
Unto whom, then, should those who run the Christian race look for help 
and strength (Heb. 12 : i, 2 ; memorize') ? 

16. How do we know that Jesus is as ready to help us to-day as he was 
to help his people in former times? (Heb. 13 : 8, Golden Text.) 

17. What is taught in this lesson about the Jewish priesthood and 
sacrifices? What about Christ? What about the way of salvation from 
sin? 



Lesson 46. THE LAST WORDS OF JOHN. Walking 
in Liglit and Abiding in Love. 

Selections from i, 2 and 3 John. Written between A.D. 80 and loo. 

GOLDEN TEXT : " Behold what manner of love the Father hath 
bestowed upon us, that we should be called children of God : and such 
we are." (i Jo. 3 : i^.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : i Jo. 4 : 7-21. 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday f i Jo. i : 1-4. The Purpose of the Epistle. 

iViONDAY \ I Jo. I : 5—2 : 1 1. Walking in the Light. 

r,^ f I Jo. 2: 12-17. Overcoming the Evil One. 
\ I Jo. 2 : 18-26. Warning against Antichrist. 

Wednesday ...A^\°-^' ^7-3 = 12- Conditions of Divine Sonship. 

1 I Jo. 3 : 13-24. Loving the Brethren. 

r I Jo. 4 : 1-6. Testing Spirits by what they Say of 

Thursday -| Christ. 

L I Jo. 4: 7-21. Abiding in God through Love. 

Friday i Jo., ch. 5. Faith, Prayer, and Knowledge. 

Saturday 2 John. Against Entertaining False Teachers. 

Sunday 3 John. Commendation of Gaius. 

LESSON TALK : THE FAREWELL WORDS OF THE BELOVED 

APOSTLE. 

Toward the close of his life, John, the last of the apostles, wrote 
three letters that are now found in the New Testament. The first 
and longest of these reads like the parting counsels of a father in 
Christ to his spiritual children. It was probably written from Ephe- 
sus to Gentile Christians to whom John had preached. Its aim was 
to present certain truths as tests whereby its readers might know 



tg2 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Z^dt"' 

whether they had eternal Hfe. It dwells on three such truths in 
particular : ( i ) God is light, that is, he is perfectly holy ; hence 
true Christians must live holy lives (1:5 — 2:11). (2) God is 
righteous; hence his children must always do right (2 : 27—3 : 12). 
(3) God is love ; hence only those who love their fellow-men can 
abide in the love of God (4 : 7-21). 

In the second epistle John writes to a certain " elect lady." 
Whether he meant by this expression a person or a church is not 
known. He is glad that her children walk in truth, and tells her not 
to open her house to certain false teachers. The third epistle 
praises Gains, ^' the beloved," to whom it was written, and speaks 
severely of one Diotrephes who had made trouble in the church. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. About what time v/as the epistle to the Hebrews written? 2. For 
what ciass of readers? 3. What was its purpose? 4. What does it 
show in regard to the nature of Christ? 5. What in regard to his priest- 
hood and sacrifice? 6. Why were the Old Testament priesthood and 
sacrifices to pass away? 7. At what time in John^s life were his three 
epistles written (see Lesson Talk)? 8. Mention three great truths which 
are presented in the first. 9. What is the title of this lesson? its topics? 
its Golden Text? 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, WITH WRITTEN-ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. Historical Introduction to i, 2 and 3 John. Scattered References. 
I. Why did John write his first epistle? (i Jo. 5 : 13.) 



Note 211. — " These things." The things contained in this epistle. 
2. How did he seem to regard his readers? (2: i, 7, 12, 13; 3:7, 
etc. ; see Lesson Talk.) 



3. To what dangers were they exposed ? (2 : 26 ; 4 : i.) 



Forty-six. The Histo7y of The Apostolic Church, igj 

4. To whom, and for what purpose, was the second epistle of John 
written? (2 Jo., vss. i, 10; see Lesson Talk.) 



5. To whom, and for what purpose, was the third epistle of John 
written? (3 Jo., vss. i, 5-8; see Lesson Talk.) 



WEDNESDAY. 
2. Walking in the Light, i Jo. i : 5 — 2: ii. 
6. What message had John and his fellow- apostles received from 
:hrist? (I Jo. I : 5.) 



Note 212. — "Light" here means holiness, purity, truth; "darkness" means 
impurity, untruth, sin. 

7. If we walk in the light, with w^hom do we have fellowship, and what 
great favor do we receive? (i : 6, 7.) 



8. How may we know whether we are walking in the light or in the 
darkness? (2:9-11.) 



Note 213. — " His brother," that is, his neighbor, in the sense in which Christ used 
this word (see Lu. lo : 25-37). 

THURSDAY AND FRIDAY. 
3. Abiding in God through Love, i Jo. 4: 7-21. 
9. What did John say of the character of God? (i Jo. 4: 8, i6b.) 



10. How can we know that we are born of God, and that we know 
him? (vs. 7.) 



ig4 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Zde?^' 

II. Ho'v has the love of God been shown to us? (vss. 9, 10; 
7nemori2e.) 



12. Tell how we may know that God abides in us, and we in him. 

vs. 12. 

vs. 13. 

vs. 15. 

vs. \6c. 

13. What does perfect love do, and why.^ (vs. 18.) 



14. How can any one tell whether or not he loves God? (vss. 20, 21, 
comp. 5 : 1-3.) 



SATURDAY. 
I.ESSON TEACHINGS, TVITH QUESTIONS TO THINK AND TAI.K ABOUT. 

15. What is it to "walk in the light '7 What is it to ** walk in the 
daikness"? What are those called who walk in the light (Jo. 12:36, 
cojjip. I Thes. 5:5)? 

16. If we are born of God, how ought we to show it (i Jo. 2:29; 
3:9; 5:4)? What are we now (i Jo. 3:2^2)? Whom shall we pres- 
ently be like (i Jo. 3 : 2b') ? What should so great a hope lead us to do 
(f Jo- Z'-?)'-) "f^is^fiorize vss. 1-3) ? 

17. Why ought w^e to love God (i Jo. 4: 19, comp. Jo. 3: 16)? How 
should our love for God show itself (2 Jo., vs. 6) ? If God is love, why 
do not men love him ? 

18. What were some of the last counsels left by the apostle John (i Jo. 
5:21 •. 3 Jo., vs. 11)? What are some of the things against which we 
specially need to guaid ourselves? What is it to live the Christian life as 
described in this lesson ? 



Lesson 

Forty-seven. 



The History of The Apostolic Church, 



195 



Lesson 47. THE CONDITION OF THE CHURCHES 
AS REFLECTED IN THE GOSPELS. The Re- 
lation of the Gospels to the Apostolic Age. 

Selections from Matthew, Mark, Luke and John. Written between A.D. - 

60 and 100. 

GOLDEN TEXT: "These are written, that ye may believe that 
Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God ; and that believing ye may have 
life in his name." (Jo. 20:31.) 

SCRIPTURE, to be read in school or class : Mk. i : 1-15. 



Monday . 
Tuesday . . . 
Wednesday 
Thursday . 
Friday .... 

SATURX)AY . 

Sunday — 



DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

. . Jo. I : 1-18. The Eternal Word Made Flesh. 

. . Mt., ch. 2. Jesus, the King of the Jews. 

. .Mk. I : 21-45. Jesus, the Mighty Son of God. 

. .Lu., ch. 15. Jesus, the Friend of the Lost. 

. . Mt. 21 : 2)Z — 22 : 14. Jesus Prophesying the Fall of Judaism. 

. . Jo. 12 : 20-36. The Uplifted Christ Drawing All Men 

to himself. 
. .Mt., ch. 28. Christ's Last Command: The Gospel 

Made Universal. 



LESSON TALK : THE ORIGIN AND PURPOSE OF THE 

FOUR GOSPELS. 

1. The Origin of the Gospels, — The early churches heard the story 
of our Lord's hfe from the Hps of the apostles. Their oral narratives, 
repeated more or less fully wherever they went, were the yfr^-/ form 
in which the gospels appeared. As long as the churches were com- 
paratively few this was sufficient. But as years passed on the churches 
increased so greatly in number, and became so widely scattered, that 
the apostles could not visit them all. Besides, the apostles them- 
selves began to be removed by death. Thus arose the need of 
written accounts of Christ's life. To meet this need the facts as told 
by the apostles were written down either by themselves or by those 
who heard them. This was the second form in which the gospels 
appeared. It resulted in many narratives (Lu. 1:1), some probably 
short, and others more complete. Some such accounts, now lost, 
seem to have been used, in part at least, by the authors of our first 
three gospels in writing their books. The final form taken by the 
apostolic narratives was that given in the inspired records that have 
come down to us from the four evangelists. 

2. The Gospel of Mark, — Most BibUcal scholars now beHeve that 



ig6 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^'cradt' 

this is the oldest of the gospels, and that it was written for Gentile 
readers who lived, perhaps, in and around Rome. Mark was a 
companion of Peter, and therefore it is possible that his gospel gives 
the story of our Lord's life very much as Peter told it. Its purpose, 
apparendy, was to lead men to believe in Christ by showing that he 
was the Son of God, mighty in word and deed. 

3. The Gospel of Matthew, — Matthew's gospel presents Jesus as 
the Messianic King whom the prophets had foretold. It also em- 
phasizes the fact that because the Jews had rejected Christ, they 
were to be rejected by God, and his kingdom was to be transferred 
to the Gentiles. Like the epistle to the Hebrews, it was probably 
written for Jewish readers about the time of the destruction of 
Jerusalem in a.d. 70. 

4. The Gospel of Luke, — This was written, perhaps after the 
destruction of Jerusalem, for Luke's own Greek countrymen. 
During a large part of Paul's ministry Luke was his faithful com- 
panion, and so caught the spirit of his teachings. His gospel 
therefore is for all mankind, and shows Christ as the divine Friend 
who came to seek and to save that which was lost. 

5. The Gospel of John, — This was probably written about a.d. 90. 
It presents Jesus as the Son of God, through whom we may have 
eternal life. In comparison with the other gospels, it shows that at 
the time when it was written, the churches through long-continued 
thought about our Lord, had gained much in their apprehension of 
his divine glory. 

6. The Light Thrown by the Gospels on the State of the Churches, — 
The gospels give no direct information concerning the state of the 
churches at the time when they were written. But in their purpose 
and spirit they suggest much that is of value on this point. This 
lesson calls attention to only a few of the more prominent features 
of this subject. 

OUTLINE OF STUDY FOR THE WEEK. 

SUNDAY AFTERNOON. 

REVIEW AND PRELIMINARY QUESTIONS. 

I. At what period in John's life were his three epistles written? 
2. Where, probably, was the first written? 3. What three great truths 



Forty-selen. The Historv cf The Apostolic Church, ig"; 

were presented in it? 4. Why was the history of our Lord's life not 
written at once after his ascension (see Lesson Talk, i) ? 5. What led to 
the writing of the first accounts, now lost? 6. What use was made of 
these accounts by other writers? 7. What light is thrown by the gospels 
on the state of the churches (see Lesson Talk, 6) ? 

(In view of what is said in Note 219, I,esson 48, decide how many Sundays shall be given to 
that lesson, and give notice accordingly.) 

THE LESSON OUTLINE, TVITH TV KITTEN- ANSWER QUESTIONS. 

MONDAY AND TUESDAY. 
1. General Questions. Scattered References. 
I. What was the earliest form taken by the narrative of our Lord's 
life? (Lu. 1:2, 4; see Lesson Talk, i.) 



Note 214. — " As they delivered them unto us." This clearly refers to the facts as 
learned from the lips of the apostles themselves, which by constant repetition took a 
somewhat fixed, though" as yet unwritten form. " Instructed " ; this word refers not to 
what had been learned from books, but to oral instruction. This fact shows how 
widely these unwritten accounts had spread. 

2. Whom alone did the early churches accept as apostolic witnesses 
concerning the life and teachings of Christ? (Lu. 1:2; Acts 1:21, 22.) 



Note 215. — The phrase " eyewitnesses and ministers " refers to those who had 
been with Jesus from the beginning. 

3. Which of the four evangelists had been "eyewitnesses'' of the 
ministry of Jesus? (Mt. 9:9; 4:21, comp. i Jo. i : 1-3.) 



4. What, apparently, was the second form in which these apostolic 
narratives appeared? (Lu. i:i; see Lesson Talk, i.) 



Note 216. — " Many" means not only Mark and Matthew (perhaps it does not 
include them at all), but others not eye-witnesses, who had attempted to write out the 
well-known facts of our Lord's life as stated by the apostles. 

5. What did Luke do before he began to write his gospel? (Lu. i : 3.) 



6, What was the final and finished form taken by the apostolic narratives 
of our Lord's life? (Acts i : i, 2; see Lesson Talk, i.) 



ig8 Outline Bible Studies : ^""gZH!"' 

Note 217. — "The former treatise" refers to the gospel of Luke in its finished 
form. 1 he four gospels as we now have them were quicldy recognized by the early 
churches as perfectly trustworthy accounts. The other imperfect accounts that had 
preceded them were soon set aside and lost. 

WEDNESDAY. 

2. The Gospel According to Mark. Scattered References. 

7. What did Mark try to show in regard to Jesus? (See Lesson 
Talk, 2.) 

Mk. i: I. 

Mk. 1 : 21, 22 ; 6:2. 

Mk. T : 23-28, 30-34, etc. 

8. For whom was this gospel apparently written (see Lesson Talk, 2)? 
What does this show as to the spread of Christianity when Mark wrote? 
What was the relation of this gospel to Peter's preaching? 



THURSDAY. 
3. The Gospel According to Matthew. Scattered References. 
9. How does Matthew present Christ? (Mt. i : i ; 2:1,2; 25 : 31, 34 ; 
see Lesson Talk, 3.) 



10. How does he represent the Jewish rulers as treating their Messianic 
King? (2:13; 9:34; 21:38-46; 27:62-64.) 



II. What was to become of the Jews because they rejected the Messiah, 
and to whom was his kingdom to be transferred (8:11, 12 ; 21 : 43 ; 28 : 
18-20; see Lesson Talk, 3)? What light does this fact throw on the 
probable date of this gospel (see Lesson Talk, 3)? What upon the class 
of readers for whom it was written? 



FRIDAY. 
4. The Gospel According to Luke. Scattered References. 
12. How does Luke's genealogy of Christ show that he was writing not 
for Jews alone, but for all mankind? (Lu. 3 : 38, comp, Mt. i : i.) 



Note 218. — "The son of Adam, the son of God." Luke follows the ancestry of 
Jesus back to the starting-point of the human race. Matthew, on the other hand, in 



I 



Forty-selen. The History of The Apostolic Church, igg 

writing for Jews, follows it back only through David, the king, to Abraham, the father 
of the Jews. 

13. How does Luke present Christ? (19 : 10.) 



14. Mention some of the things in Luke's gospel which show that it 
was intended for all mankind. 

10:29-37. 
15:1-7. 
15:11-24. 
18:9-14. 

19: I-IO. 

15. From whom had Luke received his idea of the gospel (see Lesson 
Talk, 4) ? What great conflict had then been fought, and what victory 
won (see Lessons 22 and 28) ? How had the churches then come to 
regard the Gentiles? What does this fact suggest as to the time when 
this gospel was written ? 



SATURDAY. 
5. The Gospel According to John. Scattered References. 
16. When was the gospel of John probably written? (See Lesson 
Talk, 5.) 



17. Why was it written? (Jo. 20: 30, 31.) 



18. On what does it lay especial stress concerning Christ (i : 1-3; 5 : 
18; 10:30; 17:5, etc.)? What does this fact show respecting the 
church at the time when it was written (see Lesson Talk, 5) ? 



19. What do these gospels show us as to the value put by the early 
church on the life and teachings of Christ? What as to the progress that 
Christianity had made in the first century? What as to the object for 
which the apostles labored and taught (Jo. 20:31, Golden Text)? 



200 Outline Bible Studies : ^""^Zra^e^^' 

Lesson 48. REVIEW OF PART V: LESSONS 42-47; 
AND A GENERAL REVIEW OF THE COURSE. 

A.D. 66-IOO (see Note 4, Abstract of Lessons, Introduction). 

Note 219. — It is recommended that this review lesson be divided into two parts, 
the Questions on Part V being taken for one Sunday, and those on the General Re- 
view of the Course for the next Sunday. In this way the lesson, especially the second 
part of it, can be made of great value in fixing in mind the principal events and general 
outlines of this history ; otherwise it will be necessary either to select and announce 
beforehand the topics to be taken up in class, or to go over the lesson very rapidly. 

Note 220. — Summary of Principal Events in Part V. i. The Destruc- 
tion of Jerusalem, and its Influence on the New Testament Books, — The event of most 
importance to the church during this period was the destruction of Jerusalem and the 
overthrow of the Jewish nation by the Romans, in A.D. 70. Although the New Tes- 
tament contains no account of this event, at least three of its books — Revelation, 
Hebrews and Matthew — seem to have been written with more or less reference to it. 
The first of these was intended to comfort Christians by an assurance of the church's 
final triumph over all its enemies ; the second, to teach Jewish Christians that since 
Christ had appeared the passing away of the temple and its sacrifices was inevitable ; 
the third, for the same class of readers, made it clear that the transfer of the kingdom 
of God from the Jews to the Gentiles was a necessary result of the rejection of Jesus 
by the Jews. 

2. The Remaining New Testament Writings of this Period. — Of the other New Tes- 
tament books possibly written during this period, the gospel of Mark and the first 
epistle of Peter very likely date from between A.D. 67 and 69, but possibly some 
years earlier. The epistles of Jude and 2 Peter perhaps belong also between A.D. 67 
and 69, but the evidence is insufficient for a very definite conclusion. The gospel of 
Luke and the Acts were probably written a few years after the destruction of Jerusalem, 
while the latest of the New Testament writings — the fourth gospel and the epistles of 
John — probably belong to the last decade of the century. 

3. The Death of the Last of the Apostles, — As above mentioned, we have writings of 
Peter, Matthew, and John which we may reasonably suppose to have been written 
during the period now under consideration. Whether any other apostles survived 
until this time we do not know. According to tradition Peter suffered martyrdom at 
Rome under Nero, and therefore not later than A.D. 68, the year of Nero's death ; 
and John, the last of the apostles, survived until toward the close of the century. 
His death, perhaps at Ephesus, closed the apostolic age. 

4. General Characteristics. — This was a period of much political disturbance and 
civil war. Although we have but little definite information from any source concern- 
ing the church during this time, yet from the New Testament allusions to persecutions 
and heresies, and from our general knowledge of the period, we may safely describe 
it as a time of severe trial for Christians, both from within and from without the 
church. It was the period during which the influence of Christianity first began to be 
widely felt in the Roman empire, and in which it began those conflicts with heathenism 
which after two centuries of further struggle resulted in the establishment of Christian- 
ity on the throne of the Caesars. 



Foriy-ei^gkL ^^^ History of The Apostolic Church, 201 

GOLDEN TEXT : ** If any man sin, we have an Advocate with the 
Father, Jesus Christ the righteous: and he is the propitiation for our 
sins; and not for ours only, but also for the whole world." (i Jo. 2; 

lb, 2.) 

DAILY SCRIPTURE READINGS. 

Monday i Pet., ch. i. The Christian's Living Hope. 

Tuesday Rev., ch. i. Christ in His Heavenly Glory. 

Wednesday Heb. i : i — 2 : 4. Christ, the Divine Son of God. 

Thursday Heb. 2 : 5-18. Christ, the Perfect Mediator. 

Friday Heb., ch. 12. Exhortations to Persistence in the Faith. 

Saturday i Jo. i : i — 2 : 1 1. Walking in the Light. 

Sunday i Jo. 4 : 7-21. Abiding in God through Love. 

GOLDEN TEXT RESPONSIVE SERVICE. 

- (To be used with this lesson in place of the regular Scripture reading. The numerals with the 
questions refer to the lessons in Part V.) 

XLIL Superintendent {or Teacher). How did Peter exhort Christians 
to bear the trials that came upon them? 

Sunday-school {or Class). " If a man suffer as a Christian, let him not 
be ashamed ; but let him glorify God in this name." (i Pet. 4 : 16.) 

XLIII. What did he command them concerning their knowledge of 
Christ? 

**Grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus 
Christ." (2 Pet. 3 : 18^.) 

XLIV. What was Christ's promise to the church in Laodicea? 

"He that overcometh, I will give to him to sit down with me in my 
throne, as I also overcame, and sat down with my Father in his throne." 
(Rev. 3:21.) 

XLV. What is said in Hebrews about Christ's unchangeableness ? 
*' Jesus Christ is the same yesterday and to-day, yea and for ever." 
(Heb. 13:8.) 

XLVI. What have Christians become through the love of God? 
** Behold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that 
we should be called children of God : and such we are." (i Jo. 3 : la.) 

XLVII. How did the beloved apostle describe the contents and pur- 
pose of his gospel? 

" These are written, that ye may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the 
Son of God; and that beheving ye may have life in his name." (Jo. 
20:31.) 

XLVIIL In what most precious words does he sum up Christ's work 
for us? 

** If any man sin, we have an Advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the 
righteous : and he is the propitiation for our sins ; and not for ours only, 
but also for the whole world." (i Jo. 2 : i^, 2.) 



202 Outline Bible Studies : ^'''cradT^' 

QUESTIONS ON PART V. (See Note 219.) 

1. What is the title of Part V, and how many years does it cover? 

2. What was the leading event of this period (see Note 220, 1) ? What 
three New Testament books were written with more or less reference to it? 
What was the purpose of each of these books? 

3. What other New Testament books may belong to this period (Note 
220, 2) ? Which of them may have been written at an eadier date? 

4. What do we know from tradition concerning the death of Peter and of 
John (Note 220, 3) ? What were the general characteristics of this 
period (Note 220, 4) ? 

5. State opposite the following references the leading fact or thought in 
the passage. 

Note 221. — These statements when complete for this lesson will form an out- 
line of the material now under review. An arrangement in tabular form before the eye 
assists greatly in fixing the outline in mind. These statements should be compared 
with the lesson topics, used in connection with the same references, and a line drawn 
across the page to indicate the divisions between the lessons. The lesson topics may 
be used if desired. 

I Pet. I : 1-12. 



I Pet. 2: 18-25. 

I Pet. 4: 12-19. 

Jude, vss. 4-18; 2 Pet. 2: 1 — 3:3. 

Rev., ch. I. 

Rev., chs. 2, 3. 

Heb., chs. i, 2. 

Heb. 9: 1— 10: 18. 

I Jo. 1 :5 — 2: II. 

I Jo. 4:7-21. 



Forty-ei^ht. The Histovy of The Apostolic Church, 203 

(The next four references are from the Daily Scripture Readings of Lesson 47.) 
Mt., Ch. 2. 



Mk. I : 21-45. 
Lu., ch. 15. 

Jo. I : 1-18. 

6. To whom was the first epistle of Peter addressed ? For what purpose 
was it written.^ 

7. When and where was the book of Revelation written? What Old 
Testament book does it resemble ? What was its general purpose ? What 
its immediate object? 

8. What can you tell of the author of the epistle to the Hebrews? 
What is the chief purpose of this epistle? What does it prove about 
Christ? What about the Jewish priesthood and sacrifices? 

9. What three epistles were probably the latest writings of the New 
Testament? What three great truths are especially noticed in the first of 
them? 

10. In what order were the four gospels probably written? How is our 
Lord presented in each ? What may we infer from them as to the extent 
and condition of the church at the time when they were written? 

GENERAI. REVIEW QUESTIONS ON THE COURSE. 

(See Note 219.) 

11. Questions on Part I. i. When and where was the first great 
outpouring of the Spirit on U^e disciples? 2. How many were added to 
the church at this time? 3. How did these early Christians live together? 
4. By whom were they soon opposed ? 

12. Questions on Part II. i. By what event were the early disciples 
scattered abroad? 2. Into what regions did they first carry the gospel? 
3. What most notable convert was made about this time? 4. Who was 
the first Gentile convert of whom we have record? 5. Where and how 
was the first Gentile church founded? 6. How did most of the early 
church feel about Gentile converts? 7. Who was the leading apostle up 
to this time? 8. Who afterwards? 9. To whom was the epistle of James 
addressed, and why was it written? 

13. Questions on Part III. i. What churches were planted by Paul 
on his first missionary journey? 2. What was the occasion of the council 
at Jerusalem? 3. What churches were planted on the second missionary 
journey? 4. On this journey, what two epistles were written from Corinth, 
and why? s* What other epistle was written either on this journey, or 



204 Outline Bible Studies. ^""^'cradt^' 

soon after Paul's return to Syria? 6. What was its purpose? 7. Where 
did Paul labor for three years on his third journey, and with what success ? 
8. What epistle was written there, and why? 9. Where was the second 
epistle to the same church written? 10. What epistle was written shortly 
afterwards at Corinth, and why? 11. Why did Paul return to Jerusalem at 
this time? 

14. Questions on Part IV. i. Describe Paul's arrest, trials, and 
journey to Rome. 2. What four epistles did he write during his first 
Roman imprisonment, and what was the special object of each ? 3. Where 
was Paul at the close of the history contained in this Part? 4. What more 
do we learn concerning Paul from the Pastoral epistles ? 

15. Questions on Part V. i. What part of the apostolic period is 
included in this Part? 2. What were its general characteristics (Note 
220, 4) ? 

MISCEI.I.ANEOUS QUESTIONS, 

16. Make a list of the New Testament books in the order of time in 
which they were written, as given in these lessons. 

17. Mention at least three events in the history of the apostolic church 
which seem to you of especial importance, and give the reasons for your 
opinion. 

18. What do you regard as the most important truth that has been 
noticed in this series of lessons, and why? 



Koto unto !)im t]^at fs able to gttarti gou from stumbling, anti to 
get gou before tlje presenee of \\% glorg &3itf)out blemtsf} ixs. exeeetitng 
jog, to \\t onlg @oti our Sairtour, tfjroug]^ Sesus ffif)rt0t our 3Lorti, 
be glorg, majestg, tiominton anl( pob3er, before all time, anti no&), ani 
for e&ermore* 3lmen* 

THK END. 



APPKNDIX. 



Table of Abbreviations. 

A.D. In the year of our Lord. Am. Rev. American Revisers* Notes in the R. V. App. 
Appendix to Quarterly. A. V. Authorized Version of the Bible — the one in common use. B.C. 
Before Christ. B. D. Bible Dictionary, in Appendix. Cf. or Comp. Compare, Cli. or Chap. 
Chapter, e. g. For example, ff. The following verses or pages. Gr. Greek. Heb. Hebrew 
Old Testament, i. e. That is. /. c. Last clause. L.XX. Greek Old Testament, used in the 
time of Christ. MSS. Ancient manuscripts of the Old or New Testament writings. N. T. 
New Testament. O. T. Old Testament, p.p. Parallel passages. pp. Pages. K. V. 
Revised Version of the Bible, recommended for these lessons, v. Verse, vs. Verses. iv. s. 
Which see. An interrogation point in parentheses (?) after a statement expresses doubt as to 
its correctness. 

In Scripture references, chapters and verses are indicated thus : Acts 1 : 8, which means, the 
book of the Acts, first chapter, eighth verse. Acts 1:1,5, which means, Acts, first chapter, 
the first and the fifth verses. Acts 1 ; 1-5, which embraces all the fuaterial fro7n the first 
to the fifth verses inclusive. 

A passage from more than one chapter is indicated thus: 3:1 — 4:31: which embraces all 
the material from 3:1 to 4 : 31 inclusive; in such cases the — is twice as long as the one used 
between verses in the same chapter. Small letters, a, b, c, after a verse numeral (thus: Acts i: 
i^) refer to successive clauses or divisions in the verse. Books of the Bible are referred to by 
their first two or more letters, except Cant., for the Song of Songs; Mt., St. Matthew; Mk., St. 
Mark; and a few others which explain themselves. 



Table of Books Recommended. 

The Bible. — The Revised Version is earnestly recommended. Price, 40 cents, $1.15, $1.50, 
postpaid. Teacher's Edition with maps, notes, index, etc., ruby type, $6.00; minion type, $8,00. 
For Sunday-schools using the Authorized Version, the Oxford's Teacher's Bible with all the helps, 
ruby type, is recommended. Price from $2.00 to $7.00, according to binding. 

Next in Value. — Cruden: Concordance, $1.50; condensed, $1.00. TValker: Compre- 
hensive Concordance, excellent, $2.00. Schaff : Bible Dictionary, $2.00 net. 

Introductory Books. — Cambridge Companion to the Bible, 1893: Very valu- 
able; three editions, $1.00, $1.25, and $2.00, respectively. Oxford "Helps to the Study 
of the Bible": $1.50. A standard work, similar to the Cambridge Companion; one or both 
of these books should be in the hands of every teacher. Dods : Introduction to the New Testa- 
ment; for popular use, $1.00. "Weiss: A Manual of Introduction to the New Testament; crit- 
ical, 2 vols,, $4.00. 

Commentaries on the Acts. — Abbott : Good for Sunday-school use, $1.75. Hackett : 
More technical but very valuable, $2.00. Ho'W^son and Spence : In " International Revision 
Commentary," compact and serviceable, $1.25. Lumby : In "Cambridge Bible," good, $1.10 
net. Plumptre : In " The Handy Commentary," fair in statement, $1.25. Stokes : In " The 
Expositor's Bible," very diffuse, 2 vols., $3.00. 

History of the Apostolic Church. — t.echler : Apostolic and Post- Apostolic Times, 
2 vols., $4.00. Neander : Planting and Training of the Christian Church, $4.00. Schaff: 
History of the Christian Church, vol. i, chs. iii and iv, $4.00. Fisher: Beginnings of Chris- 
tianity, chs. xv-xvii, $2.50. Thatcher : A Sketch of the History of the Apostolic Church, 
$1.25; a clear and exceedingly helpful discussion. 

The Liife of St. Paul. — Conybeare and BEo^vson : A standard work, $3.00. Farrar : 
Graphic and eloquent, $2.00. Stalker : A model of condensation, 60 cents. Taylor : Popular, 
$1.50. 

The Epistle of St. James. — Plumptre: Commentary in "The Cambridge Bible," 40 
cents net. Farrar : In " Early Days of Christianity," 75 cents. 

Note. — Add 10 per cent, to books marked " net," if ordered by mail. Others sent postpaid 
on receipt of price. Special terms in quantities for teachers and schools. 

For further information, address, THE BIBLE STUDY PUBLISHING CO., 21 Bromfield 
St., Boston. 



Appendix : Remarks on Lesson it 
EEMARKS ON LESSON 1. 

Remark 1. A few general questions on these Remarks are asked in the lesson. 
Teachers can ask such other questions as are needed to bring out the facts clearly. 

The Book of the Acts. . 
Remark 2. — The Title. In the best manuscripts the book is entitled 
simply *' Acts of Apostles," that is, so77ie acts of some apostles. This title is more 
appropriate than " The Acts of the Apostles," as the book mentions nothing con- 
cerning eight of the original apostles except their names, and treats mainly of 
Peter and Paul. Moreover, even Peter disappears from the narrative as soon as 
the work of Paul is fairly begun. 

Remark 3. — The Author. This was undoubtedly Luke, who also wrote 
the gospel bearing his name. Little is known of him; but he was probably a 
Gentile, and is called by Paul "the beloved physician" (Col. 4: 14). 

Remark 4. — Object and Date. The book was written to show how the 
church was extended throughout the world in continuation of the work which 
our Lord began (Acts i : i), and in fulfillment of his command to the apostles 
to be his witnesses "unto the uttermost part of the earth" (i : 8). Li pursu- 
ance of this purpose the writer shows how Christianity was first established in 
Jerusalem; and how it spread thence throughout Palestine and into Asia Minor 
and Europe, until, by its chief apostle, it was preached in Rome, the capital 
of the world. Naturally it gives the most space to the career of Paul, since 
his work was by far the most important. It may have been written as early as 
A.D. 63 or as late as A.D. 80, but probably nearer 80 than 60. 

Remark 5. — General Outline. In accordance with the purpose of the 
book as above stated, its contents may be divided into the four following sections, 
which are also the basis of the first four Parts in this course of lessons : 

(i) From the Ascension of Christ tmtil the Death of Stephen. — Chs. 1-7. 
This was the period of preparation and beginnings. The narrative first shows 
how our Lord's last promise to his disciples was fulfilled by the outpouring of the 
Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost, and then outlines briefly the history of 
the church while it confined itself to Jerusalem (see Note i. Lesson i). 

(2) From the Death of Stephen zintil the Fstablishjnent of a Gentile Church in 
Antioch. — Chs. 8-1 1. This was the period of involuntary church extension. 
It was the time when, through persecution, the disciples were driven away from 
Jerusalem, and went throughout Palestine and to other lands, preaching the word. 

(3) From the Establishment of a Gentile Church in Antioch until the Close of 
PauVs Third Missionary yourney. — 'Chs. 12: I — 21 : 14. This was the period 
of church extension through organized missionary effort. It saw the gospel 
carried by Paul and his companions throughout Asia Minor and Greece, and by 
other agencies to Rome. The Jewish Christians found it exceedingly difficult to 
believe that the Gentiles could become Christians, without also becoming Jews 
and taking upon themselves the obligations of the Mosaic law. This gave rise to 
a great conflict in the church, and occasioned the first council at Jerusalem (Acts, 
ch. 15), and also Paul's epistles to the Galatians and to the Romans. In all this 
conflict Paul stood for the freedom of the Gentiles from the bondage of the law. 

(4) From the Close of PauVs Third Missionary Journey until the End of his 
Second Year as a Prisoner in Rome, — Chs. 21 : 15 — 28:31. This portion of 
the book is occupied mainly with the personal history of Paul as a prisoner in 
Jerusalem, in Caesarea, and on his way to Rome. 

a 



Appendix : Remark on Lesson i8. 

Remark 6.— Paul's Route from Antioch of Pisidia to Troas. (i) Until 
quite recently it has been generally held that when Paul "went through the region of 
Galatia and Phrygia " (Acts i6:6), he made a detour of 600-700 miles into the chief 
settlements of the Gauls in Galatia proper (see B. D., " Galatia"), as shown on the 
accompanying map. The reasons for this view are {a) the assumption that " the 
churches of Galatia " (Gal. i : 2) must have been in Galatia proper, rather than in 
some other part of the much larger Roman province of Galatia; and (b) that as the 
first journey did not extend into Galatia proper, and as the Galatian churches were 
visited at the beginning of the third journey (Acts 18:23), they must have been 
planted on the second journey, at the time above referred to (Acts 16 : 6). 

(2) This view involves serious difficulties : {a) The narrative in the Acts seems to 
imply that Paul was pressing toward the west ; {b) Luke's simple words " they went 
through " seem to forbid such an extended detour and a sojourn sufficiently long to 
permit the establishment of three or four churches ; and {c) Paul's first preaching to 
the Galatians was because of an infirmity (Gal. 4 : 13) ; that is, he either went to Galatia 
because he was sick, or while on his way through was detained there by sickness. 
But recent explorations in Asia Minor, giving a better knowledge of its physical 
geography and of possible routes of travel, have made it seem very improbable that 
Paul should have either undertaken such a prolonged journey northeastward through 
the thinly populated and inhospitable regions of Galatia proper to any point beyond, 
or that he should have gone to these regions for his health ; {d) the New Testament 
gives no hint of the existence of churches in Galatia proper, except on the assumption 
above referred to. 

(3) The following considerations still further favor the view that " the churches of 
Galatia " were those in Antioch, Iconium, Lystra, and Derbe, planted by Paul and 
Barnabas on the first missionary journey : {a) The fact that these churches, though 
in different districts, were included in the province of Galatia made the term " churches 
of Galatia " the only geographical name by which they could be addressed in common ; 
{b) in I Cor., ch. 16, Paul speaks of Achaia, Macedonia, Asia, and Galatia; the first 
three of these unquestionably denote the Roman provinces, instead of the smaller 
districts called by the same names; the presumption, therefore, is that Galatia is used 
in the same sense. If so, then these four names cover the entire territory known to 
have been evangelized by Paul ; {c) it seems, moreover, to have been Paul's habit to 
speak of the churches either by the name of the city in which each was located, or 
else by groups, naming them by the province in which they were situated (see i Cor., 
ch. 16 ; 2 Cor., ch. 9, and the salutations to all the epistles) . It is hardly reasonable to 
assume that Galatia is an exception to this rule, especially as by so doing we destroy 
all reference in Paul's letters to the important churches of south Galatia. (^) the name 
Galatia occurs, moreover, in connection with the great collection for the poor saints in 
Jerusalem which was taken on the third journey. But if " Galatia " here refers to the 
district only, and not to the province, then the important group of churches founded by 
Paul on his first journey are not mentioned in connection with an offering that was 
apparently intended to represent all the Gentile churches (see i Cor., ch. 16 ; 2 Cor., 
chs. 8, 9) ; {e) there is no clear evidence that Paul was ever in Galatia proper {cf. 
Smith's Diet. Bib., New Ed., Art., " Galatia," p. iio6a). 

For these and other reasons, the view that the Galatian churches were those founded 
on the first journey is rapidly winning acceptance, and is adopted in these lessons. If 
this view is correct, then Luke's narrative describes a route northward toward Bithynia 
until "over against {i,e,''on a line with") Mysia," and thence westward to Troas 
(soe map on page 73, Lesson 18). 



Ut 



Appendix. 
BIBLE DICTIONARY OF THE LESSOKS* 



Abbreviations. — A. V. The Authorized Version of the Bible. R. V. 
Co7np. or cf. Compare, ff. The following verses, iv. s. Which see. 



The Revised Version. 



A'bra-ham. — The Chaldean whom God 
called to emigrate to Canaan and become the 
founder of the Hebrew nation. He is often 
extolled as an example of faith, and as such is 
the spiritual ancestor of all true believers in 
Christ (Gal. 3: 7, 29.) 

A-cel'da-ma. — See " Akeldama." 

A-clia'ia. — Originally the name of a 
strip of territory bordering the Corinthian 
Gulf, along the northern coast of the Pelopon- 
nesus. In the time of Paul it was the name of 
the Roman senatorial province which included 
all of Greece south of Thessaly. Achaia was 
Greece proper (Acts 20: 2) as opposed to 
Macedonia, which, however, v/as included in 
the larger conception of Greece. Hence 
Achaia and Macedonia are frequently men- 
tioned together (Acts 19:21; Rom. 15: 26; i 
Thes. i: 7,8;. 

Ad-ra-myt'ti-um. — A seaport in north- 
western Asia Minor, east by south from 
Troas. By taking a ship of Adramyttium sail- 
ing from Csesarea, the centurion having Paul 
and the other prisoners in charge hoped to 
reach a point where he could find a vessel 
sailing to Italy. He found one at Myra. 

A'dri-a. — In Paul's day the meaning of 
this name had been extended so as to include 
that large division of the Mediterranean Sea 
which lies between Sicily, Italy, Greece, Crete, 
and Africa. 

A-grip'^pa {Herod Agrippa II). — 
The king mentioned in Acts 25: 13, a son of 
Herod Agrippa I (see "Herod (2)") and 
grandson of Herod the Great. Being only 
17 years of age at the death of his father, he 
was too young to succeed him, but some six 
years later the kingdom of Chalcis was given 
to him, which was afterwards enlarged by the 
addition of Iturea and Trachonitis, with the 
title of king. He was noted for his lavish 
expenditures in building. He was the last 
ruler of the house of Herod. 

A-kel'da-ina (A. V., "Aceldama," 
field of blood.) — A field near Jerusalem which 
ancient tradition places near the pool of Siloam, 
and which was so called from the violent death 
of Judas associated with it. 

Al-ex-an'der. — A smith, that is, a worker 
in copper or iron, who opposed Paul, and against 
whom Paul warned Timothy (2 Tim. 4: 14, 

15). 

Al-ex-an'dri-a. — A city of Egypt 
founded in 332 B.C. by Alexander the Great, 
at the western mouth of the Nile, in northern 
Egypt. The city was famous for its commerce, 
but especially for its speculative philosophy. 
The great numbers of Jews who dwelt there, 
coming in contact with this Greek learning, 
developed a distinct type of religious faith. 
The Septuagint Greek translation of the 
Old Testament was made by them about 
880 B.C. 



Al-ex-an^dri-ans. — Strictly speaking, 
inhabitants of the city of Alexandria of any 
race or faith. But in Acts 6 : 9 the term denotes 
Jews of Alexandrian birth and training, who 
were living either temporarily or permanently 
in Jerusalem, and who had a synagogue there. 

Am-phip'o-lis. — A city of Macedonia 
on the seacoast, about 30 miles southwest of 
Philippi. 

An 'drew. — A native of Bethsaida of Gal- 
ilee, brother of Simon Peter, and one of the 
twelve apostles. He labored according to one 
tradition in Scythia, according to another in 
Achaia. But there is no variation in the tradi- 
tion which places the scene of his martyrdom 
at Patrse in Achaia. 

An'nas. — The high priest of the Jews 
from A.D. 6 to 15. He continued to have a 
great influence even after he was deposed from 
office, and was referred to as high priest (Lu. 
3:2; Acts 4 : 6) long after he had ceased to be 
such. 

An f ti-och . — ( 1 ) The Capital of Syria , 

near the mouth of the Orontes River, founded 

by Seleucus Nicator in 300 B.C., and named 

after his father, Antiochus, an officer in the 

army of Philip of Macedon. In the time of 

Paul it had a population of nearly half a mil- 

I lion, composed of people of all nationalities 

i and every religion. " It is probable that no 

I population has ever been more abandoned than 

those of the Oriental Greek cities under the 

Roman empire, and of these cities Antioch 

was the greatest and the worst." 

(2) Antioch of Pisidia. — A city in the 
S. W. part of the province of Galatia, of the 
southern half of which it formed the governing 
and military center. At the time of Paul's 
first visit it was at the height of its importance. 
It was called Pisidian Antioch, or Antioch of 
Pisidia (a name derived from the neighboring 
district of Pisidia), to distinguish it from 
Antioch in Syria. 

An-tip'a-tris. — A town located between 
30 and 40 miles from Jerusalem on the great 
Roman military road from that place to 
Csesarea. Its exact location is not fully 
determined. 

Ap-ol-lo'ni-a. — A city of Macedonia, 
about 28 miles S. W. of Amphipolis, through 
which Paul passed on his first journey from 
Philippi to Thessalonica. Its exact site is not 
known. 

A-pol'los. — An Alexandrian Jew who 
became converted to Christianity. Although 
eloquent, and learned in Greek culture, he had 
an incomplete view of Christianity until he 
came to Ephesus and was taught by Aquila 
and Priscilla (Acts 18: 24-28). _ He then be- 
came a preacher of the gospel in Corinth and 
throughout Achaia, and later a companion of 
Paul at Ephesus (i Cor. 16: 12). He is men- 
tioned for the last time as a companion of Titus 



oolv 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



in Crete (Tit. 3:13). Many have thought 
that he was the author of the epistle to the 
Hebrews. 

Ap'phi-a. — Mentioned in the epistle to 
Philemon. As this was a private letter, many- 
have supposed that she was the wife of Phile- 
mon, and possibly the mother of Archippus. 
The name was of Phrygian origin. See 
" Philemon." 

Ap'pi-i fo^rum. — See ** Market of 
Appius." 

Aq'ui-la. — A Jew of Pontus who, with 
Priscilla his wife, was banished from Rome 
under an edict of Claudius, and went to Corinth 
where he took up his trade of tentmaking. 
There he met and assisted Paul. Whether 
converted to Christianity in Corinth or be- 
fore his arrival there is unknown. Later he 
went to Ephesus (Acts 18:19), still later he 
appears to have been in Rome (Rom. 16: 3), 
and finally again in Ephesus (2 Tim. 4:19). 
Paul says of him and his wife that they once 
" laid down their own necks " for his life 
(Rom. 16: 4). 

Ar-chip'pus. — Mentioned in Col. 4: 17 
and in Philemon, vs. 2. Some suppose him to 
have been the son of Philemon ; others regard 
him as the pastor of the church at Colosse. 

A-re-op'a-gus, or Mars' Hill (i?/z^ hill 
of Ares or Mars). — A rocky eminence in 
Athens, just north of the Agora or market- 
place, and west of the Acropolis, from which 
it was separated by an elevated valley. It rose 
abruptly about 60 feet to the summit, on which 
were seats hewn out of the solid rock. This 
was the meeting-place of the highest court of 
the Greeks, called the " Council of the Areopa- 
gus." Paul was not taken there for trial, but 
that he might be more easily heard by those 
who had become curious to know his new 
teaching. 

Ar^e-tas. — A name common to many of 
the Nabathean kings, whose capital was at 
Petra. The particular king, who from 2 
Cor. 11: 32 appears to have been in posses- 
sion of Damascus about a.d. 37, was the father- 
in-law of Herod Antipas. He reigned from 
7 B.C. to A.D. 41. 

Ar-is-tar'chus. — A Christian from Thes- 
salonica who was with Paul on his third mis- 
sionary journey (Acts 19:29; 20: 4), and also 
at Rome. He seems to have voluntarily shared 
Paul's exile and captivity in Rome (Col. 4: 10, 
cf. Philemon, vs. 24). 

Ar^te-inas. — A companion of Paul (Tit. 
3:12), and said to have become bishop of 
Lystra. 

A'si-a. — A term which is used in the New 
Testament, neither for the continent of Asia, 
■norf or Asia Minor, but 

(1) In Popular Use, for the ^Egean coast 
lands north and south of Ephesus, " In Acts 
2 : 9 Asia is pointedly used in the 'popular 
sense, excluding Phrygia." — Ramsay, Church 
in Roman Empire, p. 150. 

(2) In Roman Use, for the Roman province 
which included the Asia just mentioned as well 
as Mysia, Lydia, Caria, and a part of Phrygia. 
Its chief cities were Ephesus, Smyrna, and 
Pergamum. 



As^sos. — A Greek seaport in the Roman 
province of Asia, situated about 20 miles S. E. 
from Troas. 

A-the 'ni-ans. — Inhabitants of Athens. 
Although surrounded in the days of Paul, and 
for centuries before, with the works of art and 
the opportunities for education, they had ob- 
tained a wide reputation as a nation of idlers, 
always inquisitive and of inveterate loquacity. 
Demosthenes told them that " instead of fling- 
ing themselves into timely and vigorous action 
in defence of their endangered liberties, they 
were forever gadding about asking for the 
very latest news" {comp. Acts 17: 21). 

Ath'ens. — The most renowned city of 
Greece, and the center of Grecian learning 
and civilization during the golden period of 
the nation's history. In Paul's day the city 
was still a beautiful monument to its past 
history, being filled with the temples, altars, 
and sacred buildings which represented the 
highest perfection of Greek art. Schools of 
philosophy still flourished and attracted large 
numbers, although their teaching was little 
more than a repetition of phrases which had 
lost their meaning. It was a " free city," that 
is, governed by its own magistrates and exempt 
from occupation by a Roman garrison. 

At-ta-li'a, — A coast town of Pamphylia, 
still in existence. 

A-zo'tus. — The Greek name for the 
ancient Philistine city of Ashdod, on the sea- 
coast of southern Palestine. 

Bab'y-lon. — The renowned city of Chal- 
dea, situated on both sides of the Euphrates 
River, about 400 miles from its mouth. The 
ancient city was destroyed soon after its cap- 
ture by the Persian king Cyrus in 538 B.C., but 
near the ruins sprang up another Babylon in 
which a large number of Jews settled. Here, 
if the word ** Babylon "in i Pet. 5: 13 is taken 
literally and not as a pseudonym for Rome, 
Peter wrote his first epistle. In the book of 
Revelation Babylon is used as a symbolical 
name for Rome. 

Bar-ba'ri-an. — " One who speaks a for- 
eign or strange language which is not under- 
stood by another. . . . The Greeks used * bar- 
barian ' of any foreigner ignorant of the Greek 
language and culture. . . . Hence the word is 
applied in the New Testament, but not re- 
proachfully, in Acts 28 : 2, 4, to the inhabitants 
of Malta, who were of Phoenician or Punic 
origin. . . . The phrase * both Greeks and 
Barbarians' forms also a paraphrasis for all 
peoples." — Thayer's Lexicon. 

Bar'na-bas.— ■ A Levite of Cyprus who 
is mentioned among the disciples of Christ in 
Jerusalem soon after the day of Pentecost. 
He became well known and loved as a Christian 
teacher, and was selected to accompany Paul 
on his first missionary journey. He and Paul 
were recognized by the other apostles as espe- 
cially appointed to preach to the Gentiles 
(Gal. 2:1, 9), although he seems to have 
wavered somewhat in regard to the extent to 
which the Jewish law was to be regarded as 
binding on Christians (Gal. 2: 13). Owing to 
a disagreement in regard to Mark, Paul and 
Barnabas separated after their first journey, 



xlvi 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



each continuing his preaching apart from the 
other (Acts 15; 36-41). 

Bar-thol'o-mew. — One of the twelve 
apostles, of whose labors nothing is known 
beyond a slender tradition that he preached 
at first in Armenia, and then in India, 
where he suffered martyrdom by being flayed 
alive. 

Ber-ni^ce. — The eldest daughter of Herod 
Agrippa I. Her younger sisters were Mari- 
amme, and Drusilla (Acts 24: 24). She was a 
beautiful but most dissolute woman. After the 
fall of Jerusalem she went to Rome with her 
brother Herod Agrippa H, with whom she 
had lived many years (Acts 25: 13, 23). 

Be-roe'a. — A city of southern Macedonia, 
S. W. of Thessalonica, near the Thermaic 
Gulf. It was visited by Paul on his first tour 
in Greece (Acts 17 : 10) . It has now a popula- 
tion of about 6,000, and is called Verria or 
Kara Verria. 

Bi-thyn 'i-a. — A Roman province in 
northern Asia Minor. Including Pontus it 
stretched along the shore of the Black Sea 
from the Propontis, or Sea of Marmora, east- 
ward a distance of about 400 miles, but varied 
in width from 80 to only 15 miles. 

Cae'sar. — The ofhcial title given to 
Roman emperors after the death of Julius 
Caesar. The Roman emperors mentioned by 
name in the New Testament are Augustus, 
who reigned from 27 B.C. to a.d. 17 (Lu. 2:1); 
Tiberius, from a.d. 17 to 37 (Lu. 3:1); and 
Claudius, from a.d. 41 to 54 (Acts 18: 2). 
Claudius is also referred to as *' Caesar" in 
Acts 17: 7; and Nero is so spoken of in Acts 
25; 21 ; 26: 32. 

Caes-a-re'a. — A city on the seacoast west 
of Samaria, about 55 miles from Jerusalem, and 
about half-way between Joppa and Tyre. It was 
built by Herod the Great, and named in honor 
of Augustus Caesar. The Herodian kings and 
the Roman procurators lived here, and its 
population was chiefly Greek. Magnificent 
public buildings adorned the cit}^ and the 
harbor, made by a vast breakwater, was one 
of the best on the coast. 

Ca^ia-phas. — The high priest of the Jews 
from A.D. 18 to 36, and son-in-law of Annas, 
through whose influence he obtained his 
position. 

Can'da-ce. — A dynastic name (like ** Pha- 
raoh" in Egypt), borne in the first century by 
the queens of a region of Ethiopia whose capi- 
tal was Napata. 

Cap-pa-do 'ci-a. — A Roman province in 
eastern Asia Minor, between Galatian Pontus 
on the north and Cilicia on the south. It is 
a high tableland, cut by mountain ranges. 

Car^pus. — A man, apparently a member 
of the church in Troas, with whom Paul had 
left some of his personal effects (2 Tim, 4: 13) . 
Tradition makes him later a bishop of Berytus 
in Thrace. 

Cau'da (A. V., ** Clauda"). — A small 
island, five miles long by three in breadth, situ- 
ated about 28 miles west by south from Fair 
Havens, on the coast of Crete. Its chief 
interest to the student of the New Testament 
lies in the fact that it is the means of determin- 



ing several important points connected with the 
shipwreck of Paul. 

Cen^chre-se. — A port of Corinth, eight or 
nine miles from the city on the eastern side of 
the isthmus. 

Ce'phas. — See ** Peter." 

Chal-de'ans. — The name of one of the 
most ancient tribes inhabiting the plains along 
the Euphrates River between Babylon and the 
Persian Gulf. At the time of the Jewish cap- 
tivity the name was given to all the inhabitants 
of Babylonia. In the book of Daniel it is 
used of the astrologers alone. 

Char^ran. — See '* Haran." 

Chinos. — An island in the iEgean Sea, 
near which Paul's ship anchored over night on 
his return to Jerusalem from his third mission- 
ary journey (Acts 20: 15). 

Chlo'e. — A woman who lived either at 
Corinth or at Ephesus. Some persons, per- 
haps slaves, belonging to her household, 
informed Paul of the divisions in the Corinthian 
church (i Cor. i: 11). 

Ci-li'ci-a, — A Roman province in south- 
eastern Asia Minor, on the Mediterranean 
coast. It lay south of Cappadocia, and west 
of Syria. Tarsus was its chief city. 

Clau'da. — See "Cauda." 

Clau'di-a. — A Christian sister in Rome 
(2 Tim. 4: 21). See *' Pudens." 

Clau'di-ns, — The fourth Roman emperor, 
reigning from a.d. 41 to 54. He was a close 
friend of Herod Agrippa I, whose territory he 
enlarged by the addition of Judea and Samaria. 

Cni'dus. — An ancient city, at one time of 
great magnificence, situated at the extremity 
of a promontory in the southwestern part of 
Asia Minor. 

Col'o-ny. — This term was applied by the 
Romans to a community of Roman citizens 
transplanted into the provinces. Its members 
retained all their political rights and remained 
an integral part of the Roman state. A ** col- 
ony " was thus a reproduction on a small scale 
of the city of Rome. The ** colonies'* were 
valuable not only as permanent supports to 
Roman garrisons and arms, but they proved a 
most effective means of extending the lan- 
guage, laws and civilization of _ Rome. Such 
were Lystra, Antioch of Pisidia, Troas, and 
Philippi. 

Co-los^se, or Co-los^sae. — In Paul's 
time Colosse was the most important city of 
its district. It was situated on the southern 
bank of the River Lycus, a tributary of the 
IMaeunder, about two miles N. W. of the mod- 
ern village of Khonas. 

Co'os or Cos. — A small island off the 
southwestern coast of Asia Minor. Claudius 
conferred upon it the privileges of a free 
state. 

Cor'inth.. — One of the most famous of 
the cities of Greece, situated on the isthmus 
which connects northern Greece with the 
Peloponnesus. It thus commanded the trade of 
both the East and the West. It was destroyed 
in 146 B.C. by the Romans, but in 46 B.C. was 
rebuilt by Julius Caesar. '* It was eminent in 
commerce and wealth, in literature and the 
arts, especially the study of rhetoric and phi- 

xlvii 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary, 



losophy; but It was notorious also for luxury 
and moral corruption." 

Co-rin'tlii-ans. — Inhabitants of Corinth. 
Those who composed the Christian church 
founded by Paul were chiefly Gentiles and 
apparently persons of inferior rank and small 
intellectual attainments. 

Cres'cens. — One of Paul's companions 
during his second Roman imprisonment, who 
had left him to go to Galatia (2 Tim. 4: 10). 

Cre'tans. — Inhabitants of the large island 
of Crete, which forms the southern limit of the 
iEgean Sea. Many of them were Jews. Paul 
(Tit. i: 12) quotes with assent the saying of 
the Cretan poet and philosopher, Epimenides, 
that '* Cretans are alway liars, evil beasts, idle 
gluttons." 

Crete. — An island in the Mediterranean 
Sea, south of the Greek Archipelago, 160 miles 
in length and varying in width from 10 or 12 to 
35 miles. The surface is extremely moun- 
tainous, but fertile valleys abound. The island 
was celebrated in ancient times for its hundred 
cities. It was visited by Paul after his release 
from his first imprisonment at Rome. 

Cris'pus. — A Jew with a Roman name 
who was ruler of the synagogue in Corinth 
(Acts 18: 8) ; and who was converted and bap- 
tized by Paul (1 Cor. i: 14). 

Cy'prus. — A very fertile island in the 
northeastern part of the Mediterranean Sea, 
about 50 miles south of the coast of Cilicia, It 
was the native place of Barnabas, and the first 
place to which he and Paul went on their first 
missionary journey. 

Cy-re'ne, — Avery flourishing Greek city, 
the capital of the district of northern Libya, on 
the Mediterranean coast west of Egypt. In 
the time of the apostles, Crete and Cyrene 
were joined together in one Roman province. 
There were many Jews in this city, and one 
of the synagogues in Jerusalem belonged to 
them. 

Dal-ma'ti-a. — A mountainous district 
on the eastern coast of the Adriatic Sea. It 
was included in the Roman province of 
Illyricum. 

Da-mas'cus. — One of the oldest cities in 
the world, situated 133 miles N. E. of Jerusa- 
lem, and about 50 miles east of the Mediter- 
ranean Sea, It has always been the most 
important city of Syria. Around it is a fertile 
plain of so great beauty that the city is called 
the " eye of the desert." In the time of Paul 
there were many Jews here. It was for a time 
governed by Aretas (2 Cor. 11:32), an 
Arabian prince who held his kingdom under 
the Romans. It has now a population of 
nearly 150,000, most of whom are Mohamme- 
dans. 

De'mas. — A companion of Paul during 
his first Roman imprisonment, mentioned in 
Col. 4: 14, and Philemon, vs. 24. He was a 
Gentile Christian, and perhaps a resident of 
Thessalonica. His name occurs without aMy 
endearing epithet, a fact which suggests that 
Paul had already discerned in him the moral 
weakness that appeared during Paul's second 
imprisonment at Rome (2 Tim. 4: 10). 

Der'toe. — A frontier city of considerable 




importance in the southeastern part of the 

province of^ Galatia, and in the district of 

Lycaonia, just north of the 

boundary of Cilicia. Its site 

has not been determined with 

certainty, but is probably to 

be found at the modern Gude- 

lissin. 

Di-an^a. — The name of the 
goddess worshiped by the Ephe- 
sians, and by other Asiatic 
peoples. This Diana, or Arte- 
mis, must be distinguished from 
the Artemis of the Greeks, the 
goddess of the hunt. The 
Ephesian Diana was worshiped 
as the goddess of the productive 
and nutritive powers of nature. 
The image of the goddess in 
the temple at Ephesus was sup- 
posed to have fallen from the 
skies. 

Di-ot're-plies. — Condemned for his am- 
bition and bold disregard of apostolic authority 
(3 JO'5 vss. 9, 10). He was apparently a mem- 
ber, or perhaps the head, of the unknown 
church to which Gains belonged. 

Dru-sil'la, — The youngest of the three 
daughters of Herod Agrippa I. She was 
married to Aziz, king of Emesa, who for her 
sake had become a Jewish proselyte. Her 
extraordinary beauty made a deep impres- 
sion on Felix, and he succeeded in enticing 
her to desert her husband and live with him- 
self. She was about 18 years of age when 
Paul appeared before her (Acts 24: 24). 

E'g-ypt. — The well-known country in 
northeastern Africa along the banks of the 
River Nile, and west of the Red Sea. Its 
history probably covers fifty centuries B.C. ; 
and until its conquest by Cambyses 525 B.C., it 
was a most powerful nation. In the first cen- 
tury of the Christian era it was a dependent 
Roman province, renowned chiefly for the city 
of Alexandria, which had become a great 
center of learning. 

E'lam-ites. — Inhabitants of the ancient 
territory of Elam, lying south of Media, and 
east of Babylonia and the Tigris River. In 
the time of Daniel it was a province of Baby- 
lonia; later it was merged into the empire of 
Persia, and its chief city, Susa (or Shushan), 
was made the capital (Dan. 8:2). The Elam- 
ites appear to have kept their nationality very 
remarkably, for in a.d. 30 they appear as 
speaking a distinct language of their own. 

E 'noch. — The son of Jared, and the father 
of Methuselah (Gen. 5: 18-24). An extensive 
volume, written in his name, possesses interest 
not only because it is a most important survival 
of that large mass of Jewish apocalyptic litera- 
ture of which Daniel in the Old Testament and 
Revelation in the New are familiar examples, 
but because it is referred to in the New Testa- 
ment. Jude not only derives from it certain 



traditions concerning the angels (vs. 6, cf. 
Enoch 22:4), but quotes a striking prophecy 
(vss. 14, 15, cf. Enoch 1:9). The book was 
widely circulated in the early Christian centu- 
ries, but was long supposed to be lost until sev- 

xlviii 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



eral copies of an Ethiopic translation were dis- 
covered in Abyssinia in 1773. A Greek version 
of a portion of it has recently been discovered. 
Ep 'a-phras. — A leader, if not the founder, 
of the church in Colosse, who, though called 
by Paul " my fellow-prisoner" (Philemon, vs. 
23), was probably a voluntary companion in 
his confinement. Possibly he had also been 
instrumental in founding the churches in La- 
odicea and Hierapolis, 

E-paph-ro-di'tus. — A Philippian Chris- 
tian sent with contributions to Paul in Rome. 
On his return to Philippi he carried Paul's 
epistle to the Philippians {cf. Phil. 2: 25; 4: 
18). He is thought by some to be identical 
with Epaphras (Col. 1:7; 4:12), but this is 
improbable. That he was Paul's amanuensis 
is only a conjecture, since the postscript (in 
the A. V.) in which this is stated is unques- 
tionably a later addition, 

E-phe'sians. — Inhabitants of Ephesus. 
They were chiefly of Greek descent, but had 
been molded by Oriental influences far more 
than by those of Greece and Rome. The 
temple of the Ephesian Diana brought to- 
gether under its protection the worst elements 
of the Asiatic peoples. The Romans encour- 
aged the people in lives of lust and wantonness, 
by providing them with subsidies and letting 
them live without interference. * ' Ephesus was 
preeminently the city of astrology, sorcery, 
incantations, amulets, exorcisms, and every 
form of magical imposture." — Farrar. 

Eph'e-sus. — A renowned city situated in 
the center of the western coast of Asia Minor, 
on the .^gean Sea. It was the capital of the 
Roman province 
of Asia, and in 
the time of Paul 
was of nearly 
equal importance 
with Corinth as a 
commercial cen- 
ter. Its greatest 
fame came from 
its worship of the 
Asiatic Diana, 
whose temple, 
425 feet long by 
220 feet wide, was 
** one of the most 
celebrated shrines 
It was a ** free city " 




Ancient Coin, with Temple 
and Image of Diana. 



of the ancient world." 
(see " Athens"). 

Ep-i-cu-re'an. — A disciple of Epicurus, 
a Greek philosopher living from 271 to 242 B.C. 
He taught that true pleasure, tested by expe- 
rience rather than reason, was the end to be 
aimed at in life, and that the ultimate pleasure 
was freedom from disturbance. He believed in 
natural causes for all phenomena, and resisted 
the idea of any supernatural interference in 
nature. Epicurism prepared the way for Chris- 
tianity by weakening the hold of polytheism 
and maintaining the claims of the body to con- 
sideration as a necessary part of man's nature 
as well as the soul. In Paul's time, however, 
this philosophy had led many of its disciples 
into the grossest sensuality. 

E-ras^tus. — One of Paul's companions in 



Ephesus (Acts 19 : 22) , probably the same who, 
on Paul's fourth missionary journey, was left 
by him at Corinth (2 Tim. 4:20). It is not 
probable, however, that he is to be identified 
with the Corinthian city treasurer of the same 
name (Rom. 16: 23). 

E-thi-o 'pi-a, — The country called by the 
Hebrews " Cush," lying south of Egypt, and 
including the modern Nubia and northern 
Abyssinia. There was constant commercial 
intercourse between the Ethiopians and the 
Hebrews. Although Ethiopia and Egypt were 
in their early history often united under one 
king, yet after Egypt became subject to Rome, 
Ethiopia still remained comparatively inde- 
pendent, and was able to resist successfully the 
Roman arms. 

Eu-bu'Ius. — Mentioned only in 2 Tim. 
4: 21. He was a Christian at Rome. 

Fair JHa'vens. — An open harbor on the 
south shore of the island of Crete. 

Fe'lix. — A Roman governor of Judea, 
appointed in a.d. 53 by the emperor Claudius. 
He and his brother Pallas were originally 
slaves in Rome, but succeeded in obtaining the 
imperial favor. Felix ruled in Samaria and 
Judea for about eight years. Although he 
succeeded in putting down many of the 
brigands that invested the country, he was 
guilty of employing hired assassins to murder 
the high priest, Jonathan, who had reproved 
him for his crimes. Tacitus says of him: 
" He had the soul of a slave with the power of 
a sovereign, and he exercised his power in all 
manner of cruelty and lust." He was hated by 
the Jews over whom he ruled. 

Fes'tus. — The successor of Felix as 
governor of Judea. He was appointed by the 
emperor Nero in a.d. 60, but died after ruling 
less than two years. He was a much better 
ruler than Felix. 

Ga'ius (the Greek form of the Latin 
Cuius) . — Four apparently distinct persons 
bearing this name are mentioned in the New 
Testament, viz., Gaius of Macedonia (Acts 19: 
29), Gaius of Derbe (Acts 20: 4), Gaius of 
Corinth (i Cor. i: 14), who extended hospi- 
tality to Paul (Rom. 16: 23), and Gaius, a con- 
vert of the apostle John (3 Jo., vs. i). Noth- 
ing authentic is known concerning any of 
them beyond the notices coupled with their 
names. 

Ga-la'ti-a. — In an ethnographical sense 
this term denoted a limited area in central Asia 
Minor, which took its name from certain tribes 
of Gauls who crossed from western Europe 
into Asia Minor, 278 B.C., and having for a 
time overrun most of the peninsula were after- 
wards confined within a comparatively small 
territory. From 189 B.C. Galatia was ruled by 
its native kings though subject to the Romans. 
At the death of Amyntas, 25 B.C., his kingdom, 
of which Galatia was the nucleus, became a 
Roman province. This province was enlarged 
so that in 63 to 40 B.C. it included the original 
Galatia, Lycaonia, Isaurica, and parts of 
Pisidia, Phrygia, Paphlygonia, and Pontus. 
It has been commonly supposed, especially 
among English and American scholars, that 
the Galatian churches were in Galatia proper 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary, 



(North Galatia as it is sometimes called) , their 
precise location being unknown. But if the 
term Galatia in Gal. i : 2 refers to the Roman 
pro^^nce of that name, and if Acts 16: 6 and 
18 : 23 refer to a journey through the southern 
part of the province of Galatia, the Galatian 
churches would be those planted by Paul 
in Antioch of Pisidia, Iconium, Lystra, and 
Derbe. The question has recently been 
freshly investigated, and this latter %4ew now 
appears more probable than the former (see 
Remark 8, Lesson iS, Appendix). 

Gal'i-iee — The most northern of the 
three provinces of Palestine in the time of 
Christ. Josephus describes it as a very fertile 
region, abounding in fruit and forest trees, and 
densely populated. Although the people were 
more frank and simple than their Judean kins- 
men, they were thoroughly Je\%-ish, intensely 
patriotic, independent, and yet with a great 
respect for law and order. 

Gal'li-o. — The Roman proconsul of 
Achaia in a.d. 53, and elder brother of Seneca, 
the philosopher. *' He was the ver^' flower of 
pagan courtes}' and pagan culture, a Roman 
with all a Roman's dignity- and seriousness, 
and yet with all the grace and versatility of a 
polished Greek." — Farrar. 

Ga-nia'li-el. — A Pharisee and renowned 
teacher of the law in Jerusalem, at whose feet 
Paul sat when a youth as a pupil (Acts 22 : 3) . 
He was a grandson of the famous Hillel. He 
is said to have had great influence in the San- 
hedrin, and to have died 18 years before the 
destruction of Jerusalem. He appears in the 
Acts as '*' a humane, thoughtful, high-minded, 
and religious man." 

Ga'za. — A chief cir\^ of the ancient Philis- 
tine countrj^ 50 miles S. W. of Jerusalem, on 
the coast. It was given by the emperor 
Augustus to Herod the Great, and afterwards 
annexed to Syria. 

Gen 'tiles. — The New Testament trans- 
lation of the Greek word meaning ** nations," 
and used by the Jews as a name for all foreign- 
ers. Paul uses the same word of Gentile 
Christians (Rom. 11: 13: 15: 27, etc.). In the 
A. Y. the word " Greeks " is several times 
loosely translated "Gentiles" (Jo. 7:35; 
Rom. 2: o, 10; 3: 9, etc.). 

Grecian Jews (A. V., Grecians). — In 
the first century- of the Christian era the Jewish 
people were divided by language into two 
classes : 

(1) Arayncean jews, called ''Hebrews" 
in Acts 6:1, who lived chiefly in Palestine and 
in Babj-lon, and who retained the Aramaic lan- 
guage, and the old Hebrew ideas and customs. 

(2) Hellenists, called '"'Grecian Jews" in 
the R. v., and " Grecians " in the A.'V. (Acts 
6: i; 9: 20, and possibly 11 : 20), that is, those 
Jews who, having lived in foreign lands, had 
adopted the Greek language. 

Religiously, the Hellenistic Jews were of 
two classes: (i) the conservatives, or those 
who had adopted the Greek language but not 
Greek ideas, e. g., Saul (Acts 26: 4, 5; Phil. 
3: 5); and (2) the liberals, or those who had 
adopted Greek ideas as well as the Greek lan- 
guage; such, probably, was Stephen. 



Greece. — See " Achaia." 

Greek. — (1) A Greek by Nationality 
(Acts 18: 17, A. v.). 

(3) All Nations 7iot Jews. In this wider 
sense the name embraces all who made the lan- 
guage, customs, and learning of the Greeks 
their own; so that where "Greeks" are 
opposed to Jews, the primary reference is to a 
difference of religion and worship (Acts 14 : i ; 
16: I, 3; 18: 4, etc.). See Thayer's Lexi- 
con. 

Ha 'ran. — A place in northwestern ]Meso- 
potamia to which Abraham migrated from his 
native home in Ur of Chaldea. 

HLe'bre^vs. — A nam.e of verj- ancient and 
somewhat uncertain origin, given first to 
Abraham (Gen. 14: 13), and aftenvards to the 
whole of his posterity-. In Acts 6 : i it means 
Aramsan Jews (see " Grecian Jews "). 

Her'od. — (1) Herod Aniipas, referred 
to in Acts 4:27; 13: I. He was a son of 
Herod the Great, and tetrarch of Galilee from 
4 B.C. to -A.D. 30. It was to him that Pilate 
sent Jesus for judgment (Luke 23: 6-12). 

(3) Herod A.grippa /, mentioned in Acts, 
ch. 12, was the grandson of Herod the Great. 
He was brought up in Rome, and on the acces- 
sion of Caligula to the throne (a.d. 37) was 
given rule over the districts previously held by 
Philip and Lysanias (Luke 3:1). When Clau- 
dius became emperor (a.d. 41) he gave Herod 
rule over all the rest of Palestine, making his 
kingdom even greater in extent than that of 
Herod the Great (see " Claudius ") . 

(3) Herod Agrippa //. — See " Agrippa." 

Hi-e-rap 'o-Us. — A town situated a little 
more than 5 miles north of Laodicea in the 
Lycus valley. Its modem name is Pambuk- 
Kalesi. 

I-co 'ni-Tun. — A celebrated city of Phrygia 
located at the S. W. extremity of the central 
table-lands of Asia Minor, and at the intersec- 
tion of several important Roman roads. Its 
situation was most favorable for Paul's mis- 
sionary enterprises. For administrative pur- 
poses it was united with Lycaonia, and hence 
it is generail}^ spoken of as a city of that dis- 
trict; nevertheless the Iconians continued to 
call themselves Phrj-gians. That they distin- 
guished themselves from their L^xaonian 
neighbors is accurately implied by Luke in 
Acts 14:6. The modern town, Ko7iieh, 
on the same site, is a place of considerable 
size. 

Il-lyr'i-cnm. — An extensive district on 
the eastern coast of the Adriatic Sea. After 
its conquest by the Romans in 168 B.C. its bar- 
barous and warlike tribes gradually accepted 
the Roman civilization. 

Is'ra-el. — The name first given to Jacob 
after his wrestling with the angel (Gen. 32 : 28) ; 
and afterwards applied to all his descendants, 
that is, to the Hebrew people. In a figurative 
sense all true believers are called " Israel " 
(Gal. 6: 16, cf. Rom. 9:6). 

Is'ra-ei-ite. —A descendant of Israel or 
Jacob; that is. a Hebrew. This was the name 
which the Hebrew people used for one an- 
other. 

It'a-ly. — The great peninsula which 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



stretches from the Alps to the Straits of 
Messina. 

James. — (1) The Son ofZebedee, brother 
of John, and with him called to be among the 
twelve apostles. He was admitted with Peter 
and John into the closest intimacy with Jesus. 
Evidently he was a prominent leader in Jerusa- 
lem after Jesus' death, for he was the first one 
seized and killed by Herod Agrippa I, in his 
persecution of the Christians (Acts 12: i, 2). 

(3) The Son of Alphcetis^ and one of the 
twelve apostles. He is also called *' James the 
less." His mother is thought by some to have 
been the sister of Mary the mother of Jesus 
{cf. Jo. 19: 25). 

(3) The Brother of Jesus (Mt. 13:55; 
Mk. 6: 3). Thought by some to be the son of 
Joseph and Mary, hence younger than Jesus; 
by others the son of Joseph by a previous 
marriage, hence older than Jesus; by yet 
others he is identified with James the son of 
Alphseus, and made the cousin of Jesus. ^ This 
last is the least likely. After the ascension he 
became the leader of the church in Jerusalem 
until his death in a.d. 62 or 63. He is often 
referred to as having a position of authority 
(c/. Acts 12: 17; i5:i3ff; 21:18; Gal. 1:19). 
He was the author of the New Testament 
epistle which bears his name. 

Je-ru^sa-lem {city of Salim, i.e., of the 
god of peace) . — The chief city of Palestine, 
situated in the mountainous region of Judea, 
18 miles west of the point where the Jordan 
flows into the Dead Sea. David founded it 
about a citadel which he captured from the 
native Canaanites, and Solomon built its first 
great temple. Though repeatedly captured by 
enemies and more than once laid in ruins, it 
has never ceased to be in some sense the reli- 
gious center of the Hebrew people. Its popula- 
tion in the first century of our era has been 
estimated at about 100,000; it was a great 
business center as well as the seat of the Jewish 
religion and learning. In a.d. 70 it was de- 
stroyed by the Romans. The present city is 
occupied chiefly by Moslems. 

Jews (contracted from fudeans), — The 
name which arose after the exile for all the 
Hebrew people. 

John. — (i) The Beloved Disciple (Jo. 13 : 
23; 21: 7, 20), He was a Galilean fisherman, 
son of Zebedee, and brother of the James who 
was put to death by Herod Agrippa I. After 
Christ's death, he came to be regarded as one 
of the "pillars" of the church in Jerusalem 
(Gal. 2:9). It seems probable that his ban- 
ishment to Patmos, during which he wrote the 
Revelation, occurred about a.d. 68, under the 
emperor Nero. After this he is supposed to 
have gone to Ephesus, where he had the gen- 
eral oversight of the churches in Asia Minor 
until his death about a.d. 100. His gospel 
and epistles were written during the latter 
part of his life. 

(2) John Mark. See " Mark." 

Jop'pa. — An ancient seaport of southern 
Palestine nearly 40 miles from Jerusalem. It 
carried on a flourishing trade. 

Jo^seph(A.V., Joses"). — (1) Another 
Name for Barnabas {w.s,). 



H 



(^) Joseph, Called BarfS'ab-ha^. He was 
surnamed Justus. One of the disciples of 
Jesus, who, though not numbered among the 
Twelve, had attended him from his baptism 
and had been a witness of his resurrection. 
Eusebius reports that he was one of the 
Seventy. Aside from the facts recorded in 
Acts 1 : 21-26 nothing is known of him. 

Josses. — See " Joseph (i)." 

Ju^das. _— (1) Judas of Galilee. A no- 
torious Jewish enthusiast, who taught that it 
was unlawful to pay tribute to Caesar, and who 
at the time of the census in a.d. 6 excited a 
revolt in Galilee. 

(3) Judas, Son {K. V., "brother") of 
James. So called in Lu. 6: t6 and Acts i: 
13; but Thaddseus in Mt. 10: 3 and Mk. 3: 18. 
He was one of the Twelve. Beyond his name 
little is known of him. Untrustworthy tradi- 
tions report him as having preached in Edessa, 
and suffered martyrdom in Phoenicia. 

(3) Judas, One of our Lord's " Breth- 
ren." See*'Jude." 

Jude, or Ju^das. — Mentioned by Mat- 
thew (13:55) as one of the four "brethren" 
of our Lord. At first no one of them believed 
in Jesus (Jo. 7: 5), but they were convinced 
by his resurrection (Acts 1:14). Paul refers 
to them as married (i Cor. 9:5). Jude identi- 
fies himself in his epistle as the brother of 
James, doubtless the leader of the church in 
Jerusalem. Tradition speaks of him as "a 
very religious man " whose reverence for Jesus 
led him to speak of himself as his '* servant" 
rather than brother. 

Ju-de'a, — The most southern of the three 
divisions of western Palestine in New Testa- 
ment times. Its northern boundary was about 
25 miles north of Jerusalem. In the Acts the 
name is commonly applied to all of Palestine; 
and in Mt. 19: 1 with the addition "beyond 
the Jordan " it is used of territory east of the 
Jordan. From a.d. 6 until the breaking out 
of the Judeo-Roman war in a.d. 66, except 
four years, 41-44, under Herod Agrippa I, it 
constituted with Samaria a Roman province, 
and was governed by a Roman procurator 
whose headquarters were at Caesarea. 

Ju^pi-ter. — The Latin name used in Acts 
14: 12 for the Olympian Zeus, the national god 
of the Greeks, and the chief of all the gods. 

L.a-od-i-ce'a. — A town of considerable 
importance, about seven miles west of Colosse, 
in the southeastern portion of the province of 
Asia. From Rev. 3:17 it is inferred that it 
was a place of great wealth. During the reign 
of Tiberius, Laodicea, as well as its closely 
adjoining cities of Colosse and Hierapolis, was 
in great part destroyed by an earthquake, but 
the energy of its inhabitants soon restored it to 
its former prosperity. Plentiful ruins of its an- 
cient structures still remain close by the modern 
village of Gonjeli. 

L.a-se'a. — An ancient city of Crete, the 
ruins of which have been discovered five miles 
to the east of Fair Havens on the south shore 
of the island. 

Le'vite. — A member of the tribe of Levi, 
which was set apart to the service of the temple. 
The word usually applied only to those mem- 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



bers of the tribe who, not being descended 
from Aaron, were not priests, but were charged 
with the more menial duties connected with the 
temple. In the time of Christ the number of 
the Levites had greatly decreased. 

Liib'er-tines. — Roman Jews, whose 
fathers had been taken captive by Pompey in 
63 B.C., and afterwards set free. Although 
they lived in Rome they maintained a syna- 
gogue of their own at Jerusalem. They are 
to be distinguished from the freeborn Jews 
who had gone to Rome to live. 

Iiib^ya. — A large region of northern 
Africa, west of Egypt. See *' Cyrene," 

lii'nus. — One of the Christians in Rome 
who sent a greeting to Timothy in Paul's 
second letter to him (4: 21). In view of the 
unanimous testimony of the early church, there 
can be little doubt that the Linus mentioned by 
Paul is to be identified with the Linus who be- 
came the first bishop of Rome. 

LiUke. — A companion of Paul, called by 
him "the beloved physician" (Col. 4:14). 
He is generally supposed to have been a Gen- 
tile convert of Christianity, and was undoubt- 
edly the author of the third gospel and of the 
book of Acts. He first appears, not by name, 
but implied by the use of the pronoun " we" 
(Acts 16: 11), when Paul sailed from Troas to 
Macedonia on his second missionary journey. 
Thenceforth he was with Paul much of the 
time down to the end of the apostle's life. 

Liyc-a-o^Di-a. — A district of Asia Minor, 
north of Pamphylia, and between Cappadocia 
on the east and Phrygia on the west. About 
63 B.C. the tetrarchy of Lycaonia was formed, 
containing fourteen cities, v/ith Iconium as the 
capital; but afterwards it fell into the hands of 
king Amyntas (see " Galatia"), at whose death 
it became a part of the Roman province of 
Galatia. Its inhabitants spoke a dialect of 
which no trace now remains. 

liy'ci-a. — A small Roman province in 
southwestern Asia Minor. 

!Lyd'da. — A large town about ten miles 
S. E. of Joppa. 

L.y s 'i-as. — This was the Greek name of the 
chiliarch (commander of a thousand men) who 
rescued Paul from the mob in Jerusalem. On 
purchasing his Roman citizenship, he was sur- 
named Claudius. The impression of his char- 
acter, made by his treatment of Paul, is on the 
whole favorable. 

Lys'tra. — A city of Lycaonia, about 25 
miles S. S. W. from Iconium, situated on a 
steep hill in the center of a valley a mile north 
of the modern village of Khatyji Serai. Few 
traces of it remain; but in the first century it 
was an important fortified city, and was made 
a colony {w. s.) by Augustus, who also con- 
nected it with Antioch of Pisidia by means of a 
** royal road." It was therefore a stronghold 
of Roman civilization which Paul, with his 
usual wisdom, made a center of his own work. 

Mac-e-do'ni-a. — The Roman province 
of this name covered in Paul's time the Grecian 
peninsula north of Achaia, including Thessaly 
(but notEpirus) and extending to the Adriatic 
Sea on the west and to Thrace on the east. 
Across the province, ran the great Roman 



military road, the Vza Egnaiia^ passing 
through Philippi and Thessalonica. 

Mark (or John Mark, Acts 12: 12),— 
A young man in Jerusalem who joined Saul 
and Barnabas on their return to Antioch 
after their visit to relieve the famine sufferers 
(Acts 12: 25), and accompanied them as far as 
Perga on their first missionary journey (Acts 
13: 13). He was a cousin of Barnabas (Col. 
4: 10), and went with him on his second mis- 
sionary journey after he separated from Paul. 
He was with Paul again during his first Roman 
imprisonment (Philemon, vs. 24) and still later 
was with Peter in Babylon (i Pet. 5 : 13) , or in 
Rome, if Babylon is here an allegorical name 
for Rome. It was perhaps still later that Paul 
desired him to come to Rome (2 Tim. 4: 11). 
In this latter city it is not improbable that 
he wrote his gospel. His Hebrew name was 
John, by which he is often designated in Acts. 

Market of Ap'pi-us (A. V., '* Appii 
forum"). — A station 43 miles from Rome 
on the Appian Way, the road built by Appius 
Claudius 312 B.C. from Rome to Capua and 
thence to Brundisium. 

Mat'thew, orLe'vi. — A taxgatherer in 
Capernaum, whom Jesus called to be one of the 
Twelve. He was the author of the first gos- 
pel. In the apostolic history his name appears 
only in Acts i : 13. An unreliable tradition 
represents him as preaching the gospel 15 
years in Judea, and afterwards among the Par- 
thians, Medes, and Persians. 

Mat-tlii'as. — Chosen an apostle in place 
of Judas. He had been a constant attendant 
of Christ during his ministry. 

Medes. — The inhabitants of Media, the 
kingdom S. W. of the Caspian Sea, and east 
of Assyria. Media was conquered by the Per- 
sian king Cyrus in 558 B.C., and afterwards 
was incorporated into the kingdom of Persia. 

Mel'i-ta. — Now known as Malta. This 
is the largest of a group of five islands lying 
55 to 60 miles south of Sicily. It is about 17 
miles long by 9 broad. " On the west and 
south the cliffs rise sheer from the sea to a 
height of 300 to 400 feet; on the north the 
rock in many places shelves to the water's 
edge, though the harbor of Valetta and the 
rocks where the apostle Paul was wrecked are 
an exception to this." 

Mer'cu-ry (A. V., Mercurius) . — The 
Mercury mentioned in Acts 14:12 was the 
Greek deity, Hermes. He is spoken of as the 
herald of Zeus and the other gods; also as an 
eloquent orator and the inventor of letters, 
music, and the arts. The Roman god Mer- 
cury was the god of commerce and bargains. 

Mes-o-po-ta^mi-a. — The region in Asia 
Minor lying between the Euphrates and Tigris 
Rivers, and extending from the Taurus Moun- 
tains almost to the Persian Gulf. This terri- 
tory was ruled by Assyria, then by the Medes 
and Babylonians, and finally by Persia. Many 
Jews had gone there to live. 

Mid'i-an, The Land of. — The terri- 
tory inhabited by the Midianites. It was sit- 
uated in the northwestern part of the Arabian v 
Peninsula, and reached to the borders of 
Palestine. 



/// 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



Mi-le^tus. — A town about 30 miles south 
of Ephesus, on the seacoast of Asia Minor. 
In Paul's day it was a comparatively insignifi- 
cant place, but 500 years earlier it was the most 
flourishing city of the Ionian Greeks. 

Mit-y-le'ne. — The chief town of the 
island of Lesbos, situated on its eastern shore. 
It was a free city, and was noted for its fine 
buildings. It has had an uninterrupted history 
until the present time; and is now called 
Castro. 

Mo^loch. — An Amorite god thought to be 
related to the sun-god Baal, Moloch repre- 
senting the fierce, destructive power of the 
solar heat, and Baal its life-giving energy. 

My'ra. — A wealthy seaport of Lycia, on 
the Mediterranean coast. The site is remark- 
able for the magnificent ruins that still remain. 
Ships from Alexandria for Rome frequently 
availed themselves of the harbors and currents 
along this coast. 

My'si-a. — In the time of Paul this was 
the northwestern district of the province of 
Asia. It bordered on the Propontis, or Sea of 
Marmora, and the i^gean Sea. 

Naz'a-reth. — The small town in southern 
Galilee where Jesus passed the first 30 years of 
his life. It is situated in a beautiful region. 
At present the town has a population of about 
5,000. 

Ne-ap'o-lis. — A maritime city of Mace- 
donia. It was about ten miles from the inland 
city Philippi, of which place it was evidently 
the port. 

Ni-ca'nor. — One of the Seven appointed 
to oversee the distribution of the common fund 
(Acts 6: 3-5). According to tradition he was 
one of the Seventy, and died in the persecution 
that followed the martyrdom of Stephen. 

Ni-co-la'i-tans. — A sect that sprang 
up among the Christians of Asia Minor (Rev, 
2: 6, 15), and that upheld the liberty of eating 
things sacrificed to idols, and of living in licen- 
tiousness. In the practices of the heathen the 
two were closely united, and therefore both 
were included in things prohibited by the 
council in Jerusalem (Acts 15:29). The 
deacon Nicolas (Acts 6:5) is said to have 
been its founder, but this is very doubtful. 

Nic'o-las, — A native of Antioch, and a 
proselyte to Judaism. He was one of the 
Seven appointed to " serve tables." Accord- 
ing to a trustworthy report he was himself a 
chaste man; but he is nevertheless by another 
and less accurate tradition charged with origi- 
nating the immoral sect of the Nicolaitans 
(Rev. 2:6). 

Ni-cop'o-lis. — The city at which Paul on 
his fourth missionary journey intended to pass 
the winter. In the absence of more definite 
information, it is impossible to say with cer- 
tainty which one of the several cities in Asia, 
Africa and Europe^ bearing this name is 
meant. From what is known of Paul's move- 
ments after his release from the first Roman 
imprisonment, it is highly probable, however, 
that the Nicopolis referred to is the celebrated 
city founded by Augustus on the western 
coast of Epirus. It has been supposed that 
since this was a Roman colony, it may have 



been here that Paul was arrested, and from 
here that he was sent a second time as a pris- 
oner to Rome, 

Nym^phas. — A distinguished Colossian 
Christian in whose house the church met (Col. 
4: 15). T^e Greek text at this point is uncer- 
tain, and does not enable us to say whether the 
person spoken of was man or woman. 

01 'i- vet, — A name given in Acts i : 12 to 
the Mount of Olives. This was a ridge on the 
eastern side of Jerusalem, and separated from 
it by the valley of the Kidron. Its general 
elevation is about 3,000 feet. There are four 
peaks, the principal one being the so-called 
Mount of the Ascension, directly to the east of 
the city ; it is supposed that Christ's ascension 
took place from some point on the eastern slope 
of this mountain. 

O-nes 'i-mus. — A slave, probably of Phry- 
gian birth, who had run away from Philemon. 
Beyond the expression in Paul's letter to Phile- 
mon, "if he hath wronged thee at all, or 
oweth thee aught," there is no evidence that he 
had been guilty of crime, or had run away to 
escape punishment. He belonged in Colosse 
(Col. 4: 9). See " Philemon." 

On-e-siph'o-rus. — A large-hearted Ephe- 
sian Christian whose noble courage and gen- 
erosity in Paul's behalf during the second 
Roman imprisonment is gratefully acknowl- 
edged in 2 Tim. i : 16-18 ; 4 : 19. 

Pam-pliyl 'i-a. — A small Roman province 
on the southern coast of Asia Minor, nearly 
opposite the island of Cyprus. 

Pa'phos. — A town at the west end of the 
island of Cyprus, and the center of the profli- 
gate worship of Aphrodite. 

Par'me-nas. — Mentioned only in con- 
nection with the distribution of the common 
fund (Acts 6:5). According to tradition he 
suffered martyrdom at Philippi. 

Par^thi-ans. — Inhabitants of the region 
S. E. of the Caspian Sea and east of Media. 
The Parthian kingdom flourished from 256 B.C. 
to A.D. 226, when it succumbed to the power of 
Persia. 

Pat^a-ra. — A seaport of some note on the 
southwestern coast of Asia Minor, situated 
some 35 to 40 miles west of Myra, in the 
province of Lycia. 

Pat'mos. — An island in the eastern part 
of the /Egean Sea, 10 miles long and 6 wide, 
but, owing to the winding character of the 
coast, having about 37 miles of shore. It is 
hilly, of volcanic origin, rugged and bare. At 
one time it was covered by forests, but now 
only a few trees remain. In ancient times it 
appears to have contained a population of 
12,000 to 13,000. In the middle ages the island 
was deserted, but at present it numbers about 
4,000 Greek inhabitants, peaceable and indus- 
trious, mostly fishermen, whose poverty has 
been their best defense against the rapacity of 
external oppressors. The chief, if not only, 
interest that attaches to the island arises from 
its connection with the banishment of the 
apostle John. 

Paul. — The apostle whose Hebrew name 
was Saul. He was born in Tarsus of Cilicia, 
of Jewish parents. His father, though a Phari- 



liii 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary, 



see, was a Roman citizen, which may account 
for his Roman name. In the Acts the name 
" Paul " is first used in connection with the 
narrative of the apostle's visit to Cyprus. See 
"Saul." 

Per'g-a. — An important city of Pamphylia 
on the river Cestros, about 12 miles from the 
sea. It was celebrated for its temple of Arte- 
mis (see '* Diana "). 

Per'ga-inum (A. V., Per^ga-mos). 
— An ancient and magnificent city of Mysia 
and capital of a kingdom which in 133 B.C. 
was bequeathed to the Romans, who erected 
it into a province under the name of Asia. 
Pergamum continued to retain much of its 
former splendor, and ranked with Ephesus and 
Smyrna as one of the three chief cities of the 
province. Under the Romans it became cele- 
brated for the worship of .^sculapius, whose 
priests were consulted by invalids from all 
parts of the country. It contained so many 
heathen temples that it is aptly described 
in Rev. 2: 13 as containing " Satan's 
throne." 

Pester. — The Greek translation of the 
Aramaic name Cephas {^rock) , given by Jesus 
to the Galilean fisherman Simon, when he first 
met him with his brother Andrew on the banks 
of the Jordan (Jo. 1:41, 42). He "comes 
before us as a sharply defined type of the Gali- 
leans, well-intentioned, trustworthy, independ- 
ent, and courageous, but also susceptible to 
new impressions, fond of innovations, and by 
nature disposed to changes according to fancy." 
Although he baptized the Gentile Cornelius 
after receiving the vision from heaven, yet he 
was afterwards severely rebuked by Paul for 
his exclusive attitude toward the Gentile 
Christians (Gal. 2: 11-14). His first epistle 
shows that the lesson of the universality of the 
gospel was finally learned. According to tradi- 
tion he died a_ martyr at Rome under Nero. 
The papal fiction of a 25 years' residence in 
Rome (a.d. 42-67) as founder and first 
bishop of the Roman church is contradicted 
by the notices in the book of Acts, and is 
unsupported by any credible tradition. See 
" Simon.'* 

Phar 'i-sees. — A sect or party of the Jews 
first mentioned by this name in the days of 
John Hyrcanus (135-105 B.C.), but represent- 
ing a tendency dating from the days of Ezra 
and Nehemiah. It was composed of those 
pious Jews who were especially exact about 
the interpretation and observance of the Old 
Testament ceremonial law. They opposed all 
the innovations of the Greek religion and 
learning, and about 6,000 of them refused to 
take the oath of allegiance to Herod the Great. 
At the same time their main purpose was to 
keep, not only the written law, but the innumer- 
able traditional interpretations of the scribes 
which had accumulated for centuries, and for 
which they came at length to have more regard 
than for the law itself (Mk. 7:6-9). Christ 
rebuked them most severely for the variance 
between their teaching and their practice, and 
for their nullifying the law of God by their 
traditions. They represented a religious system 
carried out to a most burdensome minuteness. 



but were nevertheless held in great esteem by 
the masses of the people. 

Phe-ni'ce, - See " Phoenicia," and" Phoe- 
nix." 

Phil-a-del'phi-a. — A city in the cen- 
tral part of the province of Asia, founded about 
200 B.C. It was situated 25 to 30 miles S. E. 
of Sardis, on elevated ground, commanding a 
view of the extensive and fertile plain of the 
river Hermus. The site is occupied by the 
modern Turkish city of Ala-Shehr, which has 
a population of about 18,000. 

Phi-le'oion. — From the epistle to Phile- 
mon it appears that he had been converted 
under Paul's ministry, perhaps at Ephesus. 
He seems to have been a man of noble charac- 
ter, possessed of considerable property and 
influence. Between him and Paul a close 
friendship had sprung up. It is nowhere 
directly stated that he was a resident of Colosse 
in Phrygia, but this may be inferred from the 
fact that Philemon and Archippus are saluted 
together (Philemon vss. i, 2), and henCe, as 
Archippus was an officer in the church at 
Colosse (Col. 4: 17), Philemon must have been 
a Colossian, and Onesimus, his slave, a 
Colossian also. 

Phillip.— (1) The Apostle. A native of 
Bethsaida, and one of the Twelve, who is 
prominently mentioned in connection with 
Christ's ministry, but disappears after the 
mention of his name in Acts i: 13. There is 
a not wholly groundless tradition that he 
resided in Asia Minor. 

(^) The Evangelist. One of the Seven 
chosen to see to the impartial distribution of 
the common fund. Next to Stephen he seems 
to have been the most distinguished among 
them. After Stephen's martyrdom the gospel 
was carried by him to Samaria (Acts 8: 5-8), 
where a great revival occurred; to the Ethio- 
pian eunuch, who was converted and baptized 
(vss. 26-39) ■' and to Azotus and other cities 
(vs. 40). He seems to have made Csesarea the 
center of his -activity, where, with his four 
daughters, he entertained Paul on his way to 
visit Jerusalem for the last time (Acts 21 : 8, 9). 

Phi-lip 'pi. — A city of southeastern Mace- 
donia about 10 miles from the coast. It was 
originally built by Philip I of Macedonia. The 
city which Paul visited was a Roman colony 
(see " Colony "), built by Augustus on almost 
the same site as the ancient city. Around it 
was a most fertile plain, and near b^r were 
gold mines originally worked by Phcenicians. 
It is described by Luke (Acts 16 : 12) as " first " 
(z. e., the leading) city, not of Macedonia, 
but of that one of the four '' districts " of the 
Roman province of Macedonia in which it was 
situated. 

Phce-ni'ci-a (A. V., " Phenice," Acts 
11:19; 15:3). — A tract of the province of 
Syria, extending along the Mediterranean 
coast northward from Mount Carmel for about 
140 miles. In width it varied from^ 10 to 15 
miles. Its two cities Tyre and Sidon were 
world-renowned. 

Phce'nix (A. V., "Phenice," Acts 
27: 12). — A town and harbor on the southern 
shore of Crete. 



liv 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary. 



Phryg'l-a. — A territory in the western 
part of the interior of Asia Minor, originally 
inhabited by Phrygians. In the time of Paul's 
ministry the greater part of it belonged to the 
province of Asia and the remainder to that of 
Galatia. There was no distinct province of 
Phrygia until later. 

Filiate. — The Roman procurator, or 
governor, of Judea, from a.d. 26 to 36. His 
fear of Csesar's displeasure at any appearance 
of insurrection led him to deliver Jesus up to 
be crucified. 

Pi-sid^i-a. — A district of Asia Minor to 
the north of Pamphylia. The larger portion 
of this district was included in the Roman 
province of Galatia. 

Pon'tus. — A region in northern Asia 
Minor which was included in the Roman prov- 
ince of Bithynia. See *' Bithynia." 

Pris-cil^la. — The wife of Aquila, the 
tentmaker of Pontus, whom Paul found in 
Corinth. She is also called Prisca (i Cor. 16: 
19, R. v.). 

Proch'o-rus. — One of the Seven ap- 
pointed to supervise the distribution of the 
common fund (Acts 6:5). Tradition affirms 
that he was consecrated bishop of Nicomedia 
by Peter. 

- Ptol-e-ma^is. — The name given during 
the period of Roman power to the ancient city 
of Accho, situated on the coast of the Mediter- 
ranean Sea, about 30 miles north of Csesarea. 
The modern name is Akka, or Acre. 

Pub'li-us. — The name of the *' chief" 
man of the island of Malta, who entertained 
Paul after the shipwreck. The word *' chief" 
does not seem to have been a title of official 
rank, but rather to have designated Publius as 
the leading man of the island, whether by 
reason of his being magistrate or for some 
other reason. 

Pu'dens, — One of the Roman Christians 
who sent greetings to Timothy in Paul's second 
epistle to him (4: 21). The Roman poet. Mar- 
tial, living in Rome at the time of PauFs 
second imprisonment, speaks in one of his 
epigrams of a Pudens and a Claudia, husband 
and wife, then residents of Rome, who with 
some probability have been identified with the 
friends of Timothy mentioned by Paul. 

Pu-te^o-li. — A city of Italy, on the north- 
ern shore of the Bay of Naples. Near it were 
renowned mineral springs. Under the emper- 
ors it had a great commerce. 

Rem'plian. — A star-god worshiped by 
the Hebrews. The name is supposed by many 
scholars to stand for the planet Saturn. 

Rhe'gi-um. — A town and promontory at 
the extremity of the toe of the Italian Penin- 
sula, opposite, and only six miles distant from, 
Messina in Sicily, 

Rhodes. — A celebrated island in the S. E. 
portion of the ^gean Sea. It is 45 miles 
long and 22 miles wide. The chief city is 
Rhodes, situated at the N. E. extremity of 
the island. 

Home. — The renowned capital of the 
whole ancient world, situated in west-central 
Italy on the River Tiber, about 15 miles from 
the sea. In the time of Paul its population 



numbered probably 1,500,000, of which nearly 
one-half are thought to have been slaves. 

Sad'du-cees. — A party among the Jews, 
distinguished for birth, wealth and official 
position. They are thought by some to have 
been the posterity of the high priest Zadok, 
although they do not appear as a party before 
about 100 B.C. They_ were not averse to the 
progress of Greek literature and learning. 
They accepted the written law of Moses, but 
rejected totally the mass of Pharisaic tradition 
that had grown up around it. To this fact 
may be traced their disbelief in the resurrec- 
tion of the body, in future retribution, and in 
the existence of angels and spirits (Acts 23 : 8), 
since, on their method of interpretatioUj^they 
found no basis for these beliefs in the law. 
Being mainly politicians, they ceased to exist 
with the overthrow of the Jewish state. 

Sal^a-mis. — The largest city of Cyprus; 
it was situated on a good harbor at the eastern 
end of the island. There were in the city 
people of many nationalities, and a large 
number of Jews maintaining several syna- 
gogues. 

Sal-mo'ne. — The eastern extremity of 
the island of Crete. 

Sa-ma/ri-a.— (1) The Middle of the 
Three Divisions of Western Palestine in the 
Time of Christ yGx^tending from Mount Carmel 
and the plain of Esdraelon on the north to the 
ancient borders of the territory of Benjamin, 
about thirty miles to the south. It was very 
fertile and had a healthful climate. The Sa- 
maritans originated in the mixed race which 
sprang up in northern Israel after the fall of 
the kingdom of Israel, in 722 B.C., from the 
intermarriage of the heathen Assyrian colo- 
nists with the remnant of the Israelites left in 
the land. On account of this intermixture of 
heathen blood the Samaritans were despised 
by the Jews of Judea and Galilee. There are 
still about 150 Samaritans living in Nablus, 
near the site of the ancient Shechem. See 
** Judea." 

(3) A City in the Territory of the Sa- 
maritans, built originally by Omri (i Ki. 16: 
24) . Augustus gave it to Herod the Great, who 
fortified and adorned it, and called it Sebaste 
from the Greek name of Augustus. It is 
mentioned in the New Testament only in 
Acts 8: 5. 

Sa'mos. — A lofty island in the iEgean 
Sea, near the coast of Asia. 

Sam-o-tlirace'. — A lofty and conspicu- 
ous island in the northeastern part of the 
^gean Sea, 20 miles off the coast of Thrace. 
It had the privileges of a small free state. 

San'lie-drin (or Sanhedrim), — The su- 
preme court of the Jews, consisting of 71 
members, from the three classes of elders, 
or heads of families, scribes, or teachers of 
the law, and priests. Every member was 
called a *' ruler." The presiding officer was 
the high priest. The place of meeting was in 
a chamber of the temple, until soon after A.D. 
30, when it was removed to a building outside. 
The Romans allowed the Sanhedrin to try all 
the more important cases. It could also pro' 
nounce a sentence of death, but could not 



Iv 



Appendix : Bible Dictionaiy, 



execute it without the consent of the Roman 
procurator. 

Sar'dis. — A city in the central region of 
the province of Asia, situated at the foot of 
Mt. Tmolus in the middle Hermus valley. 
It was the ancient residence of the Lydian 
kings, and a city of great luxury and magnifi- 
cence. A large trade of dyed woolen manu- 
factures was carried on in the city. Through 
it ran the Pactolus River, it was said over 
" golden sands "; but probably this was only 
a metaphor based on the extraordinary wealth 
of the city. Its site is now almost entirely 
deserted. 

Sar'on, — See " Sharon." 

Saltan. — The proper name applied in 
Scripture to the chief of the evil spirits. He 
is spoken of as the "prince of devils" (Mt. 
12: 24), with angels subject to him (Mt. 
25:41). 

Saul, — The Jewish name of the apostle 
Paul. The name " Paul " ifirst appears in the 
record shortly after he began his missionary 
journeys among the Gentiles (Acts 13: 9). It 
is supposed by some that this was because 
Paul was the apostle's Roman name as a 
citizen of Tarsus. Others think that this 
name was taken from that of Sergius Paulus, 
who became a Christian under Paul's preaching 
(Acts 13 : 7). This, however, is less probable. 

Se-cun'dus. — Named only in Acts 20: 4. 

Se-leu'ci-a. — The seaport of Antioch of 
Syria, 16 miles distant from that city on the 
Mediterranean coast. It was a free city (see 
'* Athens") in Paul's time. 

Sliar'on (A. V., <* Saron," Acts 9: 35). 
— A very fertile plain extending from Caesarea 
to Joppa. 

Si'clon (called Zidon in the O. T.). — One 
of the two renowned seaports of Phoenicia, 
the other being Tyre {^w. s.), Christianity 
gained an early foothold there (Acts 27: 3). 

Si 'las (called Silvanus in the epistles, 
1 Thes. i: i,etc.). — A prominent mem.ber of 
the Christian church in Jerusalem. He was 
sent from there, with Paul and Barnabas, after 
the council (Acts, ch. 15), and later accom- 
panied Paul on his second missionary journey. 
He was a Roman citizen (Acts 16:37), but 
how he obtained this privilege is not known. 

Sil-va'nus. — See " Silas." 

Si'mon, — The original name of the 
apostle Peter (Jo. i: 41, 42). In Acts 15: 14 
he is called " Symeon " (R. V.) and " Simeon " 
(A. v.). See "Peter." 

Smyr^na. — A city on the western coast 
of the province of Asia, situated about 40 miles 
north of Ephesus. " Smyrna, in ancient times 
one of the most important and now by far the 
greatest of the cities of Asia Minor, has pre- 
served an unbroken continuity of record and 
identity of name from the first dawn of history 
to the present time." Its present population 
is about 200,000, and it is the center of an ex- 
tensive commerce. 

Sop^'a-ter. — Mentioned only in Acts 20 : 4. 

Spain. — The great peninsula in southwest 
Europe which still bears that name. 

Steph'a-nas. — A resident of Corinth, 
where he and his household had been con- 



verted and baptized by Paul as the " first- 
fruits of Achaia " (i Cor. 16: 15). His coming 
to Paul at Ephesus (i Cor. 16: 17) rejoiced the 
apostle greatly. 

Ste'phen. — The first in the list of the 
seven men of good report who were appointed 
to oversee the distributions when the church 
in Jerusalem had all things common (Acts 6: 
3-6). He appears to have been a Hellenist 
of a rather liberal type. See ** Grecian Jews 
(2)." 

Stories. — A school of Athenian philoso- 
phers, founded by Zeno toward the close of the 
4th century B.C. It derives its name from 
the painted porch, or Stoa, in which he taught. 
The Stoics held that God was the soul of the 
world, its ruler and upholder. The soul was 
not immortal. Virtue was its own reward ; 
vice its own punishment. The wise man 
should be indifferent alike to pleasure and to 
pain. The Stoics founded their morality on a 
pride so inflated that they regarded themselves 
as the equals of the gods. They helped to 
prepare the way for the gospel by emphasizing 
the common relations of all men to God, and 
the ties that unite mankind. 

Sym^e-on (A, V., *' Simeon"), — See 
** Simon." 

Syr'a-cnse, — A celebrated city on the 
eastern coast of Sicily. It had a fine harbor. 

Syr'i-a. — In the time of Paul the district 
called Syria extended from the Amanus and 
Taurus mountains on the north to the border 
of Galilee in the south. On the west it was 
bounded by Phoenicia and the Mediterranean 
Sea, and on the east by the Euphrates River 
and the Arabian desert. It was one of the 
chief Roman provinces, and at certain periods 
the province of Judea, though having its own 
governor, was in a measure subordinate to the 
governor of Syria. 

Syr 'tis (A. V.,"the quicksands"). — On 
the northern coast of Africa were two exten- 
sive shoals and quicksands known as the Syrtis 
Major and the Syrtis Minor. The danger of 
being driven upon the former occasioned much 
anxiety on Paul's ship during the storm (Acts 

27:17). 

Tar'sus. — The capital of Cilicia during 
the Roman period, situated on the river Cyd- 
nus, about 20 miles from its mouth. It was a 
" free city," that is, exem.pt from the jurisdic- 
tion of a Roman governor, and having its own 
magistrates and laws. It was renowned for its 
Greek learning and its numerous schools of 
philosophy. Paul was born here. 

Thes-sa-lo-ni'ca, — A celebrated and 
populous city of southern Macedonia, at the 
head of the Thermaic Gulf, It was named 
after the sister of Alexander the Great. Its 
position as capital of the Roman province of 
Macedonia and its situation on the coast and 
also on the great Roman road, the Via Egna- 
tza, gave it considerable importance though 
not equal to that of Corinth or of Ephesus. 
Augustus made it a "free city"^ (see 
** Athens"). The present city, Salonica, is 
still, next to Constantinople, the most impor- 
tant city of European Turkey. 

The Temple, — The seat of Jehovah's 



Ivi 



Appendix : Bible Dictionary, 



worship for the nation of Isfael. For its gen- 
eral plan as rebuilt by Herod, in the time of 
Christ, see the cut below. 




GENERAL PLAN OF THE TEMPLE*. 

I. Holy of Holies. 2. Holy Place. 3. 
Great Altar of Burnt Offering. 4. Court of 
the Priests. 5. Court of Israel. 6. Gate 
Nicanor. 7. Court of the Women. 8. Beau- 
tiful Gate. 9. " Chel," or Balustrade, within 
which Gentiles were not allowed to go. 10. 
Court of the Gentiles. 11. Royal Porch. 12. 
Solomon's Porch. 13. Entrance to Castle 
Antonia. 14. Entrance to Bridge to Mt. Zion. 

The Holy of Holies in the temple proper 
was a dark cubical chamber, thirty feet high 
long and broad, and containing the ark of the 
covenant between the winged cherubim. It 
was separated from the Holy Place by a 
partition of cedar wood overlaid with gold, 
and communicated with it by a folding door 
screened by a veil. The Holy Place was a 
chamber sixty feet long by thirty feet wide and 
high; it was in front of the Holy of Holies 
and contained the golden candlestick, table of 
shew-bread, and altar of incense. Into this 
shrine, or temple proper, only the priests could 
enter, and into the Holy of Holies only the 
high priest, once a year (Heb. 9: 3-7, cf. Ex. 
30: 10). 

The temple of Herod was begun 20 or 21 B.C. 
The temple proper occupied a year and a half 
in building, the courts eight years, and the 
approaches were still unfinished in the time of 
our Lord's ministry (Jo. 2:20). 

Tiie-oph'i-lus. — A warm friend of Luke, 
probably a Gentile, to whom both the third 
gospel and the Acts are dedicated. He may 
have been a man of rank, since Luke once 
calls him "most excellent" (Lu. 1:3), a 
phrase used in the Acts (23:26; 26:25) in 
addressing persons of conspicuous rank or 
office. 

Theu'das. — Josephus mentions a num- 
ber of Jewish insurgents who arose about the 
time of the death of Herod the Great, 4 B.C., 
and adds, " At this time there were ten thou- 
sand other disorders in Judea, which were like 
tumults." Possibly the Theudas referred to 
by Gamaliel (Acts 5:^6) may have been in- 



cluded in these. Josephus, indeed, describes 
an insurrection which was headed by one 
Theudas, but this did not occur until ten or 
more years later. 

Three Taverns. — A station on the Ap- 
pian Way (see *' Market of Appius "), thirty- 
three miles from Rome. 

Thy-a-ti'ra. — A city between Pergamum 
and Sardis, in Lydia, the central district of the 
western portion of the province of Asia. It was 
originally a colony of Macedonians. There is 
evidence of the existence in the city of guilds 
of bakers, potters, tanners, weavers, robe- 
makers, and dyers (Acts 16: 14). 

Ti-mo'tlie-us. — The Greek name of 
Timothy {iv.s.). 

Tiin'o-tliy, — The son of a Greek father 
and Jewish mother, residing apparently at 
Lystra (Acts 16:1,2), He had been devoutly 
trained as a Jew by his mother Eunice and 
his grandmother Lois (2 Tim. 1:5). It is 
probable that he was turned to Christianity on 
Paul's first visit to Lystra. When Paul re- 
visited the place on his second missionary 
journey, he found Timothy ready and willing 
to accompany him and to aid in his work. The 
young disciple was much beloved by Paul, and 
was sent by him at different times to visit the 
churches of Thessalonica (i Thes. 3:2) and 
Corinth (i Cor. 4:17) to strengthen them in 
the faith {comJ>. Phil. 2:19; i Tim. 1:3). 
Tradition says that he was later made bishop 
of Ephesus, and died as a martyr under either 
Domitian or Nerva. 

Ti'tus. — A Gentile Christian, who was 
Paul's companion in some of his journeys and 
his assistant in Christian work. He was twice 
sent by Paul to Corinth, and charged to receive 
there the collection for the saints at Jeru- 
salem. From the epistle to Titus, written to 
him when he was alone in Crete, may be 
seen the confidence which Paul reposed in him. 

Tro'as. — A very important town on the 
N. W. coast of Mysia near the mouth of the 
Hellespont. It was a Roman colony (see 
*' Colony"). 

Tro-g-yl'li-um. — The name of a rocky 
promontory which projects from the mainland 
directly opposite the island of Samos (w. s.). 
The word is omitted from the R. V. (Acts 
20: 15). 

Troph'i-mus. — A native of Ephesus, 
and one of Paul's Gentile converts mentioned 
in Acts 20: 4; 21.29; 2 Tim. 4:20. 

Tych'i-cus. — A native of the province of 
Asia, and one of Paul's companions and fellow- 
laborers. He is mentioned in Acts 20: 4; Col. 
4: 7, 8; 2 Tim, 4: 12, 

Tyre. — One of the two renowned Phoe- 
nician cities on the Mediterranean coast, about 
100 miles from Jerusalem. It is said by Herod- 
otus to have been founded in 2,750 B.C. In 
apostolic times it was still an important com- 
mercial city. 

Ze'nas. — A Christian associated with 
Apollos, and hence probably a preacher, whom 
Paul commended to Titus when the latter was 
laboring in Crete (Tit. 3: 13). He is spoken 
of as " the lawyer," but whether in the Jewish 
or the Roman sense of the term is not clear. 



Ivii 



Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Sept. 2005 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



.,-^^-iir^i 



ESTEY 

^^ ■ m ^Pl M LIBRARY OF 




1 



014 726 371 5 

CONGRESS 



m( 




are the product of inventive genius, 

capital. They represent the accumulated e A AOl 

years devoted exclusively to Organ build. y^^^Uxxr-Trne^iaiT 

every improvement possible has been requisitioned, so that the 

name Estey has become synonymous with fine music. 



•1 



The Estey Tone' exhibits the effect of the 
great care which enters into the Estey Organ. 
It has that rare "singing quality" which 
blends so harmoniously with the voice — a 
feature much desired but seldom obtained. 



the 



Step 



The Estey Durability is simply phenom- 
enal. With the purchase of an Estey Organ 
you dispense with further thought of trouble 
with an organ. Its rare excellence will rivet 
your warmest approval for a generation. 



Estey 



bv 



The Estey Design is a marvel of classic 
architecture. It represents the true artist, 
and appeals to all cultured tastes. 



Organ 



step 



The Estey Price is a very attractive 
feature. It is the lowest consistent with , 
first-class work. It is always in the interest 
of economy, but never at the sacrifice of I 
quality. 



ha^ been improved, until to-day it is recognized the world over 
as the 

STANDARD OF EXCELLENCE. 

The fact that nearly three hundred thousand Estey Organs 
have been made and sold proves conclusively the superiority of 
the Esley Organ. Catalogue free. 

ESTEY ORGAN COMPANY, Brattleboro, Vt. 



PRESS OF SAMUEL. USHER. BOSTON, MASS. 



